WordPress database error: [Table './sarvajan_ambedkar_org/wp_comments' is marked as crashed and should be repaired]
SELECT ID, COUNT( comment_ID ) AS ccount FROM wp_posts LEFT JOIN wp_comments ON ( comment_post_ID = ID AND comment_approved = '1') WHERE ID IN (6557,6556,6555,6554,6553) GROUP BY ID

Free Online FOOD for MIND & HUNGER - DO GOOD 😊 PURIFY MIND.To live like free birds 🐦 🦢 šŸ¦… grow fruits šŸ šŸŠ šŸ„‘ 🄭 šŸ‡ šŸŒ šŸŽ šŸ‰ šŸ’ šŸ‘ šŸ„ vegetables 🄦 šŸ„• šŸ„— 🄬 šŸ„” šŸ† 🄜 šŸŽƒ šŸ«‘ šŸ…šŸœ šŸ§… šŸ„ šŸ šŸ„— šŸ„’ 🌽 šŸ šŸ«‘ 🌳 šŸ“ šŸŠ 🄄 🌵 šŸˆ 🌰 šŸ‡§šŸ‡§ 🫐 šŸ… šŸ šŸ«’Plants 🌱in pots 🪓 along with Meditative Mindful Swimming šŸŠā€ā™‚ļø to Attain NIBBĀNA the Eternal Bliss.
Free Online FOOD for MIND & HUNGER - DO GOOD 😊 PURIFY MIND.To live like free birds 🐦 🦢 šŸ¦… grow fruits šŸ šŸŠ šŸ„‘ 🄭 šŸ‡ šŸŒ šŸŽ šŸ‰ šŸ’ šŸ‘ šŸ„ vegetables 🄦 šŸ„• šŸ„— 🄬 šŸ„” šŸ† 🄜 šŸŽƒ šŸ«‘ šŸ…šŸœ šŸ§… šŸ„ šŸ šŸ„— šŸ„’ 🌽 šŸ šŸ«‘ 🌳 šŸ“ šŸŠ 🄄 🌵 šŸˆ 🌰 šŸ‡§šŸ‡§ 🫐 šŸ… šŸ šŸ«’Plants 🌱in pots 🪓 along with Meditative Mindful Swimming šŸŠā€ā™‚ļø to Attain NIBBĀNA the Eternal Bliss.
Kushinara NIBBĀNA Bhumi Pagoda White Home, Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru, Prabuddha Bharat International.
Categories:

Archives:
Meta:
August 2020
M T W T F S S
« Jul   Sep »
 12
3456789
10111213141516
17181920212223
24252627282930
31  
08/24/20
https://www.buddha-vacana.org/gloss.html Glossary of Pali terms A
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 7:44 pm


https://www.buddha-vacana.org/gloss.html


Glossary of Pali terms



A

A | B | C | D | E | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | R | S | T | U | V | Y


abhijjhā
abhiƱƱā
abrahmacariya
abyāpāda
adhicittasikkhā
adhipaƱƱāsikkhā
adhisīlasikkhā
ādīnava
ādīnavasaƱƱā
adinnādāna
adinnādāna veramaṇī
adosa
adukkhamasukha
adukkhamasukhā vedanā
āhāra
āhāre paṭikūlasaññā
ājīva
ajjhatta
akālika
ākāsānaƱcāyatana
ākiƱcaƱƱāyatana
akusala
akusalakammapatha
akusalamūla
alobha
āloka
amata
amoha
anāgāmī
anāgāmita
anagāriya
ānāpāna
ānāpānassati
anavajja
anatta
anattasaƱƱā
anicca
aniccasaƱƱā
anicce dukkhasaƱƱā
ānisaṃsa
anusaya
anussati
anussava
anuttaro purisadammasārathī
āpatti
apāya
appamāda
appicchatā
āraddhavīriya
arahant
arahatta
araƱƱa
ariya
ariya aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gika magga
ariyasacca
ariyasāvaka
arūpabhava
asantuṭṭhitā
asappurisa
āsava
āsavānaṃ khayañāṇa
asmimāna
assāda
assutavā
asubha
asubhanimitta
asubhasaƱƱā
asura
ātāpī
atta
attavādupādāna
avihiṃsā
avijjā
āvuso
āyasmā
āyatana
ayoniso manasikāra



abhijjhā: covetousness, acquisitiveness, desire for what one does not have. Being abhijjhā·lu is defined at AN 10.176 in terms of covetousness or jealousy towards others’ possessions. At AN 3.67, lobha is explained as having abhijjhā for synonym.

♦ Abhijjhā is one of the three mental akusalaĀ·kammaĀ·pathas.

♦ Abhijjhā is remarkably combined with domanassa, to form a compound (abhijjhā·domanassa), which appears exclusively either in the Satipaį¹­į¹­hāna formulas or in the Sense restraint Formulae.

♦ Abhijjhā is occasionally mentioned as one of the five nÄ«varaṇas, as a makeshift for kāmaĀ·cchanda.

♦ Abhijjhā is part of the first upakkilesa mentioned at MN 7: abhijjhā·visamaĀ·lobha (covetousness and unrighteous greed).



Bodhi leaf


abhiƱƱā: [abhi+Ʊā]

1) original meaning (in older texts): direct
knowledge, higher knowledge, complete understanding - in a broad sense,
without specification. Heendeniya suggests that it means yathā bhÅ«ta ñāṇaĀ·dassana (knowledge and vision of things as they really are).

♦ Juxtaposed with (ekantaĀ·nibbidā, virāga, nirodha,) upasama, sambodhi and Nibbāna (typically referring to the outcome of the practice of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gika magga, e.g. SN 56.11).

♦ The attainment of arahatta is described with a list of phenomena to be experienced through abhiƱƱā: āsavānaṃ khaya, an·āsava cetoĀ·vimutti and paññā·vimutti (e.g. AN 3.91).

♦ At SN 45.159 and AN 4.254, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gika magga is said to lead to another list of 11 dhammas to be dealt with by means of abhiƱƱā: the five khandhas (to be fully understood), avijjā and bhavaĀ·taṇhā (to be abandoned), vijjā and vimutti (to be experienced), samatha and vipassanā (to be developed).

2) late meaning: there is a list of six higher powers or potencies attained by the practice of samādhi beyond the fourth jhāna, which are called together abhiƱƱās,
but that list appears only in one sutta, the late and catechistic DN
34. These powers are otherwise described without such collective
designation, as at AN 3.102. It is only in the later litterature (commentaries etc.) that the term abhiññā comes to be used, (and most of the time) with reference to these six dhammas. At SN 8.7 however, the word chaḷ·abhiññā (the six abhiññās) is listed among realizations such as paññā·vimutti and the three vijjas, which has probably been, among others, a cause for the arising of this terminology.



Bodhi leaf


abrahmacariya: [a+brahmacariya]

that which is contrary to the pure life, which naturally would be
interpreted as essentially consisting in the breakage of one of the
precepts, especially by engaging in sexual intercourse: a·brahmacariya replaces kāmesu·micchā·cāra in the list of the bodily akusala·kamma·pathas when intended for bhikkhus (kāmesu·micchā·cāra at AN 10.176 vs a·brahmacariya at MN 27). In this context, a·brahmacariya constitutes the first pārājika offense:



Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhā·sājīva·samāpanno sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya
dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya antamaso
tiracchāna·gatāyapi, pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso ti.

Should any bhikkhu participating in the training and livelihood of the
bhikkhus, without having renounced the training, without having declared
his weakness engage in sexual intercourse, even with a female animal,
he is defeated and no longer in affiliation.



See further details in Thanissaro Bhikkhu’s Monastic Code.

However, a definition of aĀ·brahmacariya is given by Ānanda at SN 45.18 as consisting in micchā·magga, i.e. micchā·diį¹­į¹­hi, micchā·saį¹…kappa etc.

♦ aĀ·brahmacariya is listed among things that lead a bhikkhu to an apāya or niraya (e.g. AN 5.286).



Bodhi leaf


abyāpāda: [a+byāpāda]

non-ill-will, absence of malevolence. At AN 3.67, adosa is explained as having a·byāpāda for synonym. The Vibhanga naturally relates a·byāpāda with mettā, although the latter is only part of the former, which should also include sates of simple upekkhā.

♦ In this connection, the derived expression abyāpannaĀ·citto hoti (he has a citta devoid of byāpāda) appears in the exposition of the three mental kusalaĀ·kammaĀ·pathas (e.g. AN 10.176), explained with the compound appaduį¹­į¹­haĀ·manaĀ·saį¹…kappa and the description: ime sattā aĀ·verā hontu aĀ·byāpajjā, aĀ·nÄ«ghā sukhÄ« attānaṃ pariharantÅ« (qv.).

♦ A similar expression, abyāpannaĀ·citto viharati (he dwells with citta devoid of byāpāda), appears in the NÄ«varaṇānaṃ Pahāna formula, explained with the compound sabbaĀ·pāṇaĀ·bhÅ«taĀ·hitānukampÄ« (friendly and compassionate towards all living beings).

♦ aĀ·byāpādaĀ·saį¹…kappa is one of the three constituents of sammā·saį¹…kappa.

♦ Since byāpāda is a nÄ«varaṇa, aĀ·byāpāda as a state of mind is necessary for successful meditation and attaining the four jhānas.

♦ The derived adjective, abyāpajjha, notably appears as a factor in the appamāṇā cetoĀ·vimutti formulas.



Bodhi leaf


adhicittasikkhā: [adhi+citta+sikkhā]

training in higher mind. A definition is given by the Buddha at AN 3.90: adhi·citta·sikkhā is identical with the culture of sammā·samādhi, i.e. the development of the four jhānas.

♦ AdhiĀ·cittaĀ·sikkhā is one of the three sikkhās, together with adhiĀ·sÄ«laĀ·sikkhā and adhiĀ·paññā·sikkhā. It is said of these three trainings at AN 3.82 that they are ‘ascetic tasks of an ascetic’ (samaṇassa samaṇaĀ·karaṇīyāni), at AN 3.93 that they are ‘urgent tasks of a bhikkhu’ (bhikkhussa accāyikāni karaṇīyāni), and at AN 6.30 that they constitute the ’supreme training’ (anuttariyaṃ sikkhā) for the purification of beings, etc. (formula in the style of the Mahāsatipaį¹­į¹­hāna Sutta)

♦ They can even replace the Pātimokkha, in some cases (AN 3.85).



Bodhi leaf


adhipaƱƱāsikkhā: [adhi+paƱƱā+sikkhā]

training in higher wisdom/ insight. A definition is given at AN 3.90. It consists of the understanding of the four ariyaĀ·saccas. At AN 3.91, though, adhiĀ·paññā·sikkhā is defined as an·āsava cetoĀ·vimutti paññā·vimutti‘ (liberation of the mind without impurities, liberation by discernment).

♦ AdhiĀ·paññā·sikkhā is one of the three sikkhās, together with adhiĀ·sÄ«laĀ·sikkhā and adhiĀ·cittaĀ·sikkhā. It is said of these three trainings at AN 3.82 that they are ‘ascetic tasks of an ascetic’ (samaṇassa samaṇaĀ·karaṇīyāni), at AN 3.93 that they are ‘urgent tasks of a bhikkhu’ (bhikkhussa accāyikāni karaṇīyāni), and at AN 6.30 that they constitute the ’supreme training’ (anuttariyaṃ sikkhā) for the purification of beings, etc. (formula in the style of the Mahāsatipaį¹­į¹­hāna Sutta)

♦ They can even replace the Pātimokkha, in some cases (AN 3.85).



Bodhi leaf


adhisīlasikkhā: [adhi+sīla+sikkhā]

training in higher virtue. A definition is given by the Buddha at AN 3.90. It consists of a thorough undertaking of the Pātimokkha’s rules.

♦ AdhiĀ·sÄ«laĀ·sikkhā is one of the three sikkhās, together with adhiĀ·cittaĀ·sikkhā and adhiĀ·paññā·sikkhā. It is said of these three trainings at AN 3.82 that they are ‘ascetic tasks of an ascetic’ (samaṇassa samaṇaĀ·karaṇīyāni), at AN 3.93 that they are ‘urgent tasks of a bhikkhu’ (bhikkhussa accāyikāni karaṇīyāni), and at AN 6.30 that they constitute the ’supreme training’ (anuttariyaṃ sikkhā) for the purification of beings, etc. (formula in the style of the Mahāsatipaį¹­į¹­hāna Sutta)

♦ They can even replace the Pātimokkha, in some cases (AN 3.85).

♦ However, adhiĀ·sÄ«laĀ·sikkhā is not only for bhikkhus, since it should also be undertaken by upāsakas, as they meet with their success (sampadā) or their prosperity (sambhava), lest it is their their failure (vipatti) as in AN 7.30, their decline (parihāna) as in AN 7.29, or their ruin (parābhava) as in AN 7.31.



Bodhi leaf


ādÄ«nava: disadvantageous characteristic of phenomena, danger, drawback, disadvantage, bad result or consequence. The antonym is ānisaṃsa. The ādÄ«nava of a particular dhamma is often described as its characteristics of anicca, dukkha, and the fact that it has vipariṇāmaĀ·dhamma. This is seen mainly in the case of each of the five khandhas (e.g. SN 12.26) and the twelve āyatanas (e.g. SN 35.13 and SN 35.14).

♦ Frequently mentioned in conjunction with assāda and nissaraṇa, often preceded by samudaya and atthaį¹…gama, as characteristics to be understood in detail for all saį¹…khāras.

♦ This set of 3 or 5 investigations appears very often in the Saṃyutta Nikāya, and is applied to a large variety of dhammas, among which notably to kāma (in detail at MN 13), but also to duccarita (e.g. AN 5.241), the five khandhas (e.g. SN 22.74), particularly vedanā (e.g. MN 13), rÅ«pa (e.g. MN 13), the 4 paccayas (e.g. SN 16.1), bhava (e.g. AN 4.10), the six phass·āyatanas (e.g. AN 4.10) etc.

♦ A very useful statement is made at SN 12.52: ‘Upādāniyesu dhammesu ādÄ«nav·ānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati’.

♦ ādÄ«navaĀ·saƱƱā is defined at AN 10.60 with reference to kāya.

♦ On the ādÄ«nava of kāma, MN 54 provides a powerful series of similes to describe them, which is referred to in a number of suttas.



Bodhi leaf


ādīnavasaƱƱā: [ādīnava+saƱƱā]

perception of drawbacks. This practice is explained at AN 10.60, with reference to kāya: it consists in a reflection on the various ills of the body.

♦ According to AN 7.27, so long as the bhikkhus practice ādÄ«navaĀ·saƱƱā, only growth can be expected of them, not decline.

♦ Other perceptions usually associated with ādÄ«navaĀ·saƱƱā include asubhaĀ·saƱƱā, āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱā, sabbaĀ·loke anĀ·abhirataĀ·saƱƱā, maraṇaĀ·saƱƱā, aniccaĀ·saƱƱā, aniccaĀ·saƱƱā, anicce dukkhaĀ·saƱƱā, anattaĀ·saƱƱā, pahānaĀ·saƱƱā, virāgaĀ·saƱƱā and nirodhaĀ·saƱƱā.



Bodhi leaf


adinnādāna: [a+dinna+ādāna]

taking what is not given, theft, robbery. The definition is given at AN 10.176.

♦ Adinn·ādāna is one of the three bodily akusalaĀ·kammaĀ·pathas.

♦ For bhikkhus, it is a very serious matter, as it constitutes the second pārājika offense:



Yo pana bhikkhu adinnaṃ theyyasaį¹…khātaṃ ādiyeyya - yathārÅ«pe adinnādāne
rājāno coraṃ gahetvā haneyyuṃ vā bandheyyuṃ vā pabbājeyyuṃ vā: ā€˜corosi
bālosi mūḷhosi thenosī’ ti - tathārÅ«paṃ bhikkhu adinnaṃ ādiyamāno ayampi
pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso ti.

Should any bhikkhu, in what is reckoned a theft, take what is not given
from an inhabited area or from the wilderness - just as when, in the
taking of what is not given, kings arresting the criminal would flog,
imprison, or banish him, saying, “You are a robber, you are a fool, you
are benighted, you are a thief” - a bhikkhu in the same way taking what
is not given also is defeated and no longer in affiliation.



See further details in Thanissaro Bhikkhu’s Monastic Code.

♦ The unpleasant consequences of adinn·ādāna are described at AN 8.40: its slightest result is loss of wealth.



Bodhi leaf


adinnādāna veramaṇī: [adinnādāna veramaṇī]

abstaining from taking what is not given.

♦ Adinn·ādāna veramaṇī is the second of the paƱcasÄ«la.

♦ When describing the moral undertakings of a bhikkhu (e.g. MN 27), the following description is given: ‘Adinn·ādānaṃ pahāya adinn·ādānā paį¹­ivirato hoti dinn·ādāyÄ« dinnaĀ·pāṭikaį¹…khÄ«, athenena suciĀ·bhÅ«tena attanā viharati,’ for an explanation of which see the Ariya SÄ«lakkhandha Formulae.



Bodhi leaf


adosa: [a+dosa]

absence of aversion. At AN 3.67, a·dosa is explained as having a·byāpāda for synonym. Synonyms given in the Vibhanga: a·dussanā, a·dussitattaṃ (not being angry, not offending).

♦ AĀ·dosa is one of the three kusalaĀ·mÅ«las.

♦ According to AN 3.112, any kamma caused by aĀ·dosa is anavajja and has sukhaĀ·vipāka (pleasant results).

♦ According to AN 6.39, aĀ·dosa does not arise from dosa, but rather from aĀ·dosa itself (na adosā doso samudeti; atha kho adosā adosova samudeti). And vice versa.



Bodhi leaf


adukkhamasukha: [a+dukkha+a+sukha]

neither-pleasant-nor-unpleasant, i.e. neutral. At MN 44, adukkham·asukha is explained as neva sātaṃ nāsātaṃ (neither agreeable nor disagreeable).

♦ In the majority of cases, adukkhamĀ·asukha qualifies one of the types of vedanā: see adukkhamĀ·asukhā vedanā.

♦ AdukkhamĀ·asukha also qualifies the fourth jhāna, and is thus related to upekkhā: see the corresponding formula.

♦ In a few cases, adukkhamĀ·asukha qualifies a certain type of phassa (e.g. SN 12.62).



Bodhi leaf


adukkhamasukhā vedanā: [a+dukkha+a+sukha vedanā]

feeling which is neither-pleasant-nor-unpleasant, i.e. neutral. A definition is given at MN 44: ‘yaṃ
kho kāyikaṃ vā cetasikaṃ vā neva sātaṃ nāsātaṃ vedayitaṃ’ (whatever is
felt bodily or mentally as neither agreeable nor disagreeable)
. This definition is the same as the one given for upekkhĀ·indriya at SN 48.38. At SN 48.37, it is explicit that adukkhamĀ·asukhā vedanā should be seen as the latter: ‘yadidaṃ upekkhĀ·indriyaṃ, adukkhamĀ·asukhā sā vedanā daį¹­į¹­habbā’.

♦ AdukkhamĀ·asukhā vedanā is one of the three (main) types of vedanā.

♦ According to SN 36.5, adukkhamĀ·asukhā vedanā should be seen as aniccata (adukkhamĀ·asukhā vedanā aniccato daį¹­į¹­habbā).

♦ AdukkhamĀ·asukhā vedanā are twofold: sāmisa or nirāmisa, as stated at AN 6.63: atthi sāmisā adukkhamasukhā vedanā, atthi nirāmisā adukkhamasukhā vedanā’, although without further explanations.

♦ According to MN 44, adukkhamĀ·asukhā vedanā is ‘ñāṇaĀ·sukhā aññāṇaĀ·dukkhā’ (pleasant when accompanied by ñāṇa, and unpleasant without ñāṇa). Furthermore, avijjā is the counterpart of adukkhamĀ·asukhā vedanā (adukkhamĀ·asukhāya vedanāya avijjā paį¹­ibhāgo), although the anusaya of avijjā does not necessarily underlie all adukkhamĀ·asukhā vedanā: (na sabbāya adukkhamĀ·asukhāya vedanāya avijj·ānusayo anuseti).

♦ According to SN 36.9, adukkhamĀ·asukhā vedanā share some important characteristics with other types of vedanās: aniccā, saį¹…khatā, paį¹­iccaĀ·samuppannā, khayaĀ·dhammā, vayaĀ·dhammā, virāgaĀ·dhammā, nirodhaĀ·dhammā.

♦ For other characteristics that adukkhamĀ·asukhā vedanā share with other vedanās, see there.



Bodhi leaf


āhāra:

1) concrete sense: food, alimentation.

♦ For bhikkhus, piį¹‡įøapāta is a synonym of āhāra in this first meaning, and as such the formula of reflection on the paccayas is sometimes applied directly to āhāra (e.g. AN 4.37). This formula, often referred to as bhojane mattĀ·aƱƱutā, is analyzed here.

♦ Moderation in food is often praised in the suttas, as for example at AN 5.96: ‘app·āhāro hoti, anodarikattaṃ anuyutto’ (he eats only a little food, committed to not filling his stomach). Eating once a day is also often praised, as at AN 3.71: ‘yāvaĀ·jÄ«vaṃ arahanto ekaĀ·bhattikā’ (as long as they live, the arahants take one meal a day) and MN 65,
where it is said to result in few illnesses, few diseases, lightness,
strength, and a pleasant abiding. See also the story of King Pasenadi at
SN 3.13.

♦ The practice of āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱā is often recommended in the suttas (e.g. SN 46.74).

♦ It is interesting to note that in the formula describing pubbeĀ·nivās·ānussati·ñāṇa (see here), āhāra
is one of the few things that the practioner remembers about his past
lives, along with his name, appearance, experience of pleasure and pain,
and death.

♦ Meat eating is authorized for bhikkhus, under the tiĀ·koį¹­iĀ·parisuddha (pure in three aspects) rule: ‘aĀ·diį¹­į¹­haṃ, aĀ·sutaṃ, aĀ·parisaį¹…kitaṃ’ (not seen, not heard, not suspected). See MN 55.

2) figurative sense: support, nutriment. They are listed as four (e.g. at MN 9):


1. kabaḷīkāra
2. phassa
3. manosaƱcetanā
4. viññāṇa

They are described as follows: cattārome āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā, sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya
(These four are nutriments for the sustainance of beings having come to
existence and for the support of those who are seeking a new birth).

♦ The Buddha explains with powerful similes how the four āhāras should be considered at SN 12.63.

♦ The āhāras are said to originate and cease with taṇhā (e.g. at MN 9).

♦ In some suttas, āhāra has the meaning of condition and is close in meaning to paccaya (in its first, general sense) or hetu. For example, SN 46.51 details which phenomena ‘feed’ the five nÄ«varaṇas and the seven bojjhaį¹…gas. Another example is found at AN 8.39: having gone for refuge to the Buddha (buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti) is said to be a nourishment of happiness (sukhass·āhāra), and so are other refuges as well as the five precepts.

♦ As one would expect, there is a relationship between āhāra and rÅ«pa or kāya. According to SN 22.56: ‘āhāraĀ·samudayā rÅ«paĀ·samudayo; āhāraĀ·nirodhā rÅ«paĀ·nirodho‘ (with the arising of nutriment, there is arising of Form; with the cessation of nutriment, there is cessation of Form) and according to SN 47.42: ‘āhāraĀ·samudayā kāyassa samudayo; āhāraĀ·nirodhā kāyassa atthaį¹…gamo‘ (with the arising of nutriment, there is arising of the body; with the cessation of nutriment, there is cessation of the body).



Bodhi leaf


āhāre paṭikūlasaññā: [āhāra paṭikūla+saññā]

perception of loathsomeness in food.

♦ According to AN 7.49, when one often applies his/her mind to this practice, he/she is automatically repulsed by rasaĀ·taṇhā (craving for tastes).

♦ Āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱā is described at AN 4.163 as participating of a painful mode of practice (dukkhā paį¹­ipadā).

♦ The seven bojjhaį¹…gas can be developed in conjunction with āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱā (SN 46.74).

♦ Āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱā appears always in a list, generally with asubhaĀ·saƱƱā, maraṇaĀ·saƱƱā, and sabbaĀ·loke anĀ·abhirataĀ·saƱƱā. They are often collectively recommended for the sake of understanding or removing rāga (e.g. AN 5.303).

♦ Other perceptions usually associated with āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱā include aniccaĀ·saƱƱā, anicce dukkhaĀ·saƱƱā, anattaĀ·saƱƱā, ādÄ«navaĀ·saƱƱā, pahānaĀ·saƱƱā, virāgaĀ·saƱƱā and nirodhaĀ·saƱƱā.



Bodhi leaf


ājÄ«va: livelihood, means of subsistence. For proper or upright livelihood, see sammā·ājÄ«va. As to right or wrong livelihood, it is said of them at SN 45.1: ‘micchā·kammantassa micchā·ājÄ«vo pahoti’ (in one of wrong action, wrong livelihood comes to be) and ’sammā·kammantassa sammā·ājÄ«vo pahoti’ (in one endowed with sammā·kammanta, sammā·ājÄ«va comes to be), which makes wrong livelihood fall back on breaking of one of the five sÄ«las or engaging in one of the ten akusalaĀ·kammaĀ·pathas.

1) For bhikkhus:

♦ In the definition of adinnādāna veramaṇī, given in the Ariya SÄ«lakkhandha Formulae (e.g. at MN 27), it said of a bhikkhu: ‘dinn·ādāyÄ« dinnaĀ·pāṭikaį¹…khÄ«’ (he takes [only] what is given, expecting [only] what is given). The same formulae (e.g. also at MN 27) explain further some fundamental principles of a bhikkhu’s livelihood, e.g. refusing money, women and slaves, animals, properties, bribery, trickery etc. They further say (here) that a bhikkhu, wherever he goes needs only two things, and should keep to them only.

♦ A list of five improper ways of gaining material support from donors is given at AN 5.83.
It looks quite important because it seriously questions the behavior of
many monks nowadays who are quite self-righteous. Their meaning has
remained curiously quite fuzzy, and there is oddly no mention of them in
the Vinaya, but there is a definition of these terms in the Vibhanga:


1. kuhanā: (PTSD [probably inaccurate]:) deceit, hypocrisy, fraud - (B.Bodhi:) scheming, duplicity
- (Vibhanga:) with an evil mind attached to gain and honours, for the
sake of acquisitions, indicating what is to be done for establishing
things, e.g. great lodgings etc.

2. lapanā: (PTSD:) muttering, prattling (for begging) -
(B.Bodhi:) talking - (Than.B:) persuading - (Vibhanga:) with an evil
mind attached to gain and honours, talking, prattling, flattering in various ways etc.

3. nemittikatā: (PTSD:) prognostication, inquisitiveness, insinuation - (B.Bodhi:) hinting
- (Vibhanga:) with an evil mind attached to gain and honours, making
signs [and perhaps:] communicating by facial expressions etc.

4. nippesikatā: (PTSD:) jugglery, trickery - (B.Bodhi:) belittling - (Vibhanga:) with an evil mind attached to gain and honours, abusing, despising, blaming, mocking etc.

5. lābhena lābhaṃ nijigiṃsitā: (PTSD:) coveting acquisitions upon
acquisitions - (B.Bodhi:) pursuing gain with gain - (Vibhanga:) with an
evil mind attached to gain and honours, accumulating acquisitions and looking for more material objects.

♦ Besides mentioning also the above five items, a long list of wrong livelihoods for bhikkhus is given in the suttas of the SÄ«lakkhandha Vagga of DN, e.g. at DN 11. They deal essentially with fortune telling, witchcraft, divination, acting as a priest (e.g. performing weddings etc.).

2) For householders:

♦ Five types of unskilful trades to be avoided are listed at AN 5.177.

♦ Acting as a comic (at SN 42.2) and being a warrior (at SN 42.3) are clearly indicated as morally dangerous livelihoods.



Bodhi leaf


ajjhatta(ṃ): [adhi+atta]

1) (adv:) internally, inwardly.

2) (adj:) interior, inner, personal, connected
with the self, in contrast to anything outside (bāhira/bahiddhā),
objective or impersonal.

♦ Thus, ajjhatta applies chiefly to mental phenomena and whatever happens in the body.



Bodhi leaf


akālika: [a+kāla+ika]

1) without delay, immediate, immediately effective, possessed of immediate result

2) unconditioned by time or season.

♦ Akālika is the second standard epithet of the Dhamma, which is given in the dhamm·ānussati formula. A definition of the word is given in the Cūḷa Niddesa (KN, Nc 108), where it is likened to the expression ‘diį¹­į¹­hĀ·eva dhamme’, and explained by the fact that whoever practices the ariya aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gika magga enjoys its fruits now, in the visible world, and does not have to wait to be hereafter, in another world, for that.



Bodhi leaf


ākāsānaƱcāyatana: [ākāsānaƱca+āyatana]

the sphere of infinitude of space. Attained as the 5th jhāna. See the standard description here. There is not much said about it in the suttas, it is apparently something to be experienced rather than talked about.



Bodhi leaf


ākiƱcaƱƱāyatana: [ākiƱcaƱƱa+āyatana]

the sphere of nothingness. Attained as the 7th jhāna. See the standard description here. There is not much said about it in the suttas, it is apparently something to be experienced rather than talked about.



Bodhi leaf


akusala: [a+kusala]

disadvantageous, unskilful, blameworthy, demeritorious, unskilful, resulting in suffering, troublesome. At MN 61, we find the following synonyms: ‘[yo]
atta·byābādhāya·pi saṃvatteyya, para·byābādhāya·pi saṃvatteyya,
ubhayaĀ·byābādhāyaĀ·pi saṃvatteyya’ ([what] would lead to one’s own harm,
lead to the harm of others, lead to the harm of both), dukkh·udraya (having suffering as consequence), dukkha·vipāka (resulting in suffering).
Another three synonyms are given at AN 3.66: sāvajja, viƱƱuĀ·garahita (censured by the wise), ‘[yo] ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattati‘ ([what] leads to adversity and suffering). At MN 88, Ānanda further gives the following synonym: sabyāpajjha. The word akusala is otherwise defined in terms of the ten akusalaĀ·kammaĀ·pathas (e.g. at AN 10.180), which are fully explained at AN 10.176. Akusala is also sometimes defined in terms of the eight or tenfold micchā·paį¹­ipadā (e.g. at AN 10.136).

♦ It is stated indirectly at MN 114 that all types of conducts are either kusala or akusala,
which would mean there is no “no man’s land” between the two opposites.
(The common sense, of course, dictates that there would be nonetheless a
gradation in intensity).

♦ In the Ekaka Nipāta, a number of suttas underline dhammas that cause akusala dhammas to arise: micchā·diį¹­į¹­hi (AN 1.306), pamāda (AN 1.58), laziness (kosajja - AN 1.60), mahicchatā (AN 1.62), asantuį¹­į¹­hĀ·itā (AN 1.64), aĀ·yoniso manasiĀ·kāra (AN 1.66), aĀ·sampajaƱƱa (AN 1.68), and evil friendship (pāpaĀ·mittatā - AN 1.70).

♦ Naturally, the opposite dhammas cause the removal of akusala dhammas: sammā·diį¹­į¹­hi (AN 1.307), appamāda (AN 1.59), vÄ«riyārambha (AN 1.61), appicchatā (AN 1.63), santuį¹­į¹­hĀ·itā (AN 1.65), yoniso manasiĀ·kāra (AN 1.67), sampajaƱƱa (AN 1.69), and kalyāṇaĀ·mittatā (AN 1.71).

♦ At AN 5.52, the five nÄ«varaṇas are called ‘akusalaĀ·rāsÄ«’ (accumulations of demerit).

♦ These nÄ«varaṇas are overcome by one who attains the first jhāna, and who thereby enjoys freedom from akusala dhammas (temporarily, of course), as made clear by the condition for such an attainment stated in the corresponding standard formula: vivicca akusalehi dhammehi.



Bodhi leaf


akusalakammapatha: [akusala+kamma+patha]

unskilful paths of action, disadvantageous courses of action. There are ten akusalaĀ·kammaĀ·pathas, of three types: bodily, verbal or mental. They are described in these terms at AN 10.176.

The three bodily akusala·kamma·pathas, frequently referred to as (a part of) kāya·duccarita, correspond to the actions to be abstained from for the practice of sammā·kammanta:


1. pāṇātipāta
2. adinnādāna
3. kāmesu·micchā·cāra

The four verbal akusala·kamma·pathas, frequently referred to as (a part of) vacī·duccarita, correspond to the actions to be abstained from for the practice of sammā·vācā:


4. musā·vāda
5. pisuṇaĀ·vācā
6. pharusa·vāca
7. samphappalāpa

The three mental akusalaĀ·kammaĀ·pathas, frequently referred to as (a part of) manoĀ·duccarita, correspond to the actions to be abstained from for the practice of sammā·saį¹…kappa (since nekkhamma consists chiefly in abandoning abhijjha):


8. abhijjha
9. byāpāda
10. micchā·diṭṭhi

♦ The practice of the ten akusalaĀ·kammaĀ·pathas is generally described as leading either to niraya (e.g. AN 10.221), tiracchānaĀ·yoni or pettivisaya, but it is made clear at MN 136
that it is only a general direction and that although the results are
bound to come, there is nonetheless no absolute determinism regarding
the type of future birth, except perhaps in the case of the five deeds
which are described at AN 5.129 as āpāyikā nerayikā parikuppā atekicchā (incurable agitations that lead to a plane of misery or to hell), a.k.a. ānantariya kamma. On the flipside, see also the case of Saraṇāni at SN 55.24.

♦ It is said of one who practices the ten akusalaĀ·kammaĀ·pathas that he creeps (saṃsappati) and is crooked (jimha)
in body, speech and mind, and that he can expect a crooked destination
and rebirth (AN 10.216); that he should not be associated with (na bhajitabbo - AN 10.200), not attended on (na payirupāsitabbo - AN 10.201); that he is an asappurisa (AN 10.204).



Bodhi leaf


akusalamūla: [akusala+mūla]

roots of what is disadvantageous, sources of the unskilful. The term is defined by Sāriputta at MN 9 as consisting of lobha, dosa, and moha. This is a relatively rare word that appears only in five suttas.



Bodhi leaf


alobha: [a+lobha]

absence of craving. At AN 3.67, alobha is explained as having an·abhijjhā for synonym.

♦ Alobha is one of the three kusalaĀ·mÅ«las.

♦ According to AN 3.112, any kamma caused by alobha is anavajja and has sukhaĀ·vipāka (pleasant results).

♦ According to AN 6.39, alobha does not arise from lobha, but rather from alobha itself (na alobhā lobho samudeti; atha kho alobhā alobhova samudeti). And vice versa.



Bodhi leaf


āloka: light.

♦ Āloka is often used as a figure for enlightenment, namely for ñāṇa, paƱƱā, vijjā and cakkhu, as in the DhammaĀ·cakkaĀ·ppavattana Sutta. It is also used as a figure for the four ariyaĀ·saccas as at SN 56.38. At AN 4.143, there is mention of the light of discernment (paññ·āloka), as being greater than that of the sun, the moon or the fire.

♦ Āloka also refers to a light within the mind, as made clear at SN 51.20, where it is juxtaposed with ’sappabhāsaṃ cittaṃ (luminous mind). ĀlokaĀ·saƱƱā is also juxtaposed with divā·saƱƱā (perception of day/daytime) in the following formula that describes the development of the luminous mind: ‘bhikkhuno
ālokasaƱƱā suggahitā hoti divāsaƱƱā svādhiį¹­į¹­hitā’ (the perception of
light is well grasped by a bhikkhu; the perception of day is well
resolved upon)
.

♦ Attending to the perception of this mental light is said at AN 4.41 and AN 6.29 to lead to ñāṇaĀ·dassana.

♦ Giving it attention is also mentioned as a way to get rid of thÄ«naĀ·middhā in the corresponding standard formula and at AN 7.61.



Bodhi leaf


amata: the Deathless, ambrosia, a state in which there
is no more arising nor passing away of phenomena, no birth and no
death. It is a figure for Nibbāna.



Bodhi leaf


amoha: [a+moha]

absence of delusion. At AN 3.67, amoha is explained as having vijjā for synonym. An elaborate definition is given in the Vibhanga: ‘Tattha
katamo amoho? Yā paƱƱā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo
sallakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paį¹‡įøiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuƱƱaṃ
vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhÅ«rÄ« medhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaƱƱaṃ
patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko
paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi:
ayaṃ vuccati ā€œamohoā€.’
[dictionary].

♦ Amoha is one of the three kusalaĀ·mÅ«las.

♦ According to AN 3.112, any kamma caused by amoha is anavajja and has sukhaĀ·vipāka (pleasant results).

♦ According to AN 6.39, amoha does not arise from moha, but rather from amoha itself (na amohā moho samudeti; atha kho amohā amohova samudeti). And vice versa.



Bodhi leaf


anāgāmÄ«: [an+āgāmÄ«] lit: ‘one who does not return’ - designates an individual having reached the third of the four maggas leading to Nibbāna. He is so called because after death, he cannot ‘return to this world’, i.e. be reborn as a human being or a low class deva, but only as a special type of Brahmā. He will reach arahatta and eventually Parinibbāna during that one and only subsequent life. An anāgāmÄ« is generally described as an individual having abandoned the five saṃyojanas connected to what is inferior (orambhāgiya) that fetter him to the round of existence.



Bodhi leaf


anāgāmita: [an+āgāmī+ta] state of an anāgāmī.
This stage is described as being reachable by anyone who practices very
seriously, specially in the case where one is not able to become an arahant. See for example DN 22.



Bodhi leaf


anagāriya: homelessness. A characteristic of samaṇas.

♦ The word appears nearly always in the expression agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati (’He goes forth from the home life into homelessness’).

♦ The way in which a follower of the Buddha’s teaching adopts anagāriya is described in a standard formula.



Bodhi leaf


ānāpāna: breath, respiration. Always regarded as a tool for practicing the Dhamma and mentioned in the context of ānāpānassati.



Bodhi leaf


ānāpānassati: [ānāpāna+sati] mindfulness of in and out breathing, awareness of respiration. The practice of ānāpānassati is described in detail by the Buddha in the Ānāpānassati Sutta. See also a detailed analysis of these standard instructions here. It is often said that developing and practicing heedfully ānāpānassati is very fruitful and rewarding (’ānāpānassati bhāvanā bhāvitā bahulī·katā mahaĀ·pphalā hoti mah·ānisaṃsā‘). Thus, it is recommended for a large panel of purposes:

♦ at AN 6.115 for the abandoning of cetaso vikkhepa (mental disturbance).

♦ at AN 9.1 to achieve vitakkĀ·upaccheda (stoppage of thoughts).

♦ at MN 62 to become mindful even of one’s last breath.

♦ at SN 54.9 to refresh oneself and allay any akusala dhamma that may have arisen.

♦ at MN 118 as a way to practice the four satipaį¹­į¹­hānas.

♦ at SN 54.2, as a way to develop the seven bojjhaį¹…gas.

♦ at SN 54.8, for a large panel of objectives: to prevent the body or eyes from getting tired (neva me kāyo kilameyya na cakkhÅ«ni), to abandon memories and intentions connected with the household life (ye me gehasitā sarasaį¹…kappā te pahÄ«yeyyu), for various asubha practices, for attaining all the eight jhānas, for attaining the cessation of saƱƱā and vedanā (saññā·vedayitaĀ·nirodha), and for the full comprehension of vedanā.

♦ It is explained at SN 54.11 that ānāpānassatiĀ·samādhi is what the Buddha generally practices during his vassa retreat, that ānāpānassatiĀ·samādhi is a noble dwelling (ariyaĀ·vihāra), a brahmic dwelling (brahmaĀ·vihāra), a Tathāgata’s dwelling (tathāgataĀ·vihāra). For trainees (sekha), it leads to the destruction of āsavas. For arahant s, it procures a pleasant abiding, and satiĀ·sampajaƱƱa.

♦ The practice of ānāpānassati is also declared at SN 54.4 to lead to either aƱƱā or anāgāmitā in this very life, for those who practice seriously enough.



Bodhi leaf


anattā: [an+attā] no-self, egolessness, soullessness, impersonality, absence of identity.

♦ It is the third of the tiĀ·lakkhaṇa, a universal fact whose understanding is declared at SN 22.42 to be a way to exert dhamm·ānudhammaĀ·ppaį¹­ipatti.

♦ The characteristic of anattā applies to all phenomena, as declared in a famous sentence which occurs in a handful of suttas: sabbe dhammā anattā’ (all phenomena are not-self).

♦ But as explained at SN 23.17, the characteristic of anattā is to be understood chiefly at the level of the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas, although it is frequent to find treatments of the six āyatanas - and the dhammas that are related to them - in terms of anattā in SN 35 (e.g. SN 35.6).

♦ The understanding of anattā is often described (e.g. SN 22.17) with a stock phrase: nĀ·etaṃ mama, nĀ·esoĀ·hamĀ·asmi, na mĀ·eso attā‘ (This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self). ÑāṇavÄ«ra considers this translation as misleading since he considers it can mean ‘but something else is mine’, and he prefers ‘Not, this is mine; not, this I am; not, this is my self’.

♦ The characteristic of anattā was taught by the Buddha for the first time in what is considered as his second discourse, the AnattaĀ·lakkhaṇa Sutta. The intellectual argument used to expose this teaching is the fact that if each of the upādānaĀ·kkhandhas belonged to the self, then the self would be able to decide how it should be, which is not the case. The understanding of anattā is then derived from the understanding of anicca and dukkha according to a standard series of questions.

♦ At MN 35, the Buddha explains anattā by absence of ownership, using an analogy with a king owning his realm.

♦ At AN 4.49, seeing as atta something which is actually anattā constitutes one of four saññā·vipallāsa (distortions of perception), cittaĀ·vipallāsa (perversions of the mind), diį¹­į¹­hiĀ·vipallāsa (inversions of views), the other three being the corresponding misunderstanding of asubha, aniccā and dukkha.



Bodhi leaf


anattasaƱƱā: [anattā+saƱƱā]

perception of non-self.

♦ Very often, this perception is applied specifically to what is already perceived as unsatisfactory and it becomes dukkhe anattaĀ·saƱƱā.

♦ The practice of anattaĀ·saƱƱā leads to abandoning asmiĀ·māna (AN 9.1).

♦ The practice of anattaĀ·saƱƱā also leads to abandoning attānuĀ·diį¹­į¹­hi (the view of self): see AN 6.112.

♦ At AN 6.104, 6 benefits are cited as constituting enough motivation for establishing anattaĀ·saƱƱā in all dhammas.

♦ According to AN 7.49,
when one often applies his/her mind to this practice, he/she is
automatically devoid of I-making and my-making and dwells at peace,
liberated.

♦ The seven bojjhaį¹…gas can be developed in conjunction with anattaĀ·saƱƱā (SN 46.78).

♦ According to AN 7.27, so long as the bhikkhus practice anattaĀ·saƱƱā, only growth can be expected of them, not decline.

♦ Other perceptions usually associated with anattaĀ·saƱƱā include aniccaĀ·saƱƱā, anicce dukkhaĀ·saƱƱā, anattaĀ·saƱƱā, ādÄ«navaĀ·saƱƱā, pahānaĀ·saƱƱā, virāgaĀ·saƱƱā and nirodhaĀ·saƱƱā.



Bodhi leaf


anavajja: [an+avajja] blameless, faultless. Opposed to sāvajja.
Although the meaning is slightly different, anavajja can be considered as a synonym of kusala: the explanation of what is the anavajja dhamma (blameless teaching), given in terms of the ten akusala kammaĀ·patha at AN 10.184, is identical the explanation of what is kusala given at AN 10.180. Moreover, at MN 88, anavajja is clearly mentioned as a synonym of kusala, along with abyāpajjha and sukhaĀ·vipāka. We also find the following synonym and explanation at AN 3.66: viƱƱuĀ·ppasatthā (commended by the wise) and “[yo] hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati” ([what] leads to [one’s] welfare and well-being).

♦ The word anavajjaĀ·sukha (the pleasure of blamelessness) is repeatedly used to describe the feeling arising from observing the ariya sÄ«laĀ·kkhandha, which are described in their standard description (see at the bottom of that page).

♦ The word anavajjaĀ·bala (the strength of blamesslessness) appears at AN 4.153 and the two following suttas together with paññā·bala, vÄ«riyaĀ·bala, satiĀ·bala, samādhiĀ·bala and bhāvanaĀ·bala. The word anavajjaĀ·bala is defined at AN 9.5 as the fact of being endowed with anavajja kāyaĀ·kamma, anavajja vacī·kamma and anavajja manoĀ·kamma.



Bodhi leaf


anicca: [a+nicca]

1) adj: inconstant, impermanent, momentary.

2) n: inconstancy, impermanence, momentariness.

♦ The understanding of anicca is described with the attainment of sotāpatti as the rise of ‘the Dhamma eye’ (DhammaĀ·cakkhu): ā€œyaṃ kiƱci samudayaĀ·dhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhaĀ·dhammanā€ti (whatever has the nature of arising has the nature of ceasing). It is the case of āyasmā Koį¹‡įøaƱƱa at SN 56.11.

♦ Anicca is the first of the tiĀ·lakkhaṇas, a universal fact whose understanding is declared at SN 22.40 to be a way to exert dhamm·ānudhammaĀ·ppaį¹­ipatti.

♦ The characteristic of anicca applies to all saį¹…khārās, as declared in a famous sentence which occurs in a handful of suttas: sabbe saį¹…khārā aniccā’ (all conditioned phenomena are inconstant).

♦ But as explained at SN 23.13, the characteristic of anicca is to be understood chiefly at the level of the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas, although it is frequent to find treatments of the six āyatanas - and the dhammas that are related to them - in terms of anicca in the Saḷāyatana Saṃyutta (e.g. SN 35.4).

♦ At AN 4.49, seeing as nicca something which is actually anicca constitutes one of four saññā·vipallāsa (distortions of perception), cittaĀ·vipallāsa (perversions of the mind), diį¹­į¹­hiĀ·vipallāsa (inversions of views), the other three being the corresponding misunderstanding of asubha, dukkha and anatta.

The impermanence of phenomena is described as the fact that they arise, transform, and pass away. It is the first of the tiĀ·lakkhaṇa, and is considered as the easiest to be observed. Its understanding naturally leads to the understanding of the other two.



Bodhi leaf


aniccasaƱƱā: [anicca+saƱƱā]

perception of impermanence/inconstancy. This practice is explained at AN 10.60: it happens at level of the five khandhas.

♦ The practice of aniccaĀ·saƱƱā leads to abandoning asmiĀ·māna (MN 62). The process is explained at AN 9.1: aniccaĀ·saƱƱā leads to anattaĀ·saƱƱā, which in turn leads to asmiĀ·mānaĀ·samugghāta (eradication of the conceit ‘I am’).

♦ At SN 22.102, it is said that aniccaĀ·saƱƱā leads to the elimination of kāmaĀ·rāga, rÅ«paĀ·rāga, bhavaĀ·rāga, avijjā, and the eradication of asmiĀ·māna. The sutta lists 10 similes to underline the power of aniccaĀ·saƱƱā.

♦ The practice of aniccaĀ·saƱƱā also leads to abandoning assādaĀ·diį¹­į¹­hi (the view of sensory enjoyment): see AN 6.112.

♦ At AN 6.102, 6 benefits are cited as constituting enough motivation for establishing aniccaĀ·saƱƱā in all saį¹…khāras.

♦ According to AN 7.49, when one often applies his/her mind to this practice, he/she is automatically repulsed by lābhaĀ·sakkāraĀ·siloka.

♦ The seven bojjhaį¹…gas can be developed in conjunction with aniccaĀ·saƱƱā (SN 46.76).

♦ According to AN 7.27, so long as the bhikkhus practice aniccaĀ·saƱƱā, only growth can be expected of them, not decline.

♦ In the Aį¹…guttara Nikāya, aniccaĀ·saƱƱā often appears together with asubhaĀ·saƱƱā, āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱā, sabbaĀ·loke anĀ·abhirataĀ·saƱƱā, maraṇaĀ·saƱƱā, anicce dukkhaĀ·saƱƱā, (sometimes preceded by: dukkhe) anattaĀ·saƱƱā, ādÄ«navaĀ·saƱƱā, pahānaĀ·saƱƱā, virāgaĀ·saƱƱā and nirodhaĀ·saƱƱā.



Bodhi leaf


anicce dukkhasaƱƱā: [anicca dukkha+saƱƱā]

perception of suffering in what is inconstant.

♦ It nearly always appears in the following progression: aniccaĀ·saƱƱā, anicce dukkhaĀ·saƱƱā, dukkhe anattaĀ·saƱƱā.

♦ According to AN 7.49,
when one often applies his/her mind to this practice, a vivid
perception of danger towards laziness is automatically established in
him/her.



Bodhi leaf


ānisaṃsa: benefit, good result, generally relating to a practice.



Bodhi leaf


anusaya: inclination, latent tendency, propensity, persistance of a dormant or latent disposition. The seven anusayas are listed at AN 7.11:


1. kāma·rāg·ānusaya
2. paṭigh·ānusaya
3. diṭṭh·ānusaya
4. vicikicch·ānusaya
5. mān·ānusaya
6. bhava·rāg·ānusaya
7. avijj·ānusaya

According to Rhys Davids: ‘In the oldest texts the word usually
occurs absolutely, without mention of the cause or direction of the
bias. [This] list govern[s] the connotation of the word, but it would be
wrong to put that connotation back into [all] the earlier passages.’

♦ According to MN 148, rāg·ānusaya and paį¹­igh·ānusaya are activated by mental reaction (i.e. ayoniso manasikāra) to sukhā vedanā and dukkhā vedanā respectively, whereas avijj·ānusaya is activated on account of adukkhamĀ·asukhā vedanā with lack of proper understanding, attitude which is described at SN 36.6 as typical of an uninstructed (assutavā) puthujjana. On the other hand, those anusayas are not activated if one abstains from these mental reactions and develops proper understanding, attitude which is described at SN 36.6 as typical of an instructed (sutavā) ariyasāvaka.

♦ According to MN 18, the cessation of all these anusayas comes from not finding anything to delight in, welcome, or remain fastened to in the source from which saƱƱās and categories [born of] papaƱca beset an individual (yatoĀ·nidānaṃ purisaṃ papaƱcaĀ·saññā·saį¹…khā samudācaranti, ettha ce natthi abhinanditabbaṃ abhivaditabbaṃ ajjhositabbaṃ). This explains why at MN 44 all vedanās are not underlied by anusayas.

♦ According to AN 7.12, the brahmacariya is fulfilled (brahmacariya vussati) with the abandoning and destruction of each anusaya, and the end of suffering is reached when all of them have been abandoned.



Bodhi leaf


anussati: [anu+sati]

recollection, remembrance, calling to mind.
There are six main anussatis which are generally called together anussatiṭṭhāna (subjects of recollection). They are defined at AN 6.25. They consist of:

1. Buddh·ānussati

2. Dhamm·ānussati

3. Saį¹…gh·ānussati

4. sīl·ānussati

5. cāg·ānussati

6. devat·ānussati

The first four of these are analyzed in detail here.
This list of six is quite well supported by other suttas, although
there can be some variations. Sometimes only five of them occur (e.g. AN 3.71) or some are replaced by different though similar ones (e.g. kalyāṇamitte instead of Saį¹…gha at AN 11.13). AN 3.71 emphasizes their importance as it describes them as main practices to be undertaken by lay people for observing Uposatha. The effects that the practice of these anussatis has on the mind are described as follows:

♦ At SN 11.3, the first three of them (Buddh·ānussati, Dhamm·ānussati Saį¹…gh·ānussati) are recommended to allay any kind of fear.

♦ According to AN 3.71, the mind becomes bright (cittaṃ pasÄ«dati), joy arises (pāmojjaṃ uppajjati), and the impurities of the mind are abandoned (ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahÄ«yanti). According to AN 6.25, these anussatis also make the mind upright and make an ariyasāvaka emerge from the five kāmaĀ·guṇas.

♦ According to AN 11.13, the anussatis should be used as a basis for establishing sati.

♦ At AN 6.30, recollecting the Buddha or one of his disciples constitutes the supreme recollection (anussat·ānuttariya) for the purification of beings, etc. (formula of the Mahāsatipaį¹­į¹­hāna Sutta’s introduction).

♦ According to AN 6.10, when an ariyasāvaka practices these anussatis, at that time his mind is not under the sway of any of the three akusalaĀ·mÅ«las, and he gains an inspiration and a joy (pāmojja) that can lead him up to samādhi.

♦ At AN 6.141, the six anussatis are recommended for the abhiƱƱā of rāga.

♦ Between AN 1.296 and AN 1.301, each of the six anussatis is recommended for attaining virāga, nirodha, upasama, abhiƱƱā, sambodhi and nibbāna. And again between AN 1.485 and AN 1.490, one who develops each of them is said to respond to the Buddha’s advice and not eat piį¹‡įøapāta in vain.

♦ According to MN 28, if the practice of the first three anussatis does not bear its fruits, then one should arouse saṃvega.

♦ One other major use of the concept (more than 80 times in the four Nikāyas) is to refer to the practice of pubbeĀ·nivās·ānussati·ñāṇa (e.g. AN 3.102) in the stock phrase: ‘bhikkhu
anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ ekampi jātiṃ… (a
bhikkhu recollects his various former abodes, that is to say one
birth… etc.)’
which is analyzed in detail here.

♦ AN 10.153 and AN 10.197 specify things that should not be recollected (na anussaritabbaṃ): each factor of the tenfold micchā·paį¹­ipadā (including micchā·ñāṇa and micchā·vimutti), as well as any undertaking of whichever of the ten akusala kammaĀ·pathas. The opposite factors are to be recollected.

♦ Recollecting those who are accomplished on the path
is said to be very helpful. At SN 46.3, it is an opportunity to
recollect the Dhamma learned from them and it arouses satiĀ·sambojjhaį¹…ga. At MN 68, a bhikkhu recollecting a noble companion who has passed away directs his mind towards his saddhā, suta, sÄ«la, cāga and paƱƱā. At MN 31, basically anyone recollecting hardcore practitioners such as Anuruddha, Nandiya and Kimibila will get benefited.

♦ There is mention of another anussati, the recollection of peace (upasam·ānussati),
which appears only at AN 1.305 and AN 1.494. It is not defined anywhere
in the suttas. The Visuddhimagga defines it in terms similar to virāga·saññā and nirodha·saññā.

♦ There is also another completely different set of five anussatis that appears only at AN 6.29. Those are:

1. The first three jhānas, leading to a pleasant abiding in the visible world (diṭṭha·dhamma·sukha·vihāra)

2. ālokaĀ·saƱƱā, leading to the attainment of knowledge and vision (ñāṇaĀ·dassanaĀ·pĀ·paį¹­ilābha)

3. the 31 body parts, leading to abandoning sensual avidity (kāma·rāga·p·pahāna)

4. the nine sivathika contemplations, leading to the uprooting of the conceit ‘I am’ (asmiĀ·mānaĀ·samugghāta)

5. The fourth jhāna, leading to the attainment of various elements (aneka·dhātu·paṭivedha).

The fifth referring most probably to the six abhiƱƱās.



Bodhi leaf


anussava: [anu+sava]

1) hearsay, report, rumor. Clearly used in this sense at MN 68.

2) what has been heard/learned from another
(through religion, philosophy, science, knowledge, theories, opinions
and traditions of all sorts), anussavika being in this case most simply (although somewhat narrowly) translated as traditionalist. The brahmins of the three Vedas are described as such at MN 100.

See also the analysis provided in footnote 1 here.

♦ At MN 76, two dangers of relying on an anussava are cited: the teachings or opinions may not be remembered correctly, and they may simply not be true.

Anussava appears most often in two sets of either erroneous or uncertain grounds for accepting a teaching or a view:

♦ In conjunction with paramparā (what has been transmitted [by a tradition]), itikira (general consensus), piį¹­akasampadāna (what has been handed down in a collection of texts), takkahetu (the basis of logical reasoning), nayahetu (the basis of inference), ākāraparivitakka (deep reflection), diį¹­į¹­hinijjhānakkhanti, bhabbarÅ«patā (what seems probable), and “samaṇo no garÅ«”ti ([the thought:] ‘The samaṇa is our revered teacher’). See for example AN 3.66 orAN 3.67.

♦ In conjunction with saddhā, ruci (liking), ākāraparivitakka (deep reflection), and diį¹­į¹­hinijjhānakkhanti.
At SN 35.153, these five are contrasted with “having seen phenomenas with discernment” (dhammā paƱƱāya disvā).
At SN 12.68 they are contrasted with “I know, I see” (jānāmi, passāmi). At MN 95, they are presented as five improper grounds to draw a definite conclusion (ekaṃsena niį¹­į¹­haṃ gacchati).



Bodhi leaf


anuttaro purisadammasārathī: supreme leader of
persons to be tamed - one of the attributes of the Buddha, which appears
in his standard description (for which see Buddhānussati). See the explanation of the term given at MN 137.



Bodhi leaf


āpatti: vinaya offense. There are ten types of offenses: pārājika, saį¹…ghādisesa,
aniyata (indefinite), nissaggiya pāctittiya (forfeiture and
confession), pāctittiya (confession only), pāṭidesanīya
(acknowledgement), sekhia (training), dukkaṭa, dubbhāsita (wrong speech) and thullaccaya (grave offense).



Bodhi leaf


apāya:

1) ruin, loss, separation (from wealth or dear ones)

2) lapse, falling away (e.g. from good conduct)

3) state of woe, unhappy afterlife. Almost always associated with vinipāta and dug·gati. The apāya are traditionally numbered as four: birth as an asura, in petti·visaya, in tiracchāna·yoni and in niraya.

♦ According to AN 10.176, beings are lead to such states of existence by adopting the ten akusala kammaĀ·pathas, often referred to as the threefold duccaritas.
A very large number of other behavior are described as having the same
result, most of which though are mere elaborations of the aforementioned
ten duccaritas. For example: stinginess (macchera), envy (issā), kāma·rāga [SN 37.4]; being faithless (assaddha), without conscienciousness (ahirika), without scruple (anottappī), angry (kodhana), undiscerning (duppañña) [SN 37.5], malicious (upanāhī) [SN 37.6], lazy (kusīta) [SN 37.12] etc. It is also said (e.g. MN 41) that the reason for going to an apāya is conduct that is not in accordance with the Dhamma and conduct that is unrighteous (a·dhamma·cariyā·visama·cariyā).

♦ According to AN 8.54, there are four sources of apāya (ruin) in this human life: womanizing (itthiĀ·dhutta), drunkenness (surā·dhutta), gambling (akkhaĀ·dhutta), and bad friends (pāpaĀ·mitta).



Bodhi leaf


appamāda: [a+pamāda]

heedfulness, assiduity, diligence, seriousness of practice. The Commentary glosses it as similar in meaning to sati, although if the latter often refers to remembering the cultivation of skilful states, appamāda is rather focused on avoiding unskilful mental states. Bhikkhu Bodhi remarks: appamāda
“denotes an attitude of critical scrutiny directed toward one’s own
mind both in its internal movement and in its reactions to external
affairs. The term suggests diligent effort and acute attentiveness, and
it further sounds a note of moral caution and care.”
Appamāda is defined at SN 48.56 as follows:



Katamo ca bhikkhave, appamādo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cittaṃ rakkhati āsavesu ca sāsavesu ca dhammesu.

And what, bhikkhus, is heedfulness? Here, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu protects his mind against the mental impurities and the mental states that accompany them.




Another explicit definition is given at SN 35.97 in relation to two criteria (sense restraint and knowing phenomena):



kathaƱca, bhikkhave, appamādavihārÄ« hoti? cakkhundriyaṃ…
jivhindriyaṃ… manindriyaṃ saṃvutassa, bhikkhave, viharato cittaṃ na
byāsiñcati cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu. tassa abyāsittacittassa pāmojjaṃ
jāyati. pamuditassa pīti jāyati. pītimanassa kāyo passambhati.
passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ viharati. sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. samāhite
citte dhammā pātubhavanti. dhammānaṃ pātubhāvā appamādavihārī tveva
saį¹…khaṃ gacchati.

And how, bhikkhus, does one dwell heedfully? In one, bhikkhus, who
dwells restraining the eye faculty… tongue faculty… mind faculty,
the mind is not stained by mental phenomena cognizable by the mind. In one whose mind is not stained, joy arises. In one who is joyful, exaltation arises. For one who is exalted, the body becomes tranquil. One whose body is tranquil dwells in well-being. For one in well-being, the mind concentrates. When the mind is concentrated, phenomena become manifest. When phenomena are manifest, one is considered as ‘one who dwells heedfully’.




Yet another explicit definition is given at SN 55.40, in relation to not remaining content with the four sot·āpattiyĀ·aį¹…gas and cultivating solitude:



kathaƱca, nandiya, ariyasāvako appamādavihārī hoti? idha, nandiya,
ariyasāvako buddhe… dhamme… sanghe aveccappasādena… ariyakantehi
sÄ«lehi samannāgato hoti… so tena ariyakantehi sÄ«lehi asantuį¹­į¹­ho
uttari vāyamati divā pavivekāya rattiṃ paṭisallānāya. tassa evaṃ
appamattassa viharato pāmojjaṃ jāyati. etc.

And how, Nandiya, does a noble disciple dwell heedfully? Here, Nandiya, a noble disciple is endowed with verified confidence in the BuddhaDhammaSangha… with virtues that are pleasing to the noble ones… Not content with virtues that are pleasing to the noble ones, he strives further in solitude by day and seclusion by night. For him, dwelling thus heedfully, joy arises etc. (the same as above)




At AN 4.76, appamāda is defined as having hiri and ottappa:



hirīmāyaṃ, bhikkhave, ottāpī appamatto hoti.

One, bhikkhus, who has conscientiousness and moral cautiousness is heedful.



♦ Appamāda plays a very important role in the Buddha’s teaching, as his last words make it obvious (SN 6.15):



ā€˜vayadhammā saį¹…khārā, appamādena sampādethā’ti.

By nature, Fabrications pass away. Strive with heedfulness.



♦ The Buddha states at AN 2.5 how decisive he considered appamāda had been for his own enlightenment:



tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, appamādādhigatā sambodhi, appamādādhigato anuttaro yogakkhemo.

It was through heedfulness, bhikkhus, that I achieved awakening, it was by heedfulness that I achieved the supreme relief from the yoke.



♦ The importance of appamāda is often stressed with reference to the act of meditating (jhāyati) at the end of certain suttas, in the following formula:



ā€œyaṃ, bhikkhave, satthārā karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā anukampakena
anukampaṃ upādāya, kataṃ vo taṃ mayā. etāni, bhikkhave, rukkhamūlāni,
etāni suƱƱāgārāni; jhāyatha, bhikkhave, mā pamādattha; mā pacchā
vippaį¹­isārino ahuvattha. ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanÄ«ā€ti.

What should be done by a Teacher out of compassion for his disciples,
seeking their welfare and having compassion for them, that I have done
for you. There are these roots of trees, those are empty dwellings.
Meditate, bhikkhus, do not be negligent, do not regret it later. This is
our instruction to you.



♦ Its importance is also attested at AN 10.15 and then illustrated by ten similes:



ye keci, bhikkhave, dhammā kusalā kusalabhāgiyā kusalapakkhikā, sabbe te
appamādamÅ«lakā appamādasamosaraṇā, appamādo tesaṃ dhammānaṃ
aggamakkhāyati.

Whatever states there are that are skilful, partaking of the skilful, siding with the skilful, all of them are rooted in heedfulness, they converge in heedfulness, and heedfulness is reckoned as the foremost among them.



♦ The Dhammapada has its own full Chapter II on the topic of appamāda.

♦ At AN 4.116, appamāda is recomended to abandon the threefold duccarita and micchā·diį¹­į¹­hi, and at AN 4.117 to prevent the three akusalaĀ·mÅ«las from taking over the mind as well as to ward off intoxication (mada).

♦ Miscellaneous quotes about appamāda:

AN 10.68


yassa kassaci appamādo atthi kusalesu dhammesu, tassa yā ratti vā divaso
vā āgacchati, vuddhiyeva pāṭikaį¹…khā kusalesu dhammesu no parihāni.

For one who is heedful in skilful mental states, whether night or day comes, only growth and not deterioration in skilful mental states is to be expected.



SN 1.36


appamādañca medhāvī, dhanaṃ seṭṭhaṃva rakkhati.

A wise man guards heedfulness as his foremost treasure.



AN 6.19


ā€˜appamattā viharissāma, tikkhaṃ maraṇassatiṃ bhāvessāma āsavānaṃ khayāyā’ti.

We will remain heedful, we will develop mindfulness of death keenly for the destruction of mental impurities.



♦ Miscellaneous quotes about lay practice:

AN 6.53


appamādo eko dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato ubho atthe samadhiggayha tiṭṭhati: diṭṭhadhammikañceva atthaṃ yo ca attho samparāyiko.

Heedfulness is the one thing that, when developed and pursued, can bring
both kinds of benefit: the benefit in the visible world and the benefit
in the future life.



AN 5.213


sÄ«lavā sÄ«lasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati.

The virtuous endowed with virtue accumulates much wealth thanks to heedfulness.



SN 3.18


ā€œappamattassa te, mahārāja, viharato appamādaṃ upanissāya, attāpi gutto
rakkhito bhavissati: itthāgārampi guttaṃ rakkhitaṃ bhavissati,
kosakoį¹­į¹­hāgārampi guttaṃ rakkhitaṃ bhavissatÄ«ā€ti

When, Mahārāja, you remain heedful, with heedfulness for support, you
yourself will be guarded and protected, your retinue of women will be
guarded and protected, your treasury and storehouse will be guarded and
protected.





Bodhi leaf


appicchatā: [appa+iccha+tā]

1) litt: fewness of desires; fact of being easily satisfied, of desiring little.

2) modesty, unpretentiousness.

The word is close in meaning to santuṭṭhitā. The antonym is mahicchatā.

♦ At MN 4, appicchatā is opposed to lābhaĀ·sakkāraĀ·siloka nikāmayati (desiring gain, honor and fame):



na kho panāhaṃ lābhasakkārasilokaṃ nikāmayamāno araññavanapatthāni
pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevāmi; appicchohamasmi. ye hi vo ariyā appicchā
araƱƱavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paį¹­isevanti tesamahaṃ aƱƱataro’ti.

But I do not resort to distant forest lodgings desirous of gain, honor
or fame; I am of few desires. I resort to distant forest lodgings being
one among those who are noble and of few desires.



♦ At AN 8.23, appicchatā is referred to as not desiring others to know about one’s own good qualities:



appiccho so, bhikkhu, kulaputto santeyeva attani kusaladhamme na icchati parehi Ʊāyamāne.

That son a family, bhikkhu, has few desires, since he does not desire that others would know his inner wholesome qualities.



♦ AN 8.30 defines the term along the same line, with direct reference to some of those qualities.

♦ At AN 1.63, appicchatā is presented as one of the core qualities to be developed:



ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā akusalā dhammā parihāyanti
yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, appicchatā.

Bhikkhus, I do not see a single other quality on account of which
unarisen wholesome qualities arise and arisen unwholesome qualities
disappear so much as fewness of desires.



AN 1.119


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa
ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave,
appicchatā.

Bhikkhus, I do not see a single other quality that leads to the
prolongation, non-confusion and non-disappearence of the authentic
Dhamma so much as fewness of desires.





Bodhi leaf


āraddhavīriya: [āraddha+vīriya]

1) (n:) aroused energy

2) (n:) one who is energetic, who has aroused energy

3) (adj:) energetic, of/with aroused energy. Bala·sampanna (possessing strength) is a synonym (AN 3.97) and kusīta (lazy) is the antonym (SN 12.22 below). Asallīna (unflagging, tireless) is a synonym for āraddha (e.g. at MN 4). The associated noun is vīriy·ārambha. Being āraddha·vīriya is defined in two major ways. The general definition is as follows (e.g. at AN 8.30):



Bhikkhu āraddha·vīriyo viharati a·kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya,
kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷha·parakkamo
anikkhittaĀ·dhuro kusalesu dhammesu

A bhikkhu remains with aroused energy, for abandoning unskilful mental
states, for acquiring skilful mental states, he is steadfast, firm in
his effort, without relaxing from his duty regarding skilful mental
states.



Another definition, more impressive, is sometimes given (e.g. at SN 21.3):



ā€˜ÄraddhavÄ«riyo āraddhavÄ«riyoti, bhante, vuccati. kittāvatā nu kho,
bhante, āraddhavÄ«riyo hotī’ti? … bhikkhu āraddhaĀ·vÄ«riyo viharati:
ā€˜kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca aį¹­į¹­hÄ« ca avasissatu, sarÄ«re upasussatu
maṃsa·lohitaṃ, yaṃ taṃ purisa·thāmena purisa·vīriyena purisa·parakkamena
pattabbaṃ na taṃ aĀ·pāpuṇitvā vÄ«riyassa saṇṭhānaṃ bhavissatī’ti.

‘One with aroused energy, one with aroused energy’, Bhante, is it said.
But how, Bhante, is one with aroused energy? … A bhikkhu remains with
aroused energy: ‘Let only my skin, sinews, and bones remain, let the
flesh and blood in my body dry up, but there will be no relaxation of my
energy without having attained what is to be gained by manly
steadfastness, by manly energy, by manly effort.’



♦ At SN 48.50, being āraddhaĀ·vÄ«riya is seen as a consequence of having saddhā and as being a basis for developing sati, and then in turn samādhi.

♦ According to AN 1.18, being āraddhaĀ·vÄ«riya, destroys and prevents the arising of thÄ«naĀ·middhā, which is one of the five nÄ«varaṇas.

♦ According to AN 1.61, being āraddhaĀ·vÄ«riya, is the best way to foster kusalā dhammā and to remove akusalā dhammā.

♦ According to MN 118, in one who is āraddhaĀ·vÄ«riya appears pÄ«ti nirāmisa (unworldly exaltation).

♦ Probably the most inspiring words about arousing energy are given at SN 12.22:



ā€œdukkhaṃ, bhikkhave, kusÄ«to viharati vokiṇṇo pāpakehi akusalehi
dhammehi, mahantañca sadatthaṃ parihāpeti. āraddhavīriyo ca kho,
bhikkhave, sukhaṃ viharati pavivitto pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi,
mahantañca sadatthaṃ paripūreti. na, bhikkhave, hīnena aggassa patti
hoti. aggena ca kho, bhikkhave, aggassa patti hoti.

A lazy person, bhikkhus, dwells in suffering, full of evil unskilful
mental states, and great is the personal welfare that he loses. But a
person of aroused energy dwells in well-being, secluded from evil
unskilful mental states, and great is the personal welfare that he
achieves. It is not by the inferior that the supreme is obtained;
rather, it is by the
supreme that the supreme is obtained.

maį¹‡įøapeyyamidaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṃ, satthā sammukhÄ«bhÅ«to.
tasmātiha, bhikkhave, vīriyaṃ ārabhatha appattassa pattiyā,
anadhigatassa adhigamāya, asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. ā€˜evaṃ no ayaṃ
amhākaṃ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā. yesañca mayaṃ
paribhuƱjāma
cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapātasenāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāraṃ tesaṃ te
kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā’ti. evaƱhi vo, bhikkhave,
sikkhitabbaṃ.

This brahmic way, bhikkhus, is a beverage of cream; the Teacher is
present. Therefore, bhikkhus, arouse your energy for the attainment of
what has not yet been attained, for the achievement of what has not yet
been attained, for the realization of what has not yet been attained,
[thinking]: ā€˜In such a way this going forth of ours will not be barren,
rather it will be fruitful and fertile; and when we use the robes,
almsfood, lodgings, and medicinal requisites [offered to us by others],
these services they provide for us will be of great fruit and
great benefit to them.’ Thus, bhikkhus, should you train yourselves.

attatthaṃ vā hi, bhikkhave, sampassamānena alameva appamādena
sampādetuṃ; paratthaṃ vā hi, bhikkhave, sampassamānena alameva
appamādena sampādetuṃ; ubhayatthaṃ vā hi, bhikkhave, sampassamānena
alameva appamādena sampādetunā€ti.

Seeing your own welfare, bhikkhus, is enough to strive with heedfulness;
seeing the welfare of others is enough to strive with heedfulness;
seeing the welfare of both is enough to strive with heedfulness.



♦ According to AN 6.55, acc·āraddhaĀ·vÄ«riya (excess of energy) leads to uddhacca (’acc·āraddhaĀ·vÄ«riyaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati’) and according to MN 128, it can lead to falling away from samādhi,
just as one would kill a quail by holding it too strongly by the neck.
By the way, this could interestingly explain what happens at AN 9.35, where one also falls away from samādhi as a result of undertaking a wrong way to reach the second jhāna from the first. MN 128 also explains that being atilīna·vīriya (lacking energy) can lead to falling away from samādhi, just as one would let go of a quail by not holding it strongly enough.

♦ VÄ«riyĀ·indriya (spiritual faculty of energy) is defined as being āraddhaĀ·vÄ«riya (SN 48.9).

♦ According to AN 10.76, being āraddhaĀ·vÄ«riya renders one capable of abandoning uddhacca, aĀ·saṃvara (non-restraint) and dusĀ·sÄ«la (unvirtuous behavior).

♦ At AN 4.11, continuously suppressing the three types of unskilful vitakkas in all the four postures is described as being āraddhaĀ·vÄ«riya.

♦ At AN 4.12, having abandoned the five nÄ«varaṇas, having established sati, passaddhi and finally being samāhita is described as being āraddhaĀ·vÄ«riya.

♦ According to AN 1.324 and AN 1.325, being āraddhaĀ·vÄ«riya leads to dukkha in a badly expounded teaching (durĀ·akkhāta dhammaĀ·vinaya) and to sukha in a well expounded teaching (sv·ākkhāta dhammaĀ·vinaya).



Bodhi leaf


arahant: lit: ‘a worthy one’. Derived from verb ‘arahati’ (to be worthy of, to deserve, to merit). It seems the term was already in use in India before the Buddha and used as an honorific title, particularly for samaṇas.
Mahavira, the founder of Jainism, is also referred to as an arahant in
Jain scriptures. In the context of the Buddha’s teaching, it refers to
an individual who has completed the path and will not be reborn after
death. The suttas offer a great variety of ways to define an arahant.
At the time of death, he enters Parinibbāna.



Bodhi leaf


arahatta: state of an arahant.



Bodhi leaf


araƱƱa: forest, wilderness.

♦ AraƱƱa is one of nine vivitta senāsana (secluded lodgings) often cited in the suttas as proper places for practice (eg. MN 27, AN 9.40):



vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ.

He resorts to a secluded dwelling: the forest, the foot of a tree, a
mountain, a glen, a hillside cave, a charnel ground, a forest thicket, a
place out in the open, a heap of straw.



Often, the list is shortened as follows:



araƱƱagato vā rukkhamÅ«lagato vā suƱƱāgāragato vā nisÄ«dati…

Having gone to the forest or at the foot of a tree or in an empty room, he seats down…



In a few occasions, it is mentioned that brahmins or sages live in leaf huts in the forest (araññ·āyatane paṇṇaĀ·kuį¹­Ä«su), as at DN 27, MN 93 and SN 11.9, or that the Buddha or other monks live in forest huts (araƱƱaĀ·kuį¹­ika), as at SN 4.20, MN 125 or MN 136.

♦ Being a forest dweller (āraƱƱika) was held
in very high esteem by the Buddha and according to SN 15.13, it seems
that he saw this practice, together with others, as very helpful for
liberation:



ā€œime kho tiṃsamattā pāveyyakā bhikkhÅ« sabbe āraƱƱikā sabbe piį¹‡įøapātikā
sabbe paṃsukūlikā sabbe tecīvarikā sabbe sasaṃyojanā. yaṃnūnāhaṃ imesaṃ
tathā dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ yathā nesaṃ imasmiṃyeva āsane anupādāya āsavehi
cittāni vimucceyyunā€ti.

These thirty bhikkhus from Pāvā are all forest dwellers, almsfood
eaters, cast-off rags wearers, three-robes-only users [but] still
fettered. What if I taught them the Dhamma in such a way that their
minds would be liberated from their impurities through non-attachment
[while sitting] on those very seats?



At SN 16.5, the list is expanded with additional qualities:

Ā· piį¹‡įøapātĀ·ika (almsfood eater)

· paṃsu·kūl·ika (cast-off rags wearer)

· te·cīvar·ika (three-robes-only user)

Ā· appiccha

Ā· santuį¹­į¹­ha

Ā· pavivitta

· asaṃsaṭṭha (lonesome)

· āraddha·vīriya



ā€œahaṃ kho, bhante, dÄ«gharattaṃ āraƱƱiko ceva āraƱƱikattassa ca
vaṇṇavādÄ«, piį¹‡įøapātiko ceva piį¹‡įøapātikattassa ca vaṇṇavādÄ«, paṃsukÅ«liko
ceva paṃsukÅ«likattassa ca vaṇṇavādÄ«, tecÄ«variko ceva tecÄ«varikattassa ca
vaṇṇavādÄ«, appiccho ceva appicchatāya ca vaṇṇavādÄ«, santuį¹­į¹­ho ceva
santuį¹­į¹­hiyā ca vaṇṇavādÄ«, pavivitto ceva pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādÄ«,
asaṃsaį¹­į¹­ho ceva asaṃsaggassa ca vaṇṇavādÄ«, āraddhavÄ«riyo ceva
vÄ«riyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādÄ«ā€ti.

Bhante, for a long time I have been a forest dweller and have praised
dwelling in the forest. I have been an almsfood eater and have praised
eating almsfood. I have been a cast-off rags wearer and have praised
wearing cast off rags. I have been a three-robes-only user and have
praised using only three robes. I have been of few desires and have
praised being of few desires. I have been content and have praised being
content. I have been reclusive and have praised being reclusive. I have
been lonely and have praised being lonely. I have been of aroused
energy and have praised being of aroused energy.



♦ Forest dwelling is often recommended to the monks, as at AN 5.114:



ā€œye te, ānanda, bhikkhÅ« navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṃ
dhammavinayaṃ, te vo, ānanda, bhikkhū pañcasu dhammesu samādapetabbā
nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā. katamesu pañcasu?

Ananda, the new monks — those who have not long gone forth, who are
newcomers in this Dhamma & Discipline — should be encouraged,
exhorted, and established in these five things. Which five?

(…)

(…)

ā€œā€˜etha tumhe, āvuso, āraƱƱikā hotha, araƱƱavanapatthāni pantāni
senāsanāni paį¹­isevathā’ti. iti kāyavÅ«pakāse samādapetabbā nivesetabbā
patiṭṭhāpetabbā.

‘Come, friends, dwell in the forest. Resort to distant forest thicket
lodgings.’ Thus they should be encouraged, exhorted, & established
in physical seclusion.



AN 1.378


ā€œaddhamidaṃ, bhikkhave, lābhānaṃ yadidaṃ āraƱƱikattaį¹ƒā€ti.

This is truly a gain, bhikkhus: being a forest dweller.



AN 5.98


Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ānāpānassatiṃ āsevanto
nacirasseva akuppaṃ paį¹­ivijjhati. Katamehi paƱcahi? (…) āraƱƱako hoti
pantasenāsano

Endowed with five qualities, a bhikkhu practicing mindfulness of
breathing will in no long time penetrate the unshakable [state]. Which
five? (…) he is a forest dweller, [resorting to] distant lodgings



♦ The benefits of dwelling in the forest are mentioned in various places, such as AN 2.31:



ā€œdvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, atthavase sampassamāno araƱƱavanapatthāni pantāni
senāsanāni paṭisevāmi. katame dve? attano ca diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃ
sampassamāno, pacchimañca janataṃ anukampamāno.

Bhikkhus, I resort to distant forest thicket lodgings seeing two
benefits. Which two? Seeing my own pleasant abiding in the visible
world, and out of compassion for the new generation.



At MN 150, dwelling in the forest is considered a warrant for being a worthy bhikkhu.



ā€œsace pana vo, gahapatayo, aƱƱatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ puccheyyuṃ: ā€˜ke
panāyasmantānaṃ ākārā, ke anvayā, yena tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ vadetha:
addhā te āyasmanto vītarāgā vā rāgavinayāya vā paṭipannā, vītadosā vā
dosavinayāya vā paį¹­ipannā, vÄ«tamohā vā mohavinayāya vā paį¹­ipannā’ti?
evaṃ puṭṭhā tumhe, gahapatayo, tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ evaṃ
byākareyyātha: ā€˜tathā hi te āyasmanto araƱƱavanapatthāni pantāni
senāsanāni paṭisevanti. natthi kho pana tattha tathārūpā cakkhuviññeyyā
rūpā ye disvā disvā abhirameyyuṃ, natthi kho pana tattha tathārūpā
sotaviññeyyā saddā ye sutvā sutvā abhirameyyuṃ, natthi kho pana tattha
tathārūpā ghānaviññeyyā gandhā ye ghāyitvā ghāyitvā abhirameyyuṃ, natthi
kho pana tattha tathārūpā jivhāviññeyyā rasā ye sāyitvā sāyitvā
abhirameyyuṃ, natthi kho pana tattha tathārūpā kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā
ye phusitvā phusitvā abhirameyyuṃ. ime kho no, āvuso, ākārā, ime anvayā,
yena mayaṃ evaṃ vadema: addhā te āyasmanto vītarāgā vā rāgavinayāya vā
paṭipannā, vītadosā vā dosavinayāya vā paṭipannā, vītamohā vā
mohavinayāya vā paį¹­ipannā’ti.

And if, householders, heterodox spiritual wanderers ask you: ‘And
what are your reasons and with reference to what do you claim of those
venerable ones: “Certainly, those venerable ones are devoid of lust or
are practicing for the elimination of lust, they are devoid of aversion
or are practicing for the elimination of aversion, they are devoid of
delusion or are practicing for the elimination of delusion”?’
If you are questioned thus, householders, you should answer to those heterodox spiritual wanderers: ‘It
is because those venerable ones resort to distant forest thicket
lodgings, since there are no visible forms cognizable by the eye there
such that, having seen them, they might delight in them; there are no
sounds cognizable by the ear there such that, having heard them, they
might delight in them; there are no smells cognizable by the nose there
such that, having smelled them, they might delight in them; there are no
tastes cognizable by the tongue there such that, having tasted them,
they might delight in them; there are no bodily sensations cognizable by
the body there such that, having felt them, they might delight in them;
these, friends, are our reasons, it is with reference to this that we
claim: “Certainly, those venerable ones are devoid of lust or are
practicing for the elimination of lust, they are devoid of aversion or
are practicing for the elimination of aversion, they are devoid of
delusion or are practicing for the elimination of delusion”.’



At MN 121, the perception of the forest that develops through forest dwelling is the basis for mental calm:



bhikkhu amanasikaritvā gāmasaññaṃ, amanasikaritvā manussasaññaṃ,
araññasaññaṃ paṭicca manasi karoti ekattaṃ. Tassa araññasaññāya cittaṃ
pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati adhimuccati.

a bhikkhu, not directing his mind to the perception of villages, not
directing his mind to the perception of humans, directs his mind to the
oneness produced by the perception of the forest. His mind takes to that
perception of the forest and grows confident, steady and settled.



At AN 6.42, the Buddha says he is pleased with a bhikkhu dwelling in the forest in three cases:



idha panāhaṃ, nāgita, bhikkhuṃ passāmi āraññikaṃ araññe pacalāyamānaṃ
nisinnaṃ. tassa mayhaṃ, nāgita, evaṃ hoti: ā€˜idāni ayamāyasmā imaṃ
niddākilamathaṃ paṭivinodetvā araññasaññaṃyeva manasi karissati
ekattan’ti. tenāhaṃ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi
araƱƱavihārena.

Nāgita, I see a forest dwelling bhikkhu sitting in the forest, dozing. It occurs to me: ‘Soon
this venerable one will dispel his sleepiness & fatigue and direct
his mind only to the perception of the forest, {see MN 121 above} in a
state of oneness.’
And for this reason, I am pleased with that bhikkhu’s dwelling in the forest.

ā€œidha panāhaṃ, nāgita, bhikkhuṃ passāmi āraƱƱikaṃ araƱƱe asamāhitaṃ
nisinnaṃ. tassa mayhaṃ, nāgita, evaṃ hoti: ā€˜idāni ayamāyasmā asamāhitaṃ
vā cittaṃ samādahissati, samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ anurakkhissatī’ti. tenāhaṃ,
nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araƱƱavihārena.

Furthermore, Nāgita, I see a forest dwelling bhikkhu sitting in the forest, unconcentrated. It occurs to me: ‘Soon this venerable one will concentrate his unconcentrated mind, or protect his concentrated mind.’ And for this reason, I am pleased with that bhikkhu’s dwelling in the forest.

ā€œidha panāhaṃ, nāgita, bhikkhuṃ passāmi āraƱƱikaṃ araƱƱe samāhitaṃ
nisinnaṃ. tassa mayhaṃ, nāgita, evaṃ hoti: ā€˜idāni ayamāyasmā avimuttaṃ
vā cittaṃ vimocessati, vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ anurakkhissatī’ti. tenāhaṃ,
nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araƱƱavihārena.

Furthermore, Nāgita, I see a forest dwelling bhikkhu sitting in the forest, concentrated. It occurs to me: ‘Soon this venerable one will liberate his unliberated mind, or protect his liberated mind.’ And for this reason, I am pleased with that bhikkhu’s dwelling in the forest.



♦ The fact that bhikkhus keep dwelling in the forest is very important, as stated at AN 7.23:



ā€œyāvakÄ«vaƱca, bhikkhave, bhikkhÅ« āraƱƱakesu senāsanesu sāpekkhā
bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhÅ«naṃ pāṭikaį¹…khā, no parihāni.

As long as the bhikkhus will appreciate lodgings in the forest, one can expect their prosperity, not their decline.



AN 5.80


ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhÅ« anāgatamaddhānaṃ senāsane
kalyāṇakāmā. te senāsane kalyāṇakāmā samānā riƱcissanti
rukkhamūlikattaṃ, riñcissanti araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni;
gāmanigamarājadhānīsu osaritvā vāsaṃ kappessanti, senāsanahetu ca
anekavihitaṃ anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjissanti.

Furthermore, bhikkhus, in the future there will be monks desirous of
fine lodgings. They, desirous of fine lodgings, will abandon the
practice of dwelling at the foot of a tree, they will abandon distant
forest thicket lodgings, they will move to villages, towns, and royal
capitals and take up residence there. For the sake of lodgings they will
engage in many kinds of wrong and inappropriate things.



♦ But dwelling in the forest is nothing easy, as attested at MN 4:



durabhisambhavāni hi kho, brāhmaṇa, araƱƱavanapatthāni pantāni
senāsanāni, dukkaraṃ pavivekaṃ, durabhiramaṃ ekatte, haranti maññe mano
vanāni samādhiṃ alabhamānassa bhikkhunoā€ti.

It is difficult to endure distant forest thicket lodgings, it is
difficult to practice seclusion, it is difficult to enjoy solitude. The
forests, as it were, plunder the mind of a bhikkhu if he has not gained
concentration.



The sutta then goes on to describe qualities that
make forest dwelling difficult if not impossible, starting with lack of
virtues, continuing with the five hindrances, and then miscellaneous
qualities:

· a·parisuddha·kāya·kammantā (unpurified bodily conduct)

· a·parisuddha·vacī·kammantā (unpurified verbal conduct)

· a·parisuddha·mano·kammantā (unpurified mental conduct)

· a·parisuddh·ājīvā (unpurified livelihood)

· abhijjhālū kāmesu tibba·sā·rāgā (being covetous in sensuality and strongly passionate)

Ā· byāpannaĀ·cittā paduį¹­į¹­haĀ·manaĀ·saį¹…kappā (having a mind of ill will and intentions of hate)

· thīna·middha·pariyuṭṭhitā (being overcome by sloth and drowsiness)

· uddhatā a·vūpasanta·cittā (being restless with an unappeased mind)

· kaṅkhī vicikicchī (uncertain and doubting)

· att·ukkaṃsakā paravambhī (praising oneself and disparaging others)

· chambhī bhīruka·jātikā (subject to panic and terror)

· lābha·sakkāra·silokaṃ nikāmayamānā (desirous of honors, gain and fame)

· kusītā hīna·vīriyā (lazy and low in energy)

· muṭṭhas·satī a·sampajānā (unmindful and not clearly comprehending)

· a·samāhitā vibbhanta·cittā (unconcentrated with a wandering mind)

· dup·paññā eḷa·mūgā (of wrong wisdom, deaf-and-dumb - see MN 152)

A wonderful simile illustrates this difficulty at AN 10.99:



ā€œdurabhisambhavāni hi kho, upāli, araƱƱavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni.
dukkaraṃ pavivekaṃ durabhiramaṃ. ekatte haranti maññe mano vanāni
samādhiṃ alabhamānassa bhikkhuno. yo kho, upāli, evaṃ vadeyya: ā€˜ahaṃ
samādhiṃ alabhamāno araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni
paį¹­isevissāmī’ti, tassetaṃ pāṭikaį¹…khaṃ: ā€˜saṃsÄ«dissati vā uplavissati
vā’ti.

It is difficult to endure distant forest thicket lodgings, Upāli, it is
difficult to practice seclusion, it is difficult to enjoy solitude. The
forests, as it were, plunder the mind of a bhikkhu if he has not gained
concentration. If anyone should say: ‘Although I have not gained concentration, I will resort to distant forest thicket lodgings’, it can be expected that he will either sink down or [merely] float [on the surface].

ā€œseyyathāpi, upāli, mahāudakarahado. atha āgaccheyya hatthināgo
sattaratano vā aį¹­į¹­haratano vā. tassa evamassa: ā€˜yaṃnÅ«nāhaṃ imaṃ
udakarahadaṃ ogāhetvā kaṇṇa-saṃdhovikampi khiįøįøaṃ kīḷeyyaṃ
piį¹­į¹­hi-saṃdhovikampi khiįøįøaṃ kīḷeyyaṃ. kaṇṇa-saṃdhovikampi khiįøįøaṃ
kīḷitvā piį¹­į¹­hi-saṃdhovikampi khiįøįøaṃ kīḷitvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca
paccuttaritvā yena kāmaṃ pakkameyyan’ti. so taṃ udakarahadaṃ ogāhetvā
kaṇṇa-saṃdhovikampi khiįøįøaṃ kīḷeyya piį¹­į¹­hi-saṃdhovikampi khiįøįøaṃ
kīḷeyya; kaṇṇa-saṃdhovikampi khiįøįøaṃ kīḷitvā piį¹­į¹­hi-saṃdhovikampi
khiįøįøaṃ kīḷitvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena kāmaṃ
pakkameyya. taṃ kissa hetu? mahā, upāli, attabhāvo gambhīre gādhaṃ
vindati.

Imagine, Upāli, that there would be a large lake. A bull elephant would
come, seven or eight cubits [high]. It would occur to him: ‘What if,
having entered this lake, I washed my ears by playing playfully, I
washed my back by playing playfully; having washed my ears by playing
playfully, having washed my back by playing playfully, having bathed,
drunk and come out, I would go wherever I want.’
He enters that
lake, washes his ears by playing playfully, washes his back by playing
playfully; having washed his ears by playing playfully, having washed
his back by playing playfully, having bathed, drunk and come out, he
goes wherever he wants. For what reason? Because his large body finds a
footing in the depths.

ā€œatha āgaccheyya saso vā biḷāro vā. tassa evamassa: ā€˜ko cāhaṃ, ko ca
hatthināgo! yaṃnÅ«nāhaṃ imaṃ udakarahadaṃ ogāhetvā kaṇṇasaṃdhovikampi
khiįøįøaṃ kīḷeyyaṃ piį¹­į¹­hisaṃdhovikampi khiįøįøaṃ kīḷeyyaṃ;
kaṇṇasaṃdhovikampi khiįøįøaṃ kīḷitvā piį¹­į¹­hisaṃdhovikampi khiįøįøaṃ kīḷitvā
nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena kāmaṃ pakkameyyan’ti. so taṃ
udakarahadaṃ sahasā appaį¹­isaį¹…khā pakkhandeyya. tassetaṃ pāṭikaį¹…khaṃ:
ā€˜saṃsÄ«dissati vā uplavissati vā’ti. taṃ kissa hetu? paritto, upāli,
attabhāvo gambhīre gādhaṃ na vindati. evamevaṃ kho, upāli, yo evaṃ
vadeyya: ā€˜ahaṃ samādhiṃ alabhamāno araƱƱavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni
paį¹­isevissāmī’ti, tassetaṃ pāṭikaį¹…khaṃ: ā€˜saṃsÄ«dissati vā uplavissati
vā’ti.

Then a hare or a cat would come. It would occur to it: ‘Why should a
bull elephant be different from me? What if, having entered this lake, I
washed my ears by playing playfully, I washed my back by playing
playfully; having washed my ears by playing playfully, having washed my
back by playing playfully, having bathed, drunk and come out, I would go
wherever I want.’
It would inconsiderately and thoughtlessly jump
into the lake. It can be expected that it will either sink down or
[merely] float [on the surface]. For what reason? Because its small
body doesn’t find a footing in the depths. In the same way, Upāli, if
anyone should say: ‘Although I have not gained concentration, I will resort to distant forest thicket lodgings’, it can be expected that he will either sink down or [merely] float [on the surface].



Eventually, the Buddha even advises Upāli not to dwell in the forest:



iį¹…gha tvaṃ, upāli, saį¹…ghe viharāhi. saį¹…ghe te viharato phāsu bhavissatÄ«ā€ti.

Come, Upāli, remain in the Saį¹…gha. Remaining in the Saį¹…gha, you will be at ease.



AN 4.262


ā€œcatÅ«hi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ
araññavanappatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. katamehi catūhi?
kāmavitakkena, byāpādavitakkena, vihiṃsāvitakkena, duppañño hoti jaḷo
elamÅ«go — imehi kho, bhikkhave, catÅ«hi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu
nālaṃ araññavanappatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ.

Endowed with [any of] four qualities, a monk isn’t fit to stay in
isolated forest & wilderness dwellings. Which four? [He is endowed]
with thoughts of sensuality, with thoughts of ill will, with thoughts of
harmfulness, and he is a person of weak discernment, dull, a drooling
idiot. Endowed with [any of] these four qualities, a monk isn’t fit to
stay in isolated forest & wilderness dwellings.

ā€œcatÅ«hi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ
araññavanappatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. katamehi catūhi?
nekkhammavitakkena, abyāpādavitakkena, avihiṃsāvitakkena, paññavā hoti
ajaįø·o anelamÅ«go — imehi kho, bhikkhave, catÅ«hi dhammehi samannāgato
bhikkhu alaṃ araƱƱavanappatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paį¹­isevitunā€ti.

Endowed with four qualities, a monk is fit to stay in isolated forest
& wilderness dwellings. Which four? [He is endowed] with thoughts of
renunciation, with thoughts of non-ill will, with thoughts of
harmlessness, and he is a discerning person, not dull, not a drooling
idiot. Endowed with these four qualities, a monk is fit to stay in
isolated forest & wilderness dwellings.



SN 35.46


ā€œsanti kho, migajāla, cakkhuviƱƱeyyā rÅ«pā iį¹­į¹­hā kantā manāpā piyarÅ«pā
kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā. tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya
tiṭṭhati. tassa taṃ abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati
nandī . nandiyā sati sārāgo hoti; sārāge sati saṃyogo hoti.
nandisaṃyojanasaṃyutto kho, migajāla, bhikkhu sadutiyavihārīti vuccati.
… santi ca kho, migajāla, jivhāviƱƱeyyā rasā… santi ca kho,
migajāla, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā
rajanīyā. tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati. tassa
taṃ abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandī. nandiyā
sati sārāgo hoti; sārāge sati saṃyogo hoti. nandisaṃyojanasaṃyutto kho,
migajāla, bhikkhu sadutiyavihārīti vuccati. evaṃvihārī ca, migajāla,
bhikkhu kiñcāpi araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati
appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni
paṭisallānasāruppāni; atha kho sadutiyavihārīti vuccati. taṃ kissa hetu?
taṇhā hissa dutiyā, sāssa appahÄ«nā. tasmā sadutiyavihārÄ«ā€ti vuccati.

“Migajala, there are forms cognizable via the eye — agreeable, pleasing,
charming, endearing, fostering desire, enticing — and a monk relishes
them, welcomes them, & remains fastened to them. As he relishes
them, welcomes them, & remains fastened to them, delight arises.
There being delight, he is impassioned. Being impassioned, he is
fettered. A monk joined with the fetter of delight is said to be a
person living with a companion. There are sounds cognizable via the
ear… aromas cognizable via the nose… flavors cognizable via the
tongue… tactile sensations cognizable via the body… ideas cognizable
via the intellect — agreeable, pleasing, charming, endearing, fostering
desire, enticing — and a monk relishes them, welcomes them, &
remains fastened to them. As he relishes them, welcomes them, &
remains fastened to them, delight arises. There being delight, he is
impassioned. Being impassioned, he is fettered. A monk joined with the
fetter of delight is said to be a person living with a companion. A
person living in this way — even if he frequents isolated forest &
wilderness dwellings, with an unpopulated atmosphere, lying far from
humanity, appropriate for seclusion — is still said to be living with a
companion. Why is that? Because the craving that is his companion has
not been abandoned by him. Thus he is said to be a person living with a
companion.





Bodhi leaf


ariya: (adj:) noble - (n:) a noble one.

The earliest evidence for the use of the word ‘arya’ (e.g. The Behistun Inscription,
6th century BCE) indicate that it was widely used to designate the
Indo-Iranian people as well as their language. The word is also
recognized as the origin of the country name ‘Iran’. With the migration
of Indo-Iranian people to India, the term was later used by the Indic
people of the Vedic period to designate themselves, and as a religious
distinction between those who worshiped the Vedic deities and performed
sacrifices according to the established rules, and those who did not
follow the Vedic religion. The word has been understood with a racial
connotation by 19th century scholars among whom Rhys Davids (and
subsequently in Nazi Germany), but modern scholars reject this
interpretation.

♦ Ariya as an adjective is juxtaposed 15 times in the four Nikāyas with niyyānika (leading out [to salvation], emancipatory). It can actually be understood as meaning ‘leading to the end of dukkha, as explained at MN 12:



ā€œtāyapi kho ahaṃ, sāriputta, iriyāya tāya paį¹­ipadāya tāya
dukkarakārikāya nājjhagamaṃ uttariṃ manussadhammā
alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ. taṃ kissa hetu? imissāyeva ariyāya paƱƱāya
anadhigamā, yāyaṃ ariyā paññā adhigatā ariyā niyyānikā, niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya.

“Yet, Sariputta, by such conduct, by such practice, by such performance
of austerities, I did not attain any superhuman states, any distinction
in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones. Why was that? Because I
did not attain that noble wisdom which when attained is noble and emancipating and leads the one who practices in accordance with it to the complete destruction of suffering.



AN 10.107


ā€œahaƱca kho, bhikkhave, ariyaṃ dhovanaṃ desessāmi, yaṃ dhovanaṃ
ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiƱƱāya sambodhāya
nibbānāya saṃvattati, yaṃ dhovanaṃ āgamma jātidhammā sattā jātiyā
parimuccanti, jarādhammā sattā jarāya parimuccanti, maraṇadhammā sattā
maraṇena parimuccanti, soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-upāyāsa-dhammā
sattā soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-upāyāsehi parimuccanti.

Bhikkhus, I will teach [you] a noble washing that leads exclusively to
disenchantment, to detachment, to cessation, to peace, to direct
knowledge, to awakening, to Extinction, a washing owing to which beings
by nature subject to birth are liberated from birth, beings by nature
subject to old age are liberated from old age; beings by nature subject
to death are liberated from death; beings by nature subject to sorrow,
lamentation, pain, affliction and despair are liberated from sorrow,
lamentation, pain, affliction and despair.



MN 26


ā€œdvemā, bhikkhave, pariyesanā: ariyā ca pariyesanā, anariyā ca
pariyesanā. katamā ca, bhikkhave, anariyā pariyesanā? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco attanā jātidhammo samāno jātidhammaṃyeva pariyesati, attanā
jarādhammo samāno jarādhammaṃyeva pariyesati, attanā byādhidhammo samāno
byādhidhammaṃyeva pariyesati, attanā maraṇadhammo samāno
maraṇadhammaṃyeva pariyesati, attanā sokadhammo samāno sokadhammaṃyeva
pariyesati, attanā saṃkilesadhammo samāno saṃkilesadhammaṃyeva
pariyesati.

Bhikkhus, there are these two quests: ignoble quest & noble quest.
And what is ignoble quest? Here someone, being himself subject to birth,
goes after what is also subject to birth. Being himself subject to
aging, he goes after what is also subject to aging. Being himself
subject to illness, he goes after what is also subject to illness. Being
himself subject to death, he goes after what is also subject to death.
Being himself subject to sorrow, he goes after what is also subject to
sorrow. Being himself subject to defilement, he goes after what is also
subject to defilement.

ā€œkatamā ca, bhikkhave, ariyā pariyesanā? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco attanā
jātidhammo samāno jātidhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā ajātaṃ anuttaraṃ
yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesati, attanā jarādhammo samāno jarādhamme
ādīnavaṃ viditvā ajaraṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesati,
attanā byādhidhammo samāno byādhidhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā abyādhiṃ
anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesati, attanā maraṇadhammo samāno
maraṇadhamme ādÄ«navaṃ viditvā amataṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ
pariyesati, attanā sokadhammo samāno sokadhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā asokaṃ
anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesati, attanā saṃkilesadhammo samāno
saṃkilesadhamme ādīnavaṃ viditvā asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ
nibbānaṃ pariyesati. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyā pariyesanā.

And what, bhikkhus, is the noble quest? Here someone, being himself
subject to birth, seeing the drawbacks of birth, goes after the unborn,
supreme relief from the yoke: Extinction. Being himself subject to
aging, seeing the drawbacks of aging, he goes after the aging-less,
supreme relief from the yoke: Extinction. Being himself subject to
illness, seeing the drawbacks of illness, he goes after the
illness-less, supreme relief from the yoke: Extinction. Being himself
subject to death, seeing the drawbacks of death, he goes after the
deathless, supreme relief from the yoke: Extinction. Being himself
subject to sorrow, seeing the drawbacks of sorrow, he goes after the
sorrow-less, supreme relief from the yoke: Extinction. Being himself
subject to defilement, seeing the drawbacks of defilement, he goes after
the undefiled, supreme relief from the yoke: Extinction. This is the
noble quest.



♦ Ariya as a noun has been traditionally understood as designating an individual who is at least a sotāpanna.
However, as is often the case, it appears that the term is used with a
rather loose meaning in the suttas. Sometimes, the Buddha himself is
referred to as the Noble One (MN 137, SN 56.28). Some suttas imply that
the word designates arahants. At MN 60, the arahants are referred to as ariyas:



santaṃyeva kho pana paraṃ lokaṃ ā€˜natthi paro loko’ti āha; ye te arahanto paralokaviduno tesamayaṃ paccanÄ«kaṃ karoti…

Because there actually is the next world, when he says that ‘There is no next world,’ he makes himself an opponent to those arahants who know the next world…

ayaƱca… ariyānaṃ paccanÄ«katā

this… opposition to the noble ones



At AN 7.91 and 92, a noble one is described as one
who is either ‘far remote from’ (in the Burmese edition) or ‘having
detroyed the enemy’ (in the PTS edition), i.e. the three lower saṃyojanas which are abandoned by a sotāpanna, but also further the three akusalaĀ·mÅ«las that are abandoned only by an arahant (cf. SN 22.106, SN 38.2 etc.) and māna, which is one of the five saṃyojanas that are only abandoned by an arahant:

AN 7.91


ā€œsattannaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ārakattā-(Burmese
Edition)/arīhatattā-(PTS Edition) ariyo hoti. katamesaṃ sattannaṃ?
sakkāyadiṭṭhi ārakā hoti, vicikicchā ārakā hoti, sīlabbataparāmāso ārako
hoti, rāgo ārako hoti, doso ārako hoti, moho ārako hoti, māno ārako
hoti.

Bhikkhus, it is by keeping far away from/the enemy-destruction of seven
things that one is a noble one. Which seven? The view of self-existence
is far away/destroyed; uncertainty is far away/destroyed; attachment to
religious observances is far away/destroyed; avidity is far
away/destroyed; aversion is far away/destroyed; delusion is far
away/destroyed; self-esteem is far away/destroyed.



The exact same description is given in the next sutta with reference to arahantship:

AN 7.92


ā€œsattannaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ārakattā arahā hoti. katamesaṃ
sattannaṃ? sakkāyadiṭṭhi ārakā hoti, vicikicchā ārakā hoti,
sīlabbataparāmāso ārako hoti, rāgo ārako hoti, doso ārako hoti, moho
ārako hoti, māno ārako hoti. imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ
ārakattā arahā hotÄ«ā€ti.

Bhikkhus, it is by keeping far away from seven things that one is a
noble one. Which seven? The view of self-existence is far away;
uncertainty is far away; attachment to religious observances is far
away; avidity is far away; aversion is far away; delusion is far away;
self-esteem is far away.



Similarly, at MN 39 a noble one and an arahant are described in exactly the same terms:



ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyo hoti? ārakāssa honti pāpakā akusalā
dhammā, saṃkilesikā, ponobbhavikā, sadarā, dukkhavipākā, āyatiṃ,
jātijarāmaraṇiyā. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyo hoti.

“And how is a monk noble? His evil, unskillful qualities that are
defiled, that lead to further becoming, create trouble, ripen in stress,
and lead to future birth, aging, & death have gone far away. This
is how a monk is noble.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ hoti? ārakāssa honti pāpakā akusalā
dhammā, saṃkilesikā, ponobbhavikā, sadarā, dukkhavipākā, āyatiṃ,
jātijarāmaraṇiyā. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ hotÄ«ā€ti.

“And how is a monk an arahant? His evil, unskillful qualities that are
defiled, that lead to further becoming, create trouble, ripen in stress,
and lead to future birth, aging, & death have gone far away. This
is how a monk is an arahant.”



But on the other hand, some suttas make it clear that a noble one is not always an arahant:

AN 4.190


ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyappatto hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
ā€˜Idaṃ dukkha’nti yathā·bhÅ«taṃ pajānāti, ā€˜ayaṃ dukkhaĀ·samudayo’ti
yathā·bhÅ«taṃ pajānāti, ā€˜ayaṃ dukkhaĀ·nirodho’ti yathā·bhÅ«taṃ pajānāti,
ā€˜ayaṃ dukkhaĀ·nirodhaĀ·gāminÄ« paį¹­ipadā’ti yathā·bhÅ«taṃ pajānāti. evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyappatto hotÄ«ā€ti.

And how has a bhikkhu attained [the state of] a noble one? Here, a
bhikkhu understands as it occurs: ā€˜This is suffering.’ He
understands as it occurs: ā€˜This is the origin of suffering.’ He
understands as it occurs: ā€˜This is the cessation of suffering.’ He
understands as it occurs: ā€˜This is the path leading to the cessation of
suffering.’ It is in this way that a bhikkhu has attained [the state of]
a noble one.



SN 48.53


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma sekho bhikkhu
sekhabhÅ«miyaṃ į¹­hito ā€˜sekhosmī’ti pajānāti? idha, bhikkhave, sekho
bhikkhu ā€˜idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ pajānāti, ā€˜ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti
yathābhÅ«taṃ pajānāti, ā€˜ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ pajānāti, ā€˜ayaṃ
dukkhanirodhagāminÄ« paį¹­ipadā’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ pajānāti — ayampi kho,
bhikkhave, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma sekho bhikkhu sekhabhūmiyaṃ
į¹­hito ā€˜sekhosmī’ti pajānātiā€.

And what, bhikkhus, is the method coming to which a bhikkhu who is a
learner, standing at the level of a learner, understands: ā€˜I am a
trainee’? Here, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu who is a learner understands as it
occurs: ā€˜This is suffering’; he understands as it occurs: ā€˜This is the
origin of suffering’; he understands as it occurs: ā€˜This is the
cessation of suffering’; he understands as it occurs: ā€˜This is the path
leading to the cessation of suffering.’ This is a method coming to which
a bhikkhu who is a learner, standing at the level of a learner,
understands: ā€˜I am a learner.’



As made clear later on in that same sutta (not provided here), a learner (sekha)
is one who is not an arahant yet. Thus, AN 4.190 and SN 48.53 taken
together show that a noble one is not necessarily an arahant. Some
suttas also indicate that a sotāpanna would be referred to as ‘a noble one’:

SN 12.27


ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno itipi,
dassanasampanno itipi, āgato imaṃ saddhammaṃ itipi, passati imaṃ
saddhammaṃ itipi, sekkhena ñāṇena samannāgato itipi, sekkhāya vijjāya
samannāgato itipi, dhammasotaṃ samāpanno itipi, ariyo nibbedhikapaƱƱo itipi, amatadvāraṃ āhacca tiį¹­į¹­hati itipÄ«ā€ti.

This, bhikkhus, is called a noble disciple who is accomplished in view,
accomplished in vision, who has arrived at
this authentic Dhamma, who sees this authentic Dhamma, who is endowed
with a learner’s knowledge, a learner’s correct knowledge, who has entered the stream of the Dhamma, a noble one with discriminating discernment, one who stands knocking at the door of the Deathless.



Here the expression ‘dhammaĀ·sotaṃ samāpanno’ quite obviously describes a sot·āpanna. Moreover, SN 56.36 states that one accomplished in view (diį¹­į¹­hiĀ·sampanno)
understands the four noble truths as they occur, and AN 10.63 explains
that one accomplished in view has reached certainty about the Buddha and
is at least sotāpannas. Therefore, it can be concluded that the following expressions may be considered equivalent: being an ariya, being a sotāpanna, being accomplished in view (diṭṭhi·sampanno) and understanding the four noble truths as they occur.

♦ The suttas occasionally mention some characteristics of ariyas:

SN 11.25


akkodho avihiṃsā ca, ariyesu ca vasatī sadā

Non-anger and harmlessness always dwell in the noble ones



SN 35.119


sukhaṃ diṭṭhamariyebhi, sakkāyassa nirodhanaṃ

The noble ones have seen as pleasantness the ceasing of personality



♦ Occasionally, the epithet ariya changes the meaning of the related word in a way that goes beyond merely adding to it the notion of ‘leading to the end of dukkha. Thus, noble silence (ariya tuṇhī·bhāva) means the second jhāna:

SN 21.1


ā€˜ariyo tuṇhÄ«bhāvo, ariyo tuṇhÄ«bhāvoti vuccati. katamo nu kho ariyo
tuṇhÄ«bhāvo’ti? tassa mayhaṃ āvuso, etadahosi — ā€˜idha bhikkhu
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ
avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati. ayaṃ vuccati ariyo tuṇhÄ«bhāvo’ti.

‘”Noble silence, noble silence,” it is said. But what is noble silence?’
Then the thought occurred to me, ‘There is the case where a monk, with
the stilling of directed thoughts & evaluations, enters &
remains in the second jhāna: rapture & pleasure born of
concentration, unification of awareness free from directed thought &
evaluation — internal assurance. This is called noble silence.’



AN 4.251 & 253, AN 8.67 & 68 state that factual ‘declarations’ (vohāra) are noble.

♦ The Buddha often redefines certain concepts ‘in the discipline of the noble ones’ (ariyassa vinaye).

Death (maraṇa) means disrobing, and deadly suffering (maraṇaĀ·matta dukkha) means a certain defiled offence (aƱƱataraṃ saṃkiliį¹­į¹­haṃ āpattiṃ), i.e. a pārājika or a saį¹…ghādisesa āpatti (MN 105, SN 20.10).

The four jhānas are called ‘pleasant abidings in the visible world’ (diį¹­į¹­haĀ·dhammaĀ·sukhaĀ·vihāra), e.g. at MN 8.

Singing is wailing, dancing is madness and laughing a long time showing the teeth is childish (AN 3.108).

A poor person ‘in the discipline of the noble ones’ is one who doesn’t have saddhā, hiri, ottappa, vÄ«riya and paƱƱā (AN 6.45).

‘The world’ (loka) means the five kāmaĀ·guṇas (AN 9.38) or whatever is subject to disintegration (palokaĀ·dhamma), at SN 35.67.

‘Purity’ (or ‘purification’, soceyya) means the ten kusala kammaĀ·pathas (AN 10.176).

‘A thorn’ (kaṇṭaka) is whatever in the world has a pleasing and agreeable nature (yaṃ loke piyaĀ·rÅ«paṃ sātaĀ·rÅ«paṃ), at SN 35.197.

♦ What is ignoble (anĀ·ariya) can be defined as what does not lead to nibbāna:

AN 10.107


etaṃ, bhikkhave, dhovanaṃ hīnaṃ gammaṃ pothujjanikaṃ anariyaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati.

This ‘washing’ is inferior, vulgar, belonging to ordinary people, ignoble, not beneficial, and it does not lead to disenchantment, to dispassion, to cessation, to peace, to direct knowledge, to awakening, to Extinction.



Sense pleasures are typically ignoble:

MN 66


yaṃ kho, udāyi, ime paƱca kāmaguṇe paį¹­icca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ
idaṃ vuccati kāmasukhaṃ miḷhasukhaṃ puthujjanasukhaṃ anariyasukhaṃ.

Now, Udāyin, the pleasure and mental pleasantness that arise dependent
on these five strings of sensuality are called sensual pleasure, a
filthy pleasure, a worldly pleasure, an ignoble pleasure.



SN 56.11 most notably explains that both the pursuit of happiness in sensuality and that of mortification are ignoble:



Yo c·āyaṃ kāmesu kāma·sukh·allik·ānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko
an·ariyo an·attha·saṃhito, yo c·āyaṃ attakilamath·ānuyogo dukkho
an·ariyo an·attha·saṃhito.

On one hand, the pursuit of hedonism in sensuality, which is inferior,
vulgar, common, ignoble, deprived of benefit, and on the other hand the
devotion to self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, deprived of
benefit.



At MN 122, the tiracchāna·kathā
are said to be ignoble. At AN 6.30, all the following are considered
ignoble: the sight of an elephant, a horse, a jewel, or else of a samaṇa or a brahmin of wrong view; the hearing of the sound of a drum, of lutes, of singing, or else of the Dhamma of a samaṇa or a brahmin of wrong view; the gain of a son, a wife, wealth or goods, or else the gain of faith in a samaṇa
or a brahmin of wrong view; the training in elephantry, in
horsemanship, in chariotry, in archery, in swordsmanship, or else
training under a samaṇa or a brahmin of wrong view; the service to an aristocrat, a brahmin, a householder, or else to a samaṇa or a brahmin of wrong view; the recollection of the gain of a son, a wife, or wealth, or else of a samaṇa or a brahmin of wrong view.

♦ The suttas often warn against misconduct towards ariyas.

SN 11.24


yam·ariya·garahī nirayaṃ upeti,
vācaṃ manaƱca paṇidhāya pāpakanā€ti.

He who blames the noble ones,
Having set evil speech and mind, goes to hell.



The following sentence frequently appears in the suttas, as part of the sattānaṃ cutĀ·Å«papāta·ñāṇa formula (available here):



ā€œime vata bhonto sattā… ariyānaṃ upavādakā… te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā

Those esteemed beings [who were]… revilers of noble ones… at the
breakup of the body, after death, have reappeared in a state of loss, in
a bad destination, in perdition, or in hell



AN 11.6 explains what would happen to such a person:

AN 11.6


ā€œyo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosako paribhāsako ariyÅ«pavādo
sabrahmacārīnaṃ, aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso yaṃ so ekādasannaṃ byasanānaṃ
aññataraṃ byasanaṃ na nigaccheyya. katamesaṃ ekādasannaṃ?

ā€œBhikkhus, when a bhikkhu is one who insults, disparages his fellows in
the brahmic life, reviling the noble ones, it cannot be, it is
impossible that he will not undergo one or the other of these eleven
misfortunes. What eleven?

anadhigataṃ nādhigacchati,
adhigatā parihāyati,
saddhammassa na vodāyanti,
saddhammesu vā adhimāniko hoti,
anabhirato vā brahmacariyaṃ carati,
aññataraṃ vā saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati,
sikkhaṃ vā paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati,
gāḷhaṃ vā rogātaį¹…kaṃ phusati,
ummādaṃ vā pāpuṇāti cittakkhepaṃ vā,
sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti,
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati.

He does not achieve what he has not yet achieved,
he falls away from what he has achieved,
his good qualities are not purified,
he overestimates his good qualities,
he lives the brahmic life dissatisfied,
he commits a certain impure offense,
he gives up the training and returns to the inferior life,
he catches a severe illness,
he goes mad and loses his mind,
he dies confused,
or at the breakup of the body, after death, he reappears in a state of loss, in a bad destination, in perdition, or in hell.



Bodhi leaf


ariya aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gika magga: [ariya aį¹­į¹­ha+aį¹…ga+ika magga]

noble eightfold path.

The expression and its factors (aį¹…gā) are explained in full detail in the Vibhaį¹…ga Sutta:

1. sammā·diṭṭhi

2. sammā·saį¹…kappa

3. sammā·vācā

4. sammā·kammanta

5. sammā·ājīva

6. sammā·vāyāma

7. sammā·sati

8. sammā·samādhi

WordPress database error: [Table './sarvajan_ambedkar_org/wp_comments' is marked as crashed and should be repaired]
SELECT COUNT(comment_ID) FROM wp_comments WHERE comment_post_ID = 6557 AND comment_approved = '1';

WordPress database error: [Table './sarvajan_ambedkar_org/wp_comments' is marked as crashed and should be repaired]
SELECT COUNT(*) FROM wp_comments WHERE comment_post_ID = '6557' AND comment_approved = '1'

comments (0)
SN 45.8
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 7:38 pm

SN 45.8


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo? Seyyathidaṃ sammādiį¹­į¹­hi,
sammāsaį¹…kappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammā-ājÄ«vo, sammāvāyāmo,
sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.

Now what, monks, is the Noble Eightfold Path? Right view, right resolve,
right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right
mindfulness, right concentration.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi? Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe ñāṇaṃ,
dukkha-samudaye ñāṇaṃ , dukkha-nirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkha-nirodha-gāminiyā
paį¹­ipadāya ñāṇaṃ ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi.

And what, monks, is right view? Knowledge with regard to stress,
knowledge with regard to the origination of stress, knowledge with
regard to the stopping of stress, knowledge with regard to the way of
practice leading to the stopping of stress: This, monks, is called right
view.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo? Yo kho, bhikkhave,
nekkhamma-saį¹…kappo , abyāpāda-saį¹…kappo, avihiṃsā-saį¹…kappo ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo.

And what is right resolve? Being resolved on renunciation, on freedom
from ill will, on harmlessness: This is called right resolve.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāvācā? Yā kho, bhikkhave, musāvādā veramaṇī,
pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī, samphappalāpā
veramaṇī ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvācā.

And what is right speech? Abstaining from lying, abstaining from
divisive speech, abstaining from abusive speech, abstaining from idle
chatter: This, monks, is called right speech.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-kammanto? Yā kho, bhikkhave, pāṇātipātā
veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, abrahmacariyā veramaṇī ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammā-kammanto.

And what, monks, is right action? Abstaining from taking life,
abstaining from stealing, abstaining from unchastity: This, monks, is
called right action.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo? Idha, bhikkhave, ariya-sāvako
micchā-ājīvaṃ pahāya sammā-ājīvena jīvitaṃ kappeti ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo.

And what, monks, is right livelihood? There is the case where a disciple
of the noble ones, having abandoned dishonest livelihood, keeps his
life going with right livelihood: This, monks, is called right
livelihood.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ
pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati
vÄ«riyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ
akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati
cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya
chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vÄ«riyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati;
uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya
vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati
cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo.

And what, monks, is right effort? (i) There is the case where a monk
generates desire, endeavors, activates persistence, upholds & exerts
his intent for the sake of the non-arising of evil, unskillful
qualities that have not yet arisen. (ii) He generates desire, endeavors,
activates persistence, upholds & exerts his intent for the sake of
the abandonment of evil, unskillful qualities that have arisen. (iii) He
generates desire, endeavors, activates persistence, upholds &
exerts his intent for the sake of the arising of skillful qualities that
have not yet arisen. (iv) He generates desire, endeavors, activates
persistence, upholds & exerts his intent for the maintenance,
non-confusion, increase, plenitude, development, & culmination of
skillful qualities that have arisen: This, monks, is called right
effort.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāsati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno
satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; citte cittānupassī viharati
ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; dhammesu
dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsati.

And what, monks, is right mindfulness? (i) There is the case where a
monk remains focused on the body in & of itself — ardent, aware,
& mindful — putting away greed & distress with reference to the
world. (ii) He remains focused on feelings in & of themselves —
ardent, aware, & mindful — putting away greed & distress with
reference to the world. (iii) He remains focused on the mind in & of
itself — ardent, aware, & mindful — putting away greed &
distress with reference to the world. (iv) He remains focused on mental
qualities in & of themselves — ardent, aware, & mindful —
putting away greed & distress with reference to the world. This,
monks, is called right mindfulness.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ
vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ
avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati;
pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhaƱca kāyena
paį¹­isaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti: ā€˜upekkhako satimā
sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ
atthaį¹…gamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ
upasampajja viharati.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi ti.

And what, monks, is right concentration? (i) There is the case where a
monk — quite withdrawn from sensuality, withdrawn from unskillful
(mental) qualities — enters & remains in the first jhana: rapture
& pleasure born from withdrawal, accompanied by directed thought
& evaluation. (ii) With the stilling of directed thoughts &
evaluations, he enters & remains in the second jhana: rapture &
pleasure born of concentration, unification of awareness free from
directed thought & evaluation — internal assurance. (iii) With the
fading of rapture, he remains equanimous, mindful, & alert, and
senses pleasure with the body. He enters & remains in the third
jhana, of which the Noble Ones declare, ‘Equanimous & mindful, he
has a pleasant abiding.’ (iv) With the abandoning of pleasure & pain
— as with the earlier disappearance of elation & distress — he
enters & remains in the fourth jhana: purity of equanimity &
mindfulness, neither pleasure nor pain. This, monks, is called right
concentration.



♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is most famously introduced at SN 56.11 as the Middle Way (majjhimā paį¹­ipadā), i.e. the path avoiding both hedonism and self-mortification:

SN 56.11


Dve·me, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. Katame dve? Yo c·āyaṃ
kāmesu kāma·sukh·allik·ānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko an·ariyo
an·attha·saṃhito, yo c·āyaṃ attakilamath·ānuyogo dukkho an·ariyo
an·attha·saṃhito. Ete kho, bhikkhave, ubho ante an·upagamma majjhimā
paį¹­ipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhuĀ·karaṇī ñāṇaĀ·karaṇī upasamāya
abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.

These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone
forth from the home life. Which two? On one hand, the devotion to
hedonism towards sensuality, which is inferior, vulgar, common, ignoble,
deprived of benefit, and on the other hand the devotion to
self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, deprived of benefit.
Without going to these two extremes, bhikkhus, the Tathāgata has fully
awaken to the Middle Way, which produces vision, which produces
knowledge, and leads to appeasement, to direct knowledge, to awakening,
to Nibbāna.



♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also introduced later on in that same sutta as the fourth ariyaĀ·sacca:



Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkha·nirodha·gāminī paṭipadā ariya·saccaṃ:
ayamĀ·eva ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo, seyyathidaṃ: sammā·diį¹­į¹­hi
sammā·saį¹…kappo sammā·vācā sammā·kammanto sammā·ājÄ«vo sammā·vāyāmo
sammā·sati sammā·samādhi.

Furthermore, bhikkhus, this is the noble truth of path leading to the
cessation of suffering: just this noble eightfold path, that is to say:
right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood,
right effort, right mindfulness and right concentration.



♦ As explained above at SN 56.11, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is what leads to nibbāna. At SN 45.62, the former leads towards the latter just as the river Ganges slants, slopes, and inclines towards the east (seyyathāpi gaį¹…gā nadÄ« pācÄ«naĀ·ninnā pācÄ«naĀ·poṇā pācÄ«naĀ·pabbhārā). At SN 45.86, the path is like a tree slanting, sloping and inclining towards the east (seyyathāpi rukkho pācÄ«naĀ·ninno pācÄ«naĀ·poṇo pācÄ«naĀ·pabbhāro) and that could only fall towards that direction if it were to be cut at the foot. It is also said to be the way leading to amata (amataĀ·gāmiĀ·maggo, SN 45.7), or to the unconditioned (aĀ·saį¹…khataĀ·gāmiĀ·maggo, SN 43.11).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga has its own entire saṃyutta (SN 45), that is rich in similes and explanations.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is given various designations. At MN 19, it is called ‘The peaceful and safe path to be followed with exaltation’ (khemo maggo sovatthiko pÄ«tiĀ·gamanÄ«yo). It is often identified with the brahmacariya (e.g. SN 45.6), or with asceticism (sāmaƱƱa) such as at SN 45.35, or brahminhood (brahmaƱƱa) such as at SN 45.36. At SN 12.65, it is the ancient path, the ancient road traveled by the sammā·Sambuddhā of the past. At SN 35.191, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is compared to a raft to cross over from identity to ‘the other shore’, which stands for nibbāna. At SN 45.4, after Ānanda sees a brahmin on a luxurious chariot and calls it a ‘brahmic vehicle’ (brahmaĀ·yāna), the Buddha says that is actually a designation for the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, along with the ‘Dhamma vehicle’ (dhammaĀ·yāna) and the ’supreme victory in battle’ (anuttara saį¹…gāmaĀ·vijaya). The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also called rightness (sammatta, SN 45.21), kusalā dhammā (SN 45.22), the right way (sammā·paį¹­ipada, SN 45.23) and right practice (sammā·paį¹­ipatti, SN 45.31).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is part of a set of 37 dhammas which are sometimes listed together (e.g. at AN 10.90, SN 22.81). They are sometimes called the bodhipakkhiyā dhammā, although this expression doesn’t have a strict definition in the suttas and is loosely used to describe other sets. The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also said at SN 45.155 to develop those bodhiĀ·pakkhiyaĀ·dhammā.

♦ Each factor (aį¹…ga) of the path is said to lead to the next:


AN 10.103


ā€œsammattaṃ, bhikkhave, āgamma ārādhanā hoti, no virādhanā. kathaƱca,
bhikkhave, sammattaṃ āgamma ārādhanā hoti, no virādhanā?
sammādiį¹­į¹­hikassa, bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo pahoti, sammāsaį¹…kappassa
sammāvācā pahoti, sammāvācassa sammākammanto pahoti, sammākammantassa
sammāājīvo pahoti, sammāājīvassa sammāvāyāmo pahoti, sammāvāyāmassa
sammāsati pahoti, sammāsatissa sammāsamādhi pahoti.

Having come to rightness, bhikkhus, there is success, not failure. And
how, bhikkhus, is it that having come to rightness, there is success,
not failure? For one of right view, right thought arises. For one
of right thought, right speech arises. For one of right speech, right
action arises. For one of right action, right livelihood arises. For one
of right livelihood, right effort arises. For one of right effort,
right mindfulness arises. For one of right mindfulness, right
concentration arises.



A similar progression is also notably found at SN
45.1. AN 7.45 states that all the other seven factors of the path are
the ’supports’ (upanisa) and ‘accessories’ (parikkhāra) of sammā·samādhi. MN 117 further explains how the factors interact, according to the following pattern:

MN 117


ā€œtatra, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi pubbaį¹…gamā hoti. kathaƱca, bhikkhave,
sammādiį¹­į¹­hi pubbaį¹…gamā hoti? micchāsaį¹…kappaṃ ā€˜micchāsaį¹…kappo’ti
pajānāti, sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ ā€˜sammāsaį¹…kappo’ti pajānāti, sāssa hoti
sammādiṭṭhi.

Therein, bhikkhus, right view is the forerunner. And how is right view
the forerunner? One understands wrong thought as wrong thought and right
thought as right thought: this is one’s right
view.

so micchāsaį¹…kappassa pahānāya vāyamati, sammāsaį¹…kappassa upasampadāya,
svāssa hoti sammāvāyāmo. so sato micchāsaį¹…kappaṃ pajahati, sato
sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ upasampajja viharati; sāssa hoti sammāsati. itiyime tayo
dhammā sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti, seyyathidaṃ
sammādiṭṭhi, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati.

One makes an effort to abandon wrong thought and to acquire right
thought: this is one’s right effort. One abandons wrong thought
mindfully, and acquires and remains in right thought mindfully: this is
one’s right mindfulness. Thus these three things rotate and circle
around right thought, that is, right view, right effort, and right
mindfulness.



♦ The enumeration of each path factor is sometimes
punctuated by four different formulas. The first one is found for
example at SN 45.2 and is in fact mainly used with the bojjhaį¹…gas, and occasionally with (spiritual) indriyas or balas: ‘based upon seclusion, dispassion, and cessation, maturing in release’ (vivekaĀ·nissita virāgaĀ·nissita nirodhaĀ·nissita vossaggaĀ·pariṇāmi).

The second formula can be found at SN 45.4 and says: ‘which
has the removal of avidity as its final goal, the removal of hatred as
its final goal, the removal of delusion as its final goal’ (rāgaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna dosaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna mohaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna)
.

The third one is found for example at SN 45.115 and says: ‘which has the Deathless as its ground, the Deathless as its destination, the Deathless as its final goal’ (amatĀ·ogadha amataĀ·parāyana amataĀ·pariyosāna).

The fourth is found for example at SN 45.91 and says: ‘which slants towards Nibbāna, slopes towards Nibbāna, inclines towards Nibbāna‘ (nibbānaĀ·ninna nibbānaĀ·poṇa nibbānaĀ·pabbhāra).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, if unarisen, does not arise apart from the appearance of a Buddha (n·āññatra tathāgatassa pātubhāvā arahato sammāsambuddhassa, SN 45.14) or the Discipline of a Sublime one (n·āññatra sugataĀ·vinaya, SN 45.15).

♦ At SN 55.5, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is what defines sotāpatti, since sota (the stream) is the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga itself, and a sotāpanna is one who possesses it:


SN 55.5


—
ā€œā€˜soto, soto’ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sotoā€ti?

—
It said: ‘The stream, the stream’, Sāriputta. What now, Sāriputta, is ‘the stream’?

—
ā€œayameva hi, bhante, ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo soto

—
Bhante, the stream is just this noble eightfold path

—
ā€œā€˜sotāpanno, sotāpanno’ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sotāpannoā€ti?

—
It said: ‘A stream-enterer, a stream-enterer’, Sāriputta. What now, Sāriputta, is ‘a stream-enterer’?

—
ā€œyo hi, bhante, iminā ariyena aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikena maggena samannāgato ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno

—
Bhante, whoever is possessed of this noble eightfold path is called a stream-enterer



♦ At MN 126, the 8 factors of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga are presented as a technology of the mind (’a proper method for procuring fruit’: yoni hesā phalassa adhigamāya)
whose results do not depend on making wishes, but instead rely solely
on the laws of nature, which is metaphorically illustrated by how one
gets sesame oil by using the right technique (pressing seeds sprinkled
with water), how one gets milk (by milking a recently calved cow),
butter (by churning curd), or fire (by rubbing a dry, sapless, piece of
wood with a proper fire-stick).

♦ At AN 4.237, the 8 factors of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga constitute ‘kamma that is neither dark nor bright with neither-dark-nor-bright result, that leads to the destruction of kamma(kammaṃ aĀ·kaṇhā·sukkaṃ aĀ·kaṇhā·sukkaĀ·vipākaṃ, kammaĀ·kkhayāya saṃvattati).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is not seldom augmented to become a tenfold set, with the addition of sammā·ñāṇa and sammā·vimutti. SN 45.26 seems to indicate that these two factors are relevant only for the arahant, as they are what makes the difference between a sappurisa and someone who is better than a sappurisa (sappurisena sappurisataro).

♦ Ten phenomena are said to be the precursors for the arising of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, the first seven according to the following simile:



sÅ«riyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaį¹…gamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ,
yadidaṃ, aruṇuggaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ariyassa
aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikassa maggassa uppādāya etaṃ pubbaį¹…gamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimmittaṃ…

This, bhikkhus, is the forerunner and foretoken of the rising of the
sun, that is, the dawn. In the same way, bhikkhus, for a bhikkhu this is
the forerunner and foretoken of the arising of the noble eightfold
path…



In each case, it is said that when a bhikkhu satisfies the condition, ‘it
is expected that he will develop the noble eightfold path, that he will
cultivate the noble eightfold path (pāṭikaį¹…khaṃ ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ
maggaṃ bhāvessati, ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karissati)
.

1. Mentioned most often is kalyāṇaĀ·mittatā (with the above sunrise simile at SN 45.49). It is most famously said at SN 45.2 to be the entire brahmacariya (sakalamĀ·evĀ·idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ), since it can be expected from one who develops it that he will practice the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, all the more that as we have seen earlier (e.g. at SN 45.6), brahmacariya is also defined as the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga itself. We find as well a formula reminiscent of the suttas found at the beginning of AN 1:


SN 45.77


nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yena anuppanno vā
ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo uppajjati, uppanno vā ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo
bhāvanāpāripÅ«riṃ gacchati, yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, kalyāṇamittatā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which the
unarisen noble eightfold path arises and the arisen noble eightfold path
goes to the plenitude of its development so much, bhikkhus, as because
of favorable friendship.



2. Sīla
is also mentioned a few times independently from the sunrise simile, in
the context of which it is introduced at SN 45.50 as accomplishment in
virtue (sīla·sampadā). Such examples include the following:


SN 45.149


seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci balakaraṇīyā kammantā karÄ«yanti, sabbe
te pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviyaṃ patiį¹­į¹­hāya evamete balakaraṇīyā kammantā
karīyanti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlaṃ nissāya sīle patiṭṭhāya
ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ
bahulīkaroti.

Just as, bhikkhus, whatever actions are to be performed with strength
are all performed on dependence on the earth, supported by the earth; in
the same way, bhikkhus, it is on dependence on virtue, supported by
virtue, that a bhikkhu develops the noble eightfold path, that he
cultivates the noble eightfold path.




SN 45.150


seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye kecime bÄ«jagāmabhÅ«tagāmā vuįøįøhiṃ virūḷhiṃ
vepullaṃ āpajjanti, sabbe te pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya
evamete bÄ«jagāmabhÅ«tagāmā vuįøįøhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanti; evameva
kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sÄ«laṃ nissāya sÄ«le patiį¹­į¹­hāya ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ
maggaṃ bhāvento ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karonto vuįøįøhiṃ
virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇāti dhammesu.

Just as, bhikkhus, whatever kinds of seed and plant life come to
development, growth, and plenitude, all come to development, growth, and
plenitude on dependence on the earth, supported by the earth; in the
same way, bhikkhus, on dependence on virtue, supported by virtue, a
bhikkhu developing the noble eightfold path, cultivating the noble
eightfold path, comes to development, growth, and plenitude in
[wholesome] mental states.



3. Appamāda
is also mentioned a few times independently from the sunrise simile, in
the context of which it is introduced at SN 45.54 as accomplishment in
assiduity (appamāda·sampadā). Such examples are found at SN 45.139 and SN 45.140.

4. Sammā·diṭṭhi (AN 10.121) or accomplishment in view (diṭṭhi·sampadā, SN 45.53),
are mentioned with the sunrise simile as precursors of the path,
without surprise since as we have seen above, each path factor leads to
the next, and sammā·diṭṭhi stands first.

5. Accomplishment in desire (chanda·sampadā) is mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.51. The Commentary explains it as desire for kusalā dhammā. In a related meaning, the word chanda appears notably in the sammā·vāyāma formula.

6. Accomplishment in self (attaĀ·sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52. The commentary explains the expression as sampannaĀ·cittaĀ·tā (accomplishment in mind), which suggests the attainment of samādhi (see adhiĀ·cittaĀ·sikkhā). The expression ‘atta·ññū hoti’ (one who knows himself) may explain the term. At SN 7.68, it is explained as knowing oneself to have saddhā, sÄ«la, learning (suta), cāga, paƱƱā and understanding (paį¹­ibhāna).

7. Accomplishment in appropriate attention (yoniso·manasikāra-sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52.

8, 9 & 10. Vijjā followed by hiri and ottappa (anvaĀ·dĀ·eva hirĀ·ottappa) is said to be the forerunner (pubbĀ·aį¹…gama) in the entry upon kusalā dhammā (kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpatti) at SN 45.1 and AN 10.105.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is said at AN 4.34 to be the highest (agga) of saį¹…khatā dhammā and to bring the highest vipākā.

♦ As we have seen above at SN 56.11, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga produces ñāṇaĀ·dassana and leads to upasama, sambodhi and Nibbāna. Between SN 45.161 and SN 45.180, it is also said to lead to the direct knowledge (abhiƱƱā), full understanding (pariƱƱā), complete destruction (parikkhaya), and abandoning (pahāna) of various phenomena: the three discriminations (vidhā), i.e. ‘I am superior’ (ā€˜seyyoĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti), ‘I am equal’ (ā€˜sadisoĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti), ‘I am inferior’ (hÄ«noĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti); the three searches (esanā), i.e. the search for sensuality (kāmĀ·esanā), the search for [a good] existence (bhavĀ·esanā), the search for the brahmic life (brahmacariyĀ·esanā); the three āsavā; the three bhavā; the three sufferings (dukkhatā), i.e. the suffering from pain (dukkhaĀ·dukkhatā), the suffering from Constructions (saį¹…khāraĀ·dukkhatā), the suffering from change (vipariṇāmaĀ·dukkhatā); the three akusalamulā; the three types of vedanā; kāma, diį¹­į¹­hi and avijjā; the four upādānā; abhijjhā, byāpāda, sÄ«laĀ·bbata parāmāsa and adherence to [the view] ‘This [alone] is the truth’ (idaṃ·sacc·ābhinivesa); the seven anusayā; the five kāmaĀ·guṇā; the five nÄ«varaṇā; the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas; the ten saṃyojanā.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga also leads to the cessation (nirodha) of phenomena: MN 9 lists all the twelve links of paį¹­iccaĀ·samuppāda, the four āhārā and the three āsavā; AN 6.63 additionally speaks of the cessation of kāma and kamma; SN 22.56 mentions the cessation of each of the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is the tool to remove akusalā dhammā. In that respect, MN 3 directly mentions all the 16 upakkilesā (with dosa in place of byāpāda). A number of similes illustrating this point are given in the Magga Saṃyutta: at SN 45.153, akusalā dhammā
are given up by the mind like a pot turned upside down ‘gives up’ its
water; at SN 45.156, they are disintegrated like a cloud providing rain
disintegrates a dust storm; at SN 45.157, they are dispersed like a
strong wind disperses a great cloud giving rain; at SN 45.158, they are
like the ropes on a ship that rot under inclement weather.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga gives strength
to the mind, as explained in SN 45.27’s simile, where it is compared to
the stand of a pot that makes it difficult to get knocked over. At SN
45.160, people, powerful or not, wishing to convince a bhikkhu
cultivating the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga to abandon monkhood by
offering him wealth will be no more successful than people wishing to
change the direction of the Ganges, because his mind is inclined to
seclusion.

SN 45.159


ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āgantukāgāraṃ. tattha puratthimāyapi disāya
āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, pacchimāyapi disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti,
uttarāyapi disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, dakkhiṇāyapi disāya āgantvā
vāsaṃ kappenti, khattiyāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, brāhmaṇāpi āgantvā
vāsaṃ kappenti, vessāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, suddāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ
kappenti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ
bhāvento ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karonto ye dhammā abhiƱƱā
pariƱƱeyyā, te dhamme abhiƱƱā parijānāti, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā pahātabbā,
te dhamme abhiƱƱā pajahati, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā sacchikātabbā, te dhamme
abhiƱƱā sacchikaroti, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā bhāvetabbā, te dhamme abhiƱƱā
bhāveti.

Suppose, monks, there is a guest-house. Travelers come from the east,
the west, the north, the south to lodge here: nobles and Brahmans,
merchants and serfs. In the same way, monks, a monk who cultivates the
Noble Eightfold Path, who assiduously practices the Noble Eightfold
Path, comprehends with higher knowledge those states that are to be so
comprehended, abandons with higher knowledge those states that are to be
so abandoned, comes to experience with higher knowledge those states
that are to be so experienced, and cultivates with higher knowledge
those states that are to be so cultivated.

ā€œkatame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā pariƱƱeyyā? paƱcupādānakkhandhātissa vacanÄ«yaṃ…

What, monks, are the states to be comprehended with higher knowledge? They are the five groups of clinging…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca…

What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā sacchikātabbā? vijjā ca vimutti ca…

And what, monks, are the states to be experienced with higher knowledge? They are knowledge and liberation…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā bhāvetabbā? samatho ca vipassanā ca.

And what, monk, are the states to be cultivated with higher knowledge? They are calm and insight.





Bodhi leaf


ariyasacca: [ariya+sacca] noble truth. The four ariyaĀ·saccas are expounded by the Buddha in his very first discourse, the Dhamma-cakka’p'pavattana Sutta. It consists of:

1. dukkha-ariyaĀ·sacca
2. dukkhaĀ·samudaya-ariyaĀ·sacca

3. dukkhaĀ·nirodha-ariyaĀ·sacca
4. dukkha·nirodha·gāminī paṭipadā-ariya·sacca


Bodhi leaf


ariyasāvaka: [ariya+sāvaka] noble disciple.



Bodhi leaf


arūpabhava: [a+rūpa+bhava] existence/ becoming in the formless realm, which is taken as meaning those Brahmā-lokas which are accessible only to those who master at least the fifth jhāna. Arūpa-bhava is one of the three types of bhava.



Bodhi leaf


asantuṭṭhitā: [a+santuṭṭhitā]

discontent, dissatisfaction.

asantuį¹­į¹­ha:

discontent, dissatisfied

♦ Sometimes, the adjective aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­ha is used with a rather neutral connotation, as at SN 35.198, where a bhikkhu is simply not satisfied with the answers given to his question.

♦ Most of the time, the word and its lexical derivatives carry a negative (akusala) connotation:

AN 1.64


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti
yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which unarisen
unwholesome mental states come to arise, or arisen wholesome mental
states come to decline, so much, bhikkhus, as because of
dissatisfaction.



AN 1.88


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuį¹­į¹­hitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to such great harm as discontent.



AN 1.120


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa
sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to the decline
and confusion of the authentic Dhamma so much as discontent.



AN 10.82


ā€œso vatānanda, bhikkhu ā€˜asantuį¹­į¹­ho samāno imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissatī’ti netaṃ į¹­hānaṃ vijjati.

It is impossible, Ānanda, that a bhikkhu who is not content will find growth, progress, and completion in this Dhamma-Vinaya.



When the word carries such a connotation, being aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­ha is explained as follows:

AN 6.84


bhikkhu mahiccho hoti, vighātavā, asantuį¹­į¹­ho, itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena

a bhikkhu has great desires, is annoyed and is not content with whatever
kind of robes, almsfood, lodging, and medicines & provisions for
the sick [he gets]



As it is the case above, the word aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­hitā or its lexical derivatives are very often juxtaposed with mahicchatā, which can almost be considered a synonym. In the Vinaya, lay people who are offended by bhikkhus’ behavior often say:



mahicchā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā asantuį¹­į¹­hā.

These ascetics sons of the Sakyan are of great desires, not contented.



This happens typically when misbehaving bhikkhus put
unnecessary pressure on lay supporters, either by asking more than the
strict minimum they need, or by making burdensome requests without prior
invitation. Thus, in the origin story to NP 6, the bhikkhu doesn’t want
to wait until his supporter goes back home to send him some cloth and
demands instead one of the garments he is currently wearing. At NP 8,
the bhikkhu gives instructions for getting finer cloth to the weaver
appointed by his supporters to make his robe, which ends up costing
twice as much yarn as they originally planned. At NP 10, the bhikkhu
doesn’t want to wait till the next day, which ends up costing a fine to
his supporter. At Bhikkhunis’ NP 11, some bhikkhunis ask the king for a
woolen garment (which is considered luxurious).

AN 4.157 maps the concept with others: a·santuṭṭhitā leads to evil desire (pāpika iccha) for recognition (an·avañña) and lābha·sakkāra·siloka, then to wrong effort (vāyama) and finally deceiving families by pretending to be much worthier than one actually is:

AN 4.157


ā€œcattārome, bhikkhave, pabbajitassa rogā. katame cattāro? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahiccho hoti vighātavā asantuṭṭho
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena.
so mahiccho samāno vighātavā asantuṭṭho
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena
pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahati anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya
lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya. so uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati
anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaį¹­ilābhāya. so saį¹…khāya
kulāni upasaį¹…kamati, saį¹…khāya nisÄ«dati, saį¹…khāya dhammaṃ bhāsati,
saį¹…khāya uccārapassāvaṃ sandhāreti. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro
pabbajitassa rogā.

Bhikkhus, there are these four sicknesses of one gone forth. What four?
Here, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu has great desires, is annoyed and is not
content with whatever kind of robes, almsfood, lodging, and medicines
& provisions for the sick [he gets]. Having great desires, being
annoyed and not content with whatever kind of robes, almsfood, lodging,
and medicines & provisions for the sick [he gets], he generates evil
desire for recognition and for honors, gain & fame. He rouses,
applies and exerts himself to obtain recognition and honors, gain &
fame. He craftily approaches families, craftily sits down, craftily
speaks about the Dhamma, and craftily holds in his excrement and urine.
These, bhikkhus, are four sicknesses of one gone forth.



The sutta then goes on to explain the cure, which
consists in forbearance with regards to the elements of nature, animals,
other people’s words and painful feelings:



ā€œtasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: ā€˜na mahicchā bhavissāma
vighātavanto asantuṭṭhā
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena,
na pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahissāma anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya
lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya, na uṭṭhahissāma na ghaṭessāma na
vāyamissāma anavañña-ppaṭilābhāya lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya,
khamā bhavissāma sÄ«tassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya
įøaṃsa-makasa-vātā-tapa-sarīṃsapa-samphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ
vacanapathānaṃ, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ
kharānaṃ kaį¹­ukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātikā
bhavissāmā’ti. evaƱhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbanā€ti.

Therefore, bhikkhus, you should train thus: ‘We won’t have great
desires, be annoyed and not content with whatever kind of robes,
almsfood, lodging, and medicines & provisions for the sick [we will
get]; we won’t generate evil desire for recognition and for honors, gain
& fame; we won’t rouse, apply and exert ourselves to obtain
recognition and honors, gain & fame; we will endure cold, heat,
hunger, thirst and the contact with flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun and
creeping animals, as well as ways of speech that are ill-spoken and
offensive; we will be patient with arisen bodily feelings that are
painful, acute, sharp, piercing, disagreeable, unpleasant and
threatening life.’ This, bhikkhus, is how you should train yourselves.



In this sense, at AN 6.114, asantuṭṭhitā is juxtaposed with mahicchatā and a·sampajañña (lack of thorough comprehension).

It serves as a criterion to know whether one can dwell on his own or should stay amid other monks:

AN 5.127


ā€œpaƱcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ saį¹…ghamhā
vapakāsituṃ . katamehi pañcahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asantuṭṭho hoti
itarÄ«tarena cÄ«varena, asantuį¹­į¹­ho hoti itarÄ«tarena piį¹‡įøapātena,
asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena
gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, kāmasaį¹…kappabahulo ca viharati.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ
saį¹…ghamhā vapakāsituṃ.

If he is endowed with five qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu is not fit to
live away from the Community. What five? He is not content with whatever
kind of robe [he gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of
almsfood [he gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of lodging [he
gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of medicines and provisions
for the sick [he gets]; and he dwells absorbed in thoughts of
sensuality. If he is endowed with these five qualities, bhikkhus, a
bhikkhu is not fit to live away from the Community.



Laypeople must also avoid this kind of asantuṭṭhitā:

Snp 1.6


ā€œsehi dārehi asantuį¹­į¹­ho, vesiyāsu padussati, dussati paradāresu, taṃ parābhavato mukhaį¹ƒā€.

Not satisfied with one’s own wives, he is seen among the whores and the wives of others — this is the cause of his downfall.



♦ Although the word is mostly used with this negative connotation, it is also occasionally used with a positive (kusala) connotation. At AN 7.56 the devas who are content with their Brahmā state and do not know a higher escape (nissaraṇa) do not understand what those who are not content with that state and do know something higher may understand:

AN 7.56


ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā
santuį¹­į¹­hā… te uttari nissaraṇaṃ yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānanti, tesaṃ na
evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti… ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā
brahmena āyunā asantuį¹­į¹­hā… te ca uttari nissaraṇaṃ yathābhÅ«taṃ
pajānanti, tesaṃ evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti…

Sir Moggallāna, the devas of Brahmā’s retinue who are content with a
brahmā’s longevity… and who do not know, as it actually is, an escape
higher than this, do not have such a knowledge… But the devas of
Brahmā’s retinue who are not content with a brahmā’s longevity… and
who know, as it actually is, an escape higher than this, have such a
knowledge…



At AN 2.5, asantuṭṭhitā applied to wholesome states (kusalā dhammā) is presented as very important for developing further on the path:

AN 2.5


dvinnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ upaññāsiṃ: yā ca asantuṭṭhitā kusalesu dhammesu, yā ca appaṭivānitā padhānasmiṃ.

Bhikkhus, I have come to know two qualities: non-contentment with wholesome states and tirelessness in exertion.



At SN 55.40, being satisfied with the four usual sot·āpattiyĀ·aį¹…gas leads to not making an effort (vāyama) in solitude (paviveka), and then to successively miss on pāmojja, pÄ«ti and passaddhi, and finally dwell in dukkha, which is considered living with pamāda, while not being satisfied with them prompts one to make the effort in solitude and experience successively pāmojja, pÄ«ti, passaddhi, sukha, samādhi, the fact that phenomena have become manifest, and finally living with appamāda.

At AN 6.80, the word is interestingly surrounded by related concepts:

AN 6.80


chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahantattaṃ
vepullattaṃ pāpuṇāti dhammesu. katamehi chahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
ālokabahulo ca hoti yogabahulo ca vedabahulo ca asantuṭṭhibahulo ca
anikkhittadhuro ca kusalesu dhammesu uttari ca patāreti.

If he is endowed with six qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu attains in no
long time greatness and fullness in [wholesome] states. What six? Here,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu is full of light, full of endeavor, full of
enthusiasm, full of dissatisfaction [with wholesome states already
attained], he doesn’t shirk his task in wholesome states, and he keeps
progressing further.





Bodhi leaf


asappurisa: [a+sappurisa]

bad person.

The word is always contrasted with sappurisa. Bāla is sometimes explicitly mentioned as a synonym:


MN 129


ā€˜bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’’ti.

ā€˜This individual is a fool, a bad person’.



The term is defined multiple times. We find in the suttas three main ways to define it. According to the micchā·paṭipadā:

SN 45.26


katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko
hoti, micchāsaį¹…kappo, micchāvāco, micchākammanto, micchāājÄ«vo,
micchāvāyāmo, micchāsati, micchāsamādhi. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisoā€.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone is of wrong
view, wrong aspiration, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood,
wrong effort, wrong mindfulness and wrong concentration. This, bhikkhus,
is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco micchādiį¹­į¹­hiko hoti, micchāsaį¹…kappo, micchāvāco, micchākammanto,
micchāājÄ«vo, micchāvāyāmo, micchāsati, micchāsamādhi, micchāñāṇī,
micchāvimutti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone is of wrong view, wrong aspiration, wrong speech,
wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong mindfulness, wrong
concentration, wrong knowledge and wrong liberation. This, bhikkhus, is
what is called one who is worse than a bad person.



According to various subsets of the ten akusalā kamma·pathā:

AN 4.204


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātÄ«
hoti, adinnādāyÄ« hoti, kāmesumicchācārÄ« hoti, musāvādÄ« hoti, pisuṇavāco
hoti, pharusavāco hoti, samphappalāpī hoti, abhijjhālu hoti,
byāpannacitto hoti, micchādiṭṭhiko hoti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappuriso.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone destroys
life, takes what is not given, engages in misconduct regarding
[pleasures of] sensuality, speaks falsehood, speaks maliciously, speaks
harshly, speaks frivolously, is covetous, has a malevolent mind, is of
wrong view. This, bhikkhus, is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātÄ« hoti, paraƱca pāṇātipāte samādapeti,
attanā ca adinnādāyī hoti, paraƱca adinnādāne samādapeti,
attanā ca kāmesumicchācārī hoti, paraƱca kāmesumicchācāre samādapeti,
attanā ca musāvādī hoti, paraƱca musāvāde samādapeti,
attanā ca pisuṇavāco hoti, paraƱca pisuṇavācāya samādapeti,
attanā ca pharusavāco hoti, paraƱca pharusavācāya samādapeti,
attanā ca samphappalāpī hoti, paraƱca samphappalāpe samādapeti, attanā
ca abhijjhālu hoti, paraƱca abhijjhāya samādapeti; attanā ca
byāpannacitto hoti, parañca byāpāde samādapeti, attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko
hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone destroys life himself and incites others to destroy
life, takes what is not given himself and incites others to take what is
not given, engages in misconduct regarding [pleasures of] sensuality
himself and incites others to engage in misconduct regarding [pleasures
of] sensuality, speaks falsehood himself and incites others to speak
falsehood, speaks maliciously himself and incites others to speak
maliciously, speaks harshly himself and incites others to, speaks
frivolously himself and incites others to, is covetous himself and
incites others to speak harshly, has a malevolent mind himself and
incites others to have a malevolent mind, is of wrong view himself and
incites others to have wrong view. This, bhikkhus, is what is called one
who is worse than a bad person.



According to a particular set of bad qualities:

AN 4.202


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assaddho
hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti,
muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappuriso.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone doesn’t
have conviction, doesn’t have conscientiousness, doesn’t have scruple,
doesn’t acquire learning, is lazy, is of forgetful mindfulness, is of
deficient discernment. This, bhikkhus, is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco attanā ca assaddho hoti, paraƱca assaddhiye samādapeti; attanā ca
ahiriko hoti, paraƱca ahirikatāya samādapeti; attanā ca anottappī hoti,
paraƱca anottappe samādapeti; attanā ca appassuto hoti, paraƱca
appassute samādapeti; attanā ca kusīto hoti, paraƱca kosajje samādapeti;
attanā ca muṭṭhassati hoti, parañca muṭṭhassacce samādapeti; attanā ca
duppañño hoti, parañca duppaññatāya samādapeti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone doesn’t have conviction himself and incites others to
be without conviction, doesn’t have conscientiousness himself and
incites others to be without conscientiousness, doesn’t have scruple
himself and incites others to be without scruple, doesn’t acquire
learning himself and incites others to not acquire learning, is lazy
himself and incites others to be lazy, is of forgetful mindfulness
himself and incites others to be of forgetful mindfulness, is of
deficient discernment himself and incites others to be of deficient
discernment. This, bhikkhus, is what is called one who is worse than a
bad person.



The term is also defined or explained at great length in two suttas of the Majjhima Nikāya:

MN 110


asappuriso, bhikkhave, assaddhammasamannāgato hoti, asappurisabhatti
hoti, asappurisacintī hoti, asappurisamantī hoti, asappurisavāco hoti,
asappurisakammanto hoti, asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti; asappurisadānaṃ detiā€.

“A person of no integrity is endowed with qualities of no integrity; he
is a person of no integrity in his friendship, in the way he wills, the
way he gives advice, the way he speaks, the way he acts, the views he
holds, & the way he gives a gift.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddhammasamannāgato hoti? idha,
bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti,
appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti. evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddhammasamannāgato hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity endowed with qualities of no
integrity? There is the case where a person of no integrity is lacking
in conviction, lacking in conscience, lacking in concern [for the
results of unskillful actions]; he is unlearned, lazy, of muddled
mindfulness, & poor discernment. This is how a person of no
integrity is endowed with qualities of no integrity.”

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisabhatti hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappurisassa ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā assaddhā ahirikā anottappino
appassutā kusītā muṭṭhassatino duppaññā tyāssa mittā honti te sahāyā.
evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisabhatti hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in his
friendship? There is the case where a person of no integrity has, as his
friends & companions, those brahmans & contemplatives who are
lacking in conviction, lacking in conscience, lacking in concern,
unlearned, lazy, of muddled mindfulness, & poor discernment. This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in his
friendship.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisacintÄ« hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti,
ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso
asappurisacintī hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he wills? There is the case where a person of no integrity wills for
his own affliction, or for the affliction of others, or for the
affliction of both. This is how a person of no integrity is a person of
no integrity in the way he wills.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisamantÄ« hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso attabyābādhāyapi manteti, parabyābādhāyapi manteti,
ubhayabyābādhāyapi manteti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso
asappurisamantī hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he gives advice? There is the case where a person of no integrity gives
advice for his own affliction, or for the affliction of others, or for
the affliction of both. This is how a person of no integrity is a person
of no integrity in the way he gives advice.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisavāco hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso musāvādÄ« hoti, pisuṇavāco hoti, pharusavāco hoti,
samphappalāpī hoti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisavāco hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he speaks? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one who
tells lies, engages in divisive tale-bearing, engages in harsh speech,
engages in idle chatter. This is how a person of no integrity is a
person of no integrity in the way he speaks.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisakammanto hoti? idha,
bhikkhave, asappuriso pāṇātipātÄ« hoti, adinnādāyÄ« hoti, kāmesumicchācārÄ«
hoti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisakammanto hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he acts? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one who
takes life, steals, engages in illicit sex. This is how a person of no
integrity is a person of no integrity in the way he acts.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso evaṃdiį¹­į¹­hi hoti: ā€˜natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiį¹­į¹­haṃ, natthi
hutaṃ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, natthi ayaṃ loko,
natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā,
natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaį¹­ipannā, ye imaƱca lokaṃ
paraƱca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiƱƱā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the
views he holds? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one
who holds a view like this: ‘There is nothing given, nothing offered,
nothing sacrificed. There is no fruit or result of good or bad actions.
There is no this world, no next world, no mother, no father, no
spontaneously reborn beings; no brahmans or contemplatives who, faring
rightly & practicing rightly, proclaim this world & the next
after having directly known & realized it for themselves.’ This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in the views he
holds.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadānaṃ deti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ deti, asahatthā dānaṃ deti, acittīkatvā
dānaṃ deti, apaviṭṭhaṃ dānaṃ deti anāgamanadiṭṭhiko dānaṃ deti. evaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadānaṃ deti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he gives a gift? There is the case where a person of no integrity gives
a gift inattentively, not with his own hand, disrespectfully, as if
throwing it away, with the view that nothing will come of it. This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in the way he
gives a gift.

ā€œso, bhikkhave, asappuriso evaṃ assaddhammasamannāgato, evaṃ
asappurisabhatti, evaṃ asappurisacintī, evaṃ asappurisamantī, evaṃ
asappurisavāco, evaṃ asappurisakammanto, evaṃ asappurisadiṭṭhi; evaṃ
asappurisadānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā yā asappurisānaṃ gati
tattha upapajjati. kā ca, bhikkhave, asappurisānaṃ gati? nirayo vā
tiracchānayoni vā.

“This person of no integrity, thus endowed with qualities of no
integrity; a person of no integrity in his friendship, in the way he
wills, the way he gives advice, the way he speaks, the way he acts, the
views he holds, & the way he gives a gift, on the break-up of the
body, after death, reappears in the destination of people of no
integrity. And what is the destination of people of no integrity? Hell
or the animal womb.



MN 113


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo? idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso
uccākulā pabbajito hoti. so iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi uccākulā
pabbajito, ime panaƱƱe bhikkhÅ« na uccākulā pabbajitā’ti. so tāya
uccākulīnatāya attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
asappurisadhammo …

“And which is the quality of a person of no integrity? “There is the
case where a person of no integrity goes forth from a high-ranking
family. He notices, ‘I have gone forth from a high-ranking family, but
these other monks have not gone forth from a high-ranking family.’ He
exalts himself for having a high-ranking family and disparages others.
This is the quality of a person of no integrity …

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso mahākulā pabbajito hoti …
mahābhogakulā pabbajito hoti … uḷārabhogakulā pabbajito hoti. so iti
paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi uḷārabhogakulā pabbajito, ime panaƱƱe
bhikkhÅ« na uḷārabhogakulā pabbajitā’ti. so tāya uḷārabhogatāya
attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti. ayampi, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo …

“Furthermore, a person of no integrity goes forth from a great family…
a family of great wealth… a family of extensive wealth. He notices,
‘I have gone forth from a family of extensive wealth, but these other
monks have not gone forth from a family of extensive wealth.’ He exalts
himself for having a family of extensive wealth and disparages others.
This is the quality of a person of no integrity …

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso Ʊāto hoti yasassÄ«… lābhÄ« hoti
cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānaṃ…
bahussuto hoti… vinayadharo hoti… dhammakathiko hoti… āraƱƱiko
hoti… paṃsukÅ«liko hoti… piį¹‡įøapātiko hoti… rukkhamÅ«liko hoti…
sosāniko hoti… abbhokāsiko hoti… nesajjiko hoti… yathāsanthatiko
hoti… ekāsaniko hoti… paį¹­hamaṃ jhānaṃ… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ
jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati… ākāsānaƱcāyatanaṃ…
viññāṇaƱcāyatanaṃ… ākiƱcaƱƱāyatanaṃ… nevasaƱƱānāsaƱƱāyatanaṃ
upasampajja viharati. so iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi
neva-saññā-nāsaññ-āyatana-samāpattiyā lābhī, ime panaññe bhikkhū
neva-saƱƱā-nāsaƱƱ-āyatana-samāpattiyā na lābhino’ti. so tāya
neva-saññā-nāsaññ-āyatana-samāpattiyā attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti.
ayampi, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo.

“Furthermore, a person of no integrity is well-known & highly
regarded … is one who gains robe-cloth, alms-food, lodgings, &
medicinal requisites for the sick … is learned … is a master of the
Vinaya … is a Dhamma-speaker … is a wilderness dweller … is one
who wears robes of thrown-away rags… an alms-goer… one who dwells at
the root of a tree… a cemetery dweller… one who lives in the open
air… one who doesn’t lie down… one who is content with whatever
dwelling is assigned to him… one who eats only one meal a day …
enters & remains in the first jhāna … in the second jhāna… the
third jhāna… the fourth jhāna… the dimension of the infinitude of
space… the dimension of the infinitude of consciousness… the
dimension of nothingness… the dimension of neither perception nor
non-perception. He notices, ‘I have gained the attainment of the
dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, but these other
monks have not gained the attainment of the dimension of neither
perception nor non-perception.’ He exalts himself for the attainment of
the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception and disparages
others. This is the quality of a person of no integrity.



The sutta doesn’t mention the behavior of an asappurisa who would attain saññā·vedayitaĀ·nirodha, while it mentions that of a sappurisa who would, which suggests that a person who reaches such a state can no longer be an asappurisa.

♦ An asappurisa can be recognized by the way he relates to his own and his fellows’ faults and virtues:

AN 4.73


ā€œcatÅ«hi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo. katamehi
catÅ«hi? idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa avaṇṇo taṃ apuį¹­į¹­hopi
pātu karoti, ko pana vādo puṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
ahāpetvā alambitvā paripÅ«raṃ vitthārena parassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Monks, a person endowed with these four qualities can be known as ‘a
person of no integrity.’ Which four? There is the case where a person of
no integrity, when unasked, reveals another person’s bad points, to say
nothing of when asked. Furthermore, when asked, when pressed with
questions, he is one who speaks of another person’s bad points in full
& in detail, without omission, without holding back. Of this person
you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa vaṇṇo taṃ puį¹­į¹­hopi
na pātu karoti, ko pana vādo apuṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
hāpetvā lambitvā aparipÅ«raṃ avitthārena parassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal
another person’s good points, to say nothing of when unasked.
Furthermore, when asked, when pressed with questions, he is one who
speaks of another person’s good points not in full, not in detail, with
omissions, holding back. Of this person you may know, ‘This venerable
one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano avaṇṇo taṃ puį¹­į¹­hopi
na pātu karoti, ko pana vādo apuṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
hāpetvā lambitvā aparipÅ«raṃ avitthārena attano avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal his
own bad points, to say nothing of when unasked. Furthermore, when asked,
when pressed with questions, he is one who speaks of his own bad points
not in full, not in detail, with omissions, holding back. Of this
person you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano vaṇṇo taṃ apuį¹­į¹­hopi
pātu karoti, ko pana vādo puṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
ahāpetvā alambitvā paripÅ«raṃ vitthārena attano vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti. imehi kho,
bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when unasked, reveals his own
good points, to say nothing of when asked. Furthermore, when asked, when
pressed with questions, he is one who speaks of his own good points in
full & in detail, without omissions, without holding back. Of this
person you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’



♦ According to AN 2.33, an asappurisa is ungrateful (aĀ·katĀ·aññū - ‘one who doesn’t know what has been done’) and unthankful (aĀ·kataĀ·vedÄ« - ‘one who doesn’t feel what has been done’).

♦ At AN 2.135, someone who, without knowing well nor investigating (anĀ·anuvicca aĀ·pariyĀ·ogāhetvā), speaks in praise of someone who deserves critic (aĀ·vaṇṇ·ārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), or criticizes someone who deserves praise (vaṇṇ·ārahassa aĀ·vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), is an asappurisa. In the immediately following sutta, the same holds for believing a matter that merits suspiscion (appasādanÄ«ye į¹­hāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti) or being suspicious about a matter that merits belief (pasādanÄ«ye į¹­hāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti).

♦ At AN 2.137, one who misbehaves (micchā·paį¹­ipajjati) towards his mother or father is an asappurisa, and in the immediately following sutta, the same holds for the Tathāgata or one of his disciples (tathāgataĀ·sāvaka).

♦ At AN 10.61, listening to a teaching that contradicts the saddhamma is caused by association with asappurisā.



Bodhi leaf


āsava: that which flows (out or on to) outflow and influx.

1) spirit, the intoxicating extract or secretion of a tree or flower.

2) discharge from a sore (AN 3.25).

3) that which intoxicates the mind (bemuddles it,
befoozles it, so that it cannot rise to higher things). Impurities/
pollutions/ fermentations/ corruptions of the mind.

The Buddha often refers to arahatta as the total destruction of āsavas (āsavakkhaya). Sāriputta lists āsavas as threefold at MN 9:

1. kām-āsava

2. bhav-āsava

3. avijj-āsava

The Sabbāsava Sutta explains in detail how the different types of āsavas are to be eradicated.



Bodhi leaf


āsavānaṃ khayañāṇa: [āsava khaya+ñāṇa] knowledge of the ending of āsavas, which arises with arahatta. It is one of the three vijjās. The formula defining it is analyzed there.



Bodhi leaf


asmimāna: [asmi+māna]

the conceit ‘I am’.

The term asmi·māna can be considered as a variant form of māna, which constitutes one of the five saṃyojanas that disappear only with arahatta, and one of the seven anusayas. Thus, it is essentially something to get rid of.

♦ In this connection, aniccaĀ·saƱƱā applied to the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas is often presented as the way to remove asmiĀ·māna, e.g.:


SN 22.102


ā€œkathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaƱƱā kathaṃ bahulÄ«katā… sabbaṃ
asmimānaṃ samÅ«hanati? ā€˜iti rÅ«paṃ, iti rÅ«passa samudayo, iti rÅ«passa
atthaį¹…gamo; iti vedanā… iti saƱƱā… iti saį¹…khārā… iti viññāṇaṃ, iti
viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaį¹…gamo’ti. evaṃ bhāvitā kho,
bhikkhave, aniccasaƱƱā evaṃ bahulÄ«katā… sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ
samÅ«hanatÄ«ā€ti.

And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and
practiced often so that it eradicates… all conceit ‘I am’? ‘Such is
Form, such its apparition, such its extinction; such is Feeling… such
is Perception… such are Fabrications… such is Consciousness, such
its apparition, such its extinction’: this is how the perception of
impermanence is developed and practiced often so that it eradicates…
all conceit ‘I am’.



In an equivalent statement, the term asmiĀ·māna is mentioned as applying to the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas, and the term aniccaĀ·saƱƱā is replaced by ‘udayabbay·ānupassÄ«’ (observing apparition and extinction).


MN 122


paƱca kho ime, ānanda, upādānakkhandhā yattha bhikkhunā
udayabbayānupassinā vihātabbaṃ. ā€˜iti rÅ«paṃ iti rÅ«passa samudayo iti
rÅ«passa atthaį¹…gamo, iti vedanā… iti saƱƱā… iti saį¹…khārā… iti
viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthaį¹…gamo’ti. tassa
imesu paƱcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato yo paƱcasu
upādānakkhandhesu asmimāno so pahīyati.

There are these five clinging-aggregates where a monk should stay,
keeping track of arising & passing away (thus): ‘Such is form, such
its origination, such its disappearance. Such is feeling… Such is
perception… Such are fabrications… Such is consciousness, such its
origination, such its disappearance.’ As he stays keeping track of
arising & passing away with regard to these five
clinging-aggregates, he abandons any conceit that ‘I am’ with regard to
these five clinging-aggregates.



As a matter of fact, it is revealed at AN 9.1 that aniccaĀ·saƱƱā does not lead directly to asmiĀ·mānaĀ·samugghāta (eradication of the conceit ‘I am’). Rather, aniccaĀ·saƱƱā leads first to anattaĀ·saƱƱā, which is the actual proximate cause for that eradication to take place:


AN 9.1


AniccasaƱƱā bhāvetabbā asmimānasamugghātāya. AniccasaƱƱino, bhikkhave,
anattasaƱƱā saṇṭhāti. anattasaƱƱī asmimānasamugghātaṃ pāpuṇāti diį¹­į¹­heva
dhamme nibbānanā€ti

The perception of inconstancy should be developed, for the eradication
of the conceit ‘I am’. In one who perceives inconstancy, bhikkhus, the
perception of non-self takes a stand. One who perceives non-self reaches
the eradication of the conceit ‘I am’, Nibbāna in this visible world.



♦ An alternative tool for abandoning asmiĀ·māna is kāyagatāsati:


AN 1.588


ekadhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate asmimāno pahīyati. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? kāyagatāya satiyā.

When, bhikkhus, one thing is developed and practiced often, the conceit
‘I am’ is abandoned. Which one thing? Mindfulness directed to the body.



AN 6.29, which features a unique list of anussatis, provides a more specific information: it is the nine sivathika contemplations that help eradicating asmi·māna:


AN 6.29


so imameva kāyaṃ evaṃ upasaṃharati: ā€˜ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo
evaṃbhāvÄ« evaṃanatÄ«to’ti. idaṃ, bhante, anussatiį¹­į¹­hānaṃ evaṃ bhāvitaṃ
evaṃ bahulīkataṃ asmimānasamugghātāya saṃvattati.

He compares this very body with it [the corpse]: ‘This body is also of
such a nature, it will become like this, it is not exempt from that.’
This subject of recollection, when developed and practiced often in this
way, leads to the eradication of the conceit ‘I am.’



♦ We find in the suttas a few illustrative evocations of asmiĀ·māna
or its eradication. At SN 35.214, the practitioner is compared to a log
drifting on a river that will go all the way to the ocean (which stands
for nibbāna), provided it doesn’t get stopped on the way. One of the possible obstacles is asmiĀ·māna, which is compared to ‘being cast up on high ground’ (thale ussādo).

At AN 4.38, through eradication of asmiĀ·māna, a bhikkhu is called ‘patilÄ«na’,
which may mean ‘reserved’, ‘quiet’, ‘unostentatious’, ‘unpretentious’,
and which the commentary explains as ‘hidden’ or ‘gone into solitude’.

At AN 5.71, one who has abandoned asmiĀ·māna is said to be an ariya ‘with banner lowered’ (pannaĀ·ddhajo), ‘with burden dropped’ (pannaĀ·bhāra) and ‘detached’ or ‘unfettered’ (visaṃyutta).



Bodhi leaf


assāda: (apparent/sensory) satisfaction, enjoyment, gratification, sweetness, allure, happiness. Often cited together with ādÄ«nava and nissaraṇa as characteristics to be understood regarding various dhammas: the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas, kāma, certain diį¹­į¹­his etc. The assāda of a particular dhamma is generally described as the sukha and somanassa which arise on account of it. The assāda of kāma, rÅ«pa and vedanā are explained in detail at MN 13.



Bodhi leaf


assutavā: [a+suta+vā] uninstructed/ ignorant person - lit: ‘one who has not heard/learnt’.



Bodhi leaf


asubha: [a+subha]

1) (n:) non-beauty, foulness, loathsomeness, digust, ugliness.

2) (adj:) foul, loathsome, disgusting, ugly, impure, unpleasant.

Almost synonymous with paṭikūla. The contemplation of an asubha·nimitta is the way to develop asubha·saññā.

♦ The contemplation of an asubha object is exclusively aimed at removing rāga (e.g. MN 62, AN 6.107) or at removing kāmaĀ·cchanda, which is one of the five nÄ«varaṇas (with the help of an asubhaĀ·nimitta, at SN 46.51 and AN 1.16).

♦ In the Aį¹…guttara Nikāya, the expression ‘bhikkhu asubhānupassÄ« kāye viharati’ (a bhikkhu dwells contemplating asubha in the body) appears as a synonym for the practice of asubhaĀ·saƱƱā (at AN 10.60), often applied specifically to kāya, and generally in conjunction with āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱī, sabbaĀ·loke anĀ·abhirataĀ·saƱƱī, sabbaĀ·saį¹…khāresu anicc·ānupassÄ«, and maraṇaĀ·saƱƱ[Ä«]. This set of five factors is said in various synonym ways to lead to nibbāna (e.g. AN 5.69). They can also lead a sick bhikkhu to arahatta (AN 5.121). Alternatively, in some cases they lead only to anāgāmita (AN 5.122).

♦ The expression ‘asubhānupassÄ« kāye viharati’ is also described at AN 4.163 as participating of a painful mode of practice (dukkhā paį¹­ipadā).

♦ Seeing as subha something which is actually asubha constitutes one of four saññā·vipallāsa (distortions of perception), cittaĀ·vipallāsa (perversions of the mind), diį¹­į¹­hiĀ·vipallāsa (inversions of views), the other three being the corresponding misunderstanding of aniccā, dukkha and anatta (AN 4.49).

♦ At SN 54.9,
the danger in this practice is made evident, as it leads many bhikkhus
to commit suicide. It can be inferred that they did not apply yoniso manasi·kāra correctly and thus multiplied their aversion instead of removing
rāga or kāma·cchanda. After the incident, the Buddha recommands ānāpānassati·samādhi as a way to gain calm, pleasantness, and allay akusala dhammas.

♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubhaĀ·nimitta and asubhaĀ·saƱƱā below.



Bodhi leaf


asubhanimitta: [asubha+nimitta]

sign of the unattractive, characteristic of foulness. The practice is to apply the mind to something repulsive, either per se
(corpses at various stages of putrefaction for example), or to the
repulsive aspects of something usually perceived otherwise, such as the
body (of which 31 parts are identified, see here) or food. It is worthwhile to note that this practice can be dangerous, as if the mind is not properly endowed with yoniso manasi·kāra, one may instead multiply aversion as it happens at SN 54.9, where many bhikkhus commit suicide. Generally speaking, an asubha·nimitta can also be defined as an object that allows for the practice of asubha·saññā.

♦ At SN 46.51 and AN 1.16, an asubhaĀ·nimitta is said to remove kāmaĀ·cchanda, which is one of the five nÄ«varaṇas. At AN 3.69, it is also said to remove rāga.

♦ One practice involving asubhaĀ·nimittas is described in most detail in the section on charnel grounds (sivathika) of the Mahā·satiĀ·paį¹­į¹­hāna Sutta, although not directly mentioned with this terminology.

♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubhaĀ·saƱƱā below.



Bodhi leaf


asubhasaƱƱā: [asubha+saƱƱā]

perception of the unattractive, perception of foulness, perception of non-beauty. This practice is explained at AN 10.60: it consists in reviewing 31 body parts.

♦ According to AN 7.49, when one often applies his/her mind to this practice, he/she is automatically repulsed by methunaĀ·dhammaĀ·samāpatti (getting into sexual intercourse).

♦ The seven bojjhaį¹…gas can be developed in conjunction with asubhaĀ·saƱƱā (SN 46.72).

♦ According to AN 7.27, so long as the bhikkhus practice asubhaĀ·saƱƱā, only growth can be expected of them, not decline.

♦ In the Aį¹…guttara Nikāya, asubhaĀ·saƱƱā appears almost always with āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱā, sabbaĀ·loke anĀ·abhirataĀ·saƱƱā and maraṇaĀ·saƱƱā. They are often collectively recommended for the sake of understanding or removing rāga (e.g. AN 5.303).

♦ Other perceptions usually associated with asubhaĀ·saƱƱā include aniccaĀ·saƱƱā, anicce dukkhaĀ·saƱƱā, anattaĀ·saƱƱā, ādÄ«navaĀ·saƱƱā, pahānaĀ·saƱƱā, virāgaĀ·saƱƱā and nirodhaĀ·saƱƱā.



Bodhi leaf


asura: beings resembling titans or fallen angels. Considered as in a way similar to the devas, but as being in a duggati,
and thus living in misery. They are also often described as having a
hostile nature and as frequently engaging in war against the devas lead by Sakka. Their leader is called Vepacitti.



Bodhi leaf


ātāpī:

(adj:) ardent, diligent, serious in effort, zealous.

The term appears most prominently in the Satipaṭṭhāna formulas:


DN 22


bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ.

a bhikkhu dwells observing body in body, ardent, clearly comprehending, mindful, having given up covetousness and affliction towards the world.



It is explicitly defined at SN 16.2 in formulas reminiscent of those describing sammā·vāyāma:



ā€œkathaƱcāvuso, ātāpÄ« hoti? idhāvuso, bhikkhu ā€˜anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti,
ā€˜uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahÄ«yamānā anatthāya
saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti, ā€˜anuppannā me kusalā dhammā
anuppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti, ā€˜uppannā me
kusalā dhammā nirujjhamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti.
evaṃ kho, āvuso, ātāpī hoti.

And how, friend, is one ardent? Here, friend, a bhikkhu exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If unarisen bad, unskillful mental states arise in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If arisen bad, unskillful mental states are not abandoned in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If unarisen skillful mental states do not arise in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If arisen skillful mental states cease in me, this may lead to [my] misfortune.’ Thus, friend, he is ardent.



This definition is extended to include the ability to endure extreme dukkha·vedanā at AN 3.50:



ā€œyato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya ātappaṃ karoti,
anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya ātappaṃ karoti, uppannānaṃ
sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ
amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsanāya ātappaṃ karoti, ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu ātāpÄ« nipako sato sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyÄā€ti.

Bhikkhus, when a bhikkhu exerts ardor for the non-arising of
unarisen bad, unskillful mental states, for the arising of unarisen
skillful mental states, and for enduring arisen bodily feelings that are
painful, racking, sharp, piercing, disagreeable, displeasing,
threatening life, this is called, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu who is ardent, alert, and mindful for making a correct end of ill-being.



Another example of what being ātāpī means is given at AN 4.11:



ā€œcarato cepi… į¹­hitassa cepi… nisinnassa cepi… sayānassa cepi,
bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā
vihiṃsāvitakko vā, taṃ ce bhikkhu nādhivāseti, pajahati vinodeti
byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti, sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgaro
evaṃbhÅ«to ā€˜ÄtāpÄ« ottāpÄ« satataṃ samitaṃ āraddhavÄ«riyo pahitatto’ti vuccati.

If while walking… while standing… while sitting… while lying down a
thought of sensuality, a thought of ill will or a thought of harming
arises in a bhikkhu and he does not give in to it but abandons it,
dispels it, removes it, and brings it to complete cessation, then while
wakefully lying down that bhikkhu is said to be ardent, to fear wrongdoing and to be continually and continuously of aroused energy and resolute will.



And at AN 4.12:



ā€œcarato cepi… į¹­hitassa cepi… nisinnassa cepi… sayānassa cepi,
bhikkhave, bhikkhuno jāgarassa abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṃ
pahīnaṃ hoti, uddhaccakukuccaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti,
āraddhaṃ hoti vīriyaṃ asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho
kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggaṃ, sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
jāgaro evaṃbhÅ«to ā€˜ÄtāpÄ« ottāpÄ« satataṃ samitaṃ āraddhavÄ«riyo
pahitatto’ti vuccatÄ«ā€ti.

If while walking… while standing… while sitting… while wakefully
lying down covetousness and ill-will have ceased in a bhikkhu, dullness
and drowsiness are abandoned, mental agitation and worry are abandoned,
doubt is abandoned, his energy is aroused relentlessly, his mindfulness
is established and unconfused, his body is tranquil and calm, his mind
is concentrated and unified, then while wakefully lying down that
bhikkhu is said to be ardent, to fear wrongdoing and to be continually and continuously of aroused energy and resolute will.



A list of terms that appear to be related to ātappaṃ karoti and may help gathering the meaning of ātāpī is given at SN 12.87: sikkhā karoti (practice the training), yoga karoti (exert dedication), chanda karoti (stir up the desire), ussoḷhī karoti (make an exertion), appaṭivānī karoti (exert persistence), vīriyaṃ karoti (exert energy), sātaccaṃ karoti (exert perseverance), sati karoti (exert mindfulness), sampajaññaṃ karoti (exert clear comprehension), appamādo karoti (exert heedfulness).


SN 12.87


upādānaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ upādāne yathābhūtaṃ
ñāṇāya sikkhā karaṇīyā… yogo karaṇīyo… chando karaṇīyo… ussoįø·hÄ«
karaṇīyā… appaį¹­ivānÄ« karaṇīyā… ātappaṃ karaṇīyaṃ… vÄ«riyaṃ karaṇīyaṃ… sātaccaṃ karaṇīyaṃ… sati karaṇīyā… sampajaƱƱaṃ karaṇīyaṃ.. appamādo karaṇīyo.

Bhikkhus, one who does not know, who does not see attachment as it
really is should practice the training… exert dedication… stir up
the desire… make an exertion… exert persistence… exert ardor
exert energy… exert perseverance… exert mindfulness… exert clear
comprehension… exert heedfulness in order to know it as it really is.



Another list is found at DN 3 and adds padhāna, anuyoga and sammā·manasikāra (probably a synonym for yoniso manasikāra):


DN 3


ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārÅ«paṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati

Some renuniciate or brahmin, by means of ardor, by means of
effort, by means of dedication, by means of heedfulness, by means of
proper consideration, attains such a concentration of the mind



Some suttas help understanding what being ātāpī means, as they explain what may happen when the practitioner is in that state:


SN 36.7


ā€œtassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino
pahitattassa viharato uppajjati sukhā vedanā… dukkhā vedanā. so evaṃ
pajānāti: ā€˜uppannā kho myāyaṃ dukkhā vedanā. sā ca kho paį¹­icca, no
appaṭicca. kiṃ paṭicca? imameva kāyaṃ paṭicca. ayaṃ kho pana kāyo anicco
saį¹…khato paį¹­iccasamuppanno. aniccaṃ kho pana saį¹…khataṃ
paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kāyaṃ paṭicca uppannā dukkhā vedanā kuto niccā
bhavissatī’ti! so kāye ca dukkhāya vedanāya aniccānupassÄ« viharati,
vayānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati,
paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. tassa kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya
aniccānupassino viharato, vayānupassino viharato, virāgānupassino
viharato, nirodhānupassino viharato, paṭinissaggānupassino viharato, yo
kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya paṭighānusayo, so pahīyati.

As a monk is dwelling thus mindful & alert — heedful, ardent,
& resolute — a feeling of pleasure… a feeling of pain arises in
him. He discerns that ‘A feeling of pain has arisen in me. It is
dependent on a requisite condition, not independent. Dependent on what?
Dependent on this body. Now, this body is inconstant, fabricated,
dependently co-arisen. Being dependent on a body that is inconstant,
fabricated, & dependently co-arisen, how can this feeling of pain
that has arisen be constant?’ He remains focused on inconstancy with
regard to the body & to the feeling of pain. He remains focused on
dissolution… dispassion… cessation… relinquishment with regard to
the body & to the feeling of pain. As he remains focused on
inconstancy… dissolution… dispassion… cessation… relinquishment
with regard to the body & to the feeling of pain, he abandons any
resistance-obsession with regard to the body & the feeling of pain.

ā€œtassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā… yo kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya avijjānusayo, so pahÄ«yati.

As he is dwelling thus mindful & alert — heedful, ardent,
& resolute — a feeling of neither-pleasure-nor-pain arises in him…
he abandons any ignorance-obsession with regard to the body & the
feeling of neither-pleasure-nor-pain.



For a more refined understanding of the expression
and what it may have meant at the time, it is interesting to study
related words. We may start by noting that the closest word in Sanskrit
is ātapya (ą¤†ą¤¤ą¤Ŗą„ą¤Æ), meaning ‘being in the sunshine’.

1) The first shade of meaning is best illustrated by the verb tapati, meaning ‘to shine’, as at SN 1.26: ‘divā tapati ādicco’ (the sun shines by day) or at SN 21.11: ’sannaddho khattiyo tapati’ (the khattiya shines clad in armor).

2) The second shade of meaning can be derived
from the first by noting that staying where the sun shines in a
tropical climate generally turns out to be a hot and unpleasant
experience, which may be how tapati comes to refer to the dukkhaĀ·vipāka that arises as a result of akusala kamma. Thus, at AN 10.141, the tenfold micchā·paį¹­ipadā is called ‘the teaching that causes torment’ (tapanÄ«yo dhammo). AN 2.3 provides more detail about the workings of these torments:



ā€œdveme, bhikkhave, dhammā tapanÄ«yā. katame dve? idha, bhikkhave,
ekaccassa kāyaduccaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti kāyasucaritaṃ;
vacīduccaritaṃ kataṃ hoti; akataṃ hoti vacīsucaritaṃ; manoduccaritaṃ
kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti manosucaritaṃ. so ā€˜kāyaduccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ā€˜akataṃ me kāyasucaritan’ti tappati; ā€˜vacÄ«duccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ā€˜akataṃ me vacÄ«sucaritan’ti tappati; ā€˜manoduccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ā€˜akataṃ me manosucaritan’ti tappati. ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā tapanÄ«yÄā€ti.

Bhikkhus, these two things cause torment. Which two? Here,
bhikkhus, someone has performed bodily misconduct and has not performed
bodily good conduct; he has performed verbal misconduct and has not
performed verbal good conduct; he has performed mental misconduct and
has not performed mental good conduct. He is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have performed bodily misconduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have not performed bodily good conduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have performed verbal misconduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have not performed verbal good conduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have performed mental misconduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have not performed mental good conduct.’ These, bhikkhus, are two things that cause torment.



We also find various instances of words related to tapati, used to refer to dukkha·vipāka and the remorse the wrong-doer experiences:


SN 2.8


akataṃ dukkaṭaṃ seyyo, pacchā tapati dukkaṭaṃ.

Better left undone is a wrong deed, for a wrong deed later brings torment.




SN 2.22


na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati.

An action which, once performed, brings torment is not well done.




Dhp 17


idha tappati pecca tappati,
pāpakārī ubhayattha tappati.
‘pāpaṃ me katan’ti tappati,
bhiyyo tappati duggatiṃ gato.

The evil-doer is tormented here and is tormented hereafter,
He is tormented in both [worlds].
He is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have done evil [things]’,
And he is tormented even more when gone to a bad destination [after death].



3) The third shade of meaning is also derived from
the first, as staying in the sunshine can also be a symbol for making an
effort, for example to earn one’s living:


AN 5.33


ā€œyo naṃ bharati sabbadā,
niccaṃ ātāpi ussuko.
sabbakāmaharaṃ posaṃ,
bhattāraṃ nātimaññati.

The one who always supports her
Constantly ardent and zealous
The man who brings what she desires,
Her husband she does not despise.



In another example, someone overcome by the three akusala·mūlas does not make an effort to correct the falsehood that is said to him:


AN 3.70


abhūtena vuccamāno ātappaṃ karoti tassa nibbeṭhanāya itipetaṃ atacchaṃ itipetaṃ abhūtanti.

When he is told things that are not factual, he makes an effort to correct it: ‘It is not true because of this, it is not factual because of this’.



4) The fourth connotation, stronger, is that of asceticism or austerities.


MN 12


iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpana-paritāpan-ānuyogamanuyutto viharāmi. idaṃsu me, sāriputta, tapassitāya hoti.

Thus in such a variety of ways I dwelt pursuing the practice of tormenting and mortifying the body. Such was my asceticism.



Those austerities are depicted at MN 51:




ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto?
idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo acelako hoti muttācāro hatthāpalekhano
naehibhaddantiko natiṭṭhabhaddantiko; nābhihaṭaṃ na uddissakataṃ na
nimantanaṃ sādiyati; so na kumbhimukhā paį¹­iggaṇhāti na kaįø·opimukhā
paį¹­iggaṇhāti na eįø·akamantaraṃ na daį¹‡įøamantaraṃ na musalamantaraṃ na
dvinnaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ na gabbhiniyā na pāyamānāya na purisantaragatāya
na saį¹…kittÄ«su na yattha sā upaį¹­į¹­hito hoti na yattha makkhikā
saį¹‡įøasaį¹‡įøacārinÄ«; na macchaṃ na maṃsaṃ na suraṃ na merayaṃ na thusodakaṃ
pivati. so ekāgāriko vā hoti ekālopiko, dvāgāriko vā hoti dvālopiko…
sattāgāriko vā hoti sattālopiko; ekissāpi dattiyā yāpeti, dvīhipi
dattÄ«hi yāpeti… sattahipi dattÄ«hi yāpeti; ekāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti,
dvÄ«hikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti… sattāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti iti evarÅ«paṃ
aįøįøhamāsikaṃ pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. so
sākabhakkho vā hoti, sāmākabhakkho vā hoti, nīvārabhakkho vā hoti,
daddulabhakkho vā hoti, haį¹­abhakkho vā hoti, kaṇabhakkho vā hoti,
ācāmabhakkho vā hoti, piƱƱākabhakkho vā hoti, tiṇabhakkho vā hoti,
gomayabhakkho vā hoti; vanamūlaphalāhāro yāpeti pavattaphalabhojī. so
sāṇānipi dhāreti, masāṇānipi dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti,
paṃsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi dhāreti, ajinampi dhāreti,
ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti,
phalakacīrampi dhāreti, kesakambalampi dhāreti, vāḷakambalampi dhāreti,
ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti; kesamassulocakopi hoti,
kesamassulocanānuyogamanuyutto, ubbhaṭṭhakopi hoti āsanapaṭikkhitto,
ukkuį¹­ikopi hoti ukkuį¹­ikappadhānamanuyutto, kaṇṭakāpassayikopi hoti
kaṇṭakāpassaye seyyaṃ kappeti; sāyatatiyakampi
udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.

And what, bhikkhus, is the person who torments himself and pursues the practice of mortifying
himself? Here, bhikkhus, a certain person goes naked, rejecting
conventions, licking his hands, not coming when asked, not stopping when
asked; he does not accept food brought or food specially made or an
invitation to a meal; he receives nothing from a pot, from a bowl,
across a threshold, across a stick, across a pestle, from two eating
together, from a pregnant woman, from a woman giving suck, from a woman
lying with a man, from where food was advertised to be distributed, from
where a dog was waiting, from where flies were buzzing; he accepts no
fish or meat, he drinks no liquor, wine or fermented brew. He keeps to
one house, to one morsel; he keeps to two houses, to two morsels;… he
keeps to seven houses, to seven morsels. He lives on one saucerful a
day, on two saucerfuls a day… on seven saucerfuls a day; he takes food
once a day, once every two days… once every seven days, and so on up
to once every fortnight; he dwels pursuing the practice of taking food
at stated intervals. He is an eater of greens or millet or wild rice or
hide-parings or moss or ricebran or rice-scum or sesamum flour or grass
or cowdung. He lives on forest roots and fruits, he feeds on fallen
fruits. He clothes himself in hemp, in hemp-mixed cloth, in shrouds, in
refuse rags, in tree bark, in antelope hide, in strips of antelope hide,
in kusa-grass fabric, in bark fabric, in wood-shavings fabric, in
head-hair wool, in animal wool, in owls’ wings. He is one who pulls out
hair and beard, pursuing the practice of pulling out hair and beard. He
is one who stands continuously, rejecting seats. He is one who squats
continuously, devoted to maintaining the squatting position. He is one
who uses a mattress of spikes; he makes a mattress of spikes his bed. He
dwells pursuing the practice of bathing in water three times daily
including the evening. Thus in such a variety of ways he dwells pursuing
the practice of tormenting and mortifying the body. This, bhikkhus, is what is called the person who torments himself and pursues the practice of mortifying himself.



Given on one hand this close proximity of the term ātāpī with the vocabulary of austerity and mortification and on the other the fact that the Buddha recommends being ātāpī (most prominently in the satipaṭṭhāna
formulas), and knowing he also rejected self-mortification, in order to
understand more precisely what he meant exactly by being ātāpī, it would appear useful to examine in greater details what his wider position was in regards to austerity.

First of all, it should be borne in mind that the
Buddha clearly rejects the pursuit of self-mortification in his first
recorded discourse, the DhammaĀ·cakkaĀ·ppavattana Sutta:


SN 56.11


ā€œdveme, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. katame dve? yo cāyaṃ
kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo
anatthasaṃhito, yo cāyaṃ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṃhito.

These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone
forth from the home life. Which two? On one hand, the pursuit of
hedonism towards sensuality, which is inferior, vulgar, common, ignoble,
deprived of benefit, and on the other hand the pursuit of self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble and deprived of benefit.



But at AN 10.94,
the Buddha says he does not reject categorically both “all austerity”
and “all ascetics leading the rough life”, as it all depends on whether
their practice removes unwholesome states and brings about wholesome
ones, or not:



—
ā€œsaccaṃ kira, gahapati, samaṇo gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati, sabbaṃ tapassiṃ lÅ«khājÄ«viṃ ekaṃsena upakkosati upavadatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“Is it true, householder, that Gotama the contemplative criticizes all asceticism, that he categorically denounces & disparages all ascetics who live the rough life?”

—
ā€œna kho, bhante, bhagavā sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati napi sabbaṃ tapassiṃ lÅ«khājÄ«viṃ ekaṃsena upakkosati upavadati.

—
“No, venerable sirs, the Blessed One does not criticize all asceticism, nor does he categorically denounce or disparage all ascetics who live the rough life.

… [The Blessed One:]

nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ tapaṃ tapitabbanti vadāmi; na ca panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ tapaṃ na tapitabbanti
vadāmi; nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ samādānaṃ samāditabbanti vadāmi; na
panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ samādānaṃ na samāditabbanti vadāmi; nāhaṃ,
gahapati, sabbaṃ padhānaṃ padahitabbanti vadāmi; na panāhaṃ, gahapati,
sabbaṃ padhānaṃ na padahitabbanti vadāmi; nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbo
paṭinissaggo paṭinissajjitabboti vadāmi. na panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbo
paṭinissaggo na paṭinissajjitabboti vadāmi; nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbā
vimutti vimuccitabbāti vadāmi; na panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbā vimutti na
vimuccitabbāti vadāmi.

I don’t say that all asceticism is to be pursued, nor do I say that all asceticism is not to be pursued.
I don’t say that all observances should be observed, nor do I say that
all observances should not be observed. I don’t say that all exertions
are to be pursued, nor do I say that all exertions are not to be
pursued. I don’t say that all forfeiture should be forfeited, nor do I
say that all forfeiture should not be forfeited. I don’t say that all
release is to be used for release, nor do I say that all release is not
to be used for release.

ā€œyaƱhi, gahapati, tapaṃ tapato akusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarÅ«paṃ tapaṃ na tapitabbanti vadāmi. yaƱca khvassa gahapati, tapaṃ tapato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, evarÅ«paṃ tapaṃ tapitabbanti vadāmi.

“If, when an ascetic practice is pursued, unskillful qualities grow and skillful qualities wane, then I tell you that that sort of asceticism is not to be pursued. But if, when an ascetic practice is pursued, unskillful qualities wane and skillful qualities grow, then I tell you that that sort of asceticism is to be pursued.

ā€œyaƱhi, gahapati, samādānaṃ samādiyato… padhānaṃ padahato…
paį¹­inissaggaṃ paį¹­inissajjato… vimuttiṃ vimuccato akusalā dhammā
abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarÅ«pā vimutti na
vimuccitabbāti vadāmi. yañca khvassa, gahapati, vimuttiṃ vimuccato
akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, evarÅ«pā vimutti
vimuccitabbāti vadāmÄ«ā€ti.

“If, when an observance is observed… when an exertion is pursued… a
forfeiture is forfeited… a release is used for release, unskillful
qualities grow and skillful qualities wane, then I tell you that that
sort of release is not to be used for release. But if, when a release is
used for release, unskillful qualities wane and skillful qualities
grow, then I tell you that that sort of release is to be used for
release.”



But again, by contrast, at SN 42.12, while still not
rejecting categorically both “all austerity” and “all ascetics leading
the rough life”, the Buddha does seem to reject categorically the fact
of ‘attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti’ (tormenting and torturing oneself), by presenting it as a reason good enough by itself to draw disapproval:

SN 42.12


ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rāsiyo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:

Having sat down to one side, Rasiya the headman said to the Blessed One:

—
ā€œsutaṃ metaṃ, bhante, ā€˜samaṇo gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati, sabbaṃ tapassiṃ
lÅ«khajÄ«viṃ ekaṃsena upavadati upakkosatī’ti . ye te, bhante,
evamāhaṃsu… kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca bhagavantaṃ
abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākaronti, na ca koci
sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ į¹­hānaṃ āgacchatÄ«ā€ti?

—
Bhante, I have heard: ‘The renunciate Gotama disapproves of all austerity, he categorically criticizes and blames all ascetics leading a rough life.’
Those who say this, Bhante… do they speak in line with what the
Blessed One has said, do they not misrepresent the Blessed One with what
is contrary to fact, do they answer in line with the Dhamma, so that no
one whose thinking is in line with the Dhamma would have grounds for
criticizing them?

—
ā€œye te, gāmaṇi, evamāhaṃsu… na me te vuttavādino, abbhācikkhanti ca pana maṃ te asatā tucchā abhÅ«tenaā€.

—
Those who say this, headman, do not speak in line with what I have said,
and they misrepresent me with what is false and contrary to fact.

ā€œtatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ tapassÄ« lÅ«khajÄ«vÄ« attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti,
kusalañca dhammaṃ adhigacchati, uttari ca manussadhammā
alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikaroti. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, tapassÄ«
lūkhajīvī ekena ṭhānena gārayho, dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso. katamena ekena
ṭhānena gārayho? attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpetīti, iminā ekena
ṭhānena gārayho. katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso? kusalañca dhammaṃ
adhigacchatīti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. uttari ca manussadhammā
alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarotÄ«ti, iminā dutiyena į¹­hānena
pāsaṃso.

Here, headman, regarding the ascetic leading a rough life who torments and tortures
himself, yet achieves a wholesome state and realizes a supra-human
state, an attainment in knowledge and vision that is suitable to the
noble ones, this ascetic leading a rough life, headman, may be
disapproved of on one ground and praised on two grounds. And what is the
one ground on which he may be disapproved of? He torments and tortures
himself: this is the one ground on which he may be disapproved of. And
what are the two grounds on which he may be praised? He achieves a
wholesome state: this is the first ground on which he may be praised. He
realizes a supra-human state, an attainment in knowledge and vision
that is suitable to the noble ones: this is the second ground on which
he may be praised.



Yet the exact same combination of verbs, ‘ātāpeti paritāpeti’ (meaning here to heat and burn),
is also used (although with a different connotation) at MN 101 in a
simile illustrating a recommended kind of unpleasant practice:


MN 101


ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva anaddhabhūtaṃ attānaṃ dukkhena addhabhāveti,
dhammikañca sukhaṃ na pariccajati, tasmiñca sukhe anadhimucchito hoti.
so evaṃ pajānāti: ā€˜imassa kho me dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato
saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti, imassa pana me dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hotī’ti. so yassa hi khvāssa
dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti,
saį¹…khāraṃ tattha padahati. yassa panassa dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato
upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti, upekkhaṃ tattha bhāveti. tassa tassa
dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti.
evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti. evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ
nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti.

“And how is striving fruitful, how is exertion fruitful? There is the
case where a monk, when not loaded down, does not load himself down with
pain, nor does he reject pleasure that accords with the Dhamma,
although he is not fixated on that pleasure. He discerns that ‘When I
exert a [physical, verbal, or mental] fabrication against this cause of
stress, then from the fabrication of exertion there is dispassion. When I
look on with equanimity at that cause of stress, then from the
development of equanimity there is dispassion.’ So he exerts a
fabrication against the cause of stress where there comes dispassion
from the fabrication of exertion, and develops equanimity with regard to
the cause of stress where there comes dispassion from the development
of equanimity. Thus the stress coming from the cause of stress for which
there is dispassion through the fabrication of exertion is exhausted
& the stress resulting from the cause of stress for which there is
dispassion through the development of equanimity is exhausted.

ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso itthiyā sāratto paį¹­ibaddhacitto
tibbacchando tibbāpekkho. so taṃ itthiṃ passeyya aññena purisena saddhiṃ
santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ. taṃ kiṃ maññatha,
bhikkhave, api nu tassa purisassa amuṃ itthiṃ disvā aññena purisena
saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ uppajjeyyuṃ
soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-Å«pāyāsÄā€ti?

“Suppose that a man is in love with a woman, his mind ensnared with
fierce desire, fierce passion. He sees her standing with another man,
chatting, joking, & laughing. What do you think, monks: As he sees
her standing with another man, chatting, joking, & laughing, would
sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, & despair arise in him?”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.

—
ā€œtaṃ kissa hetuā€?

—
Why is that?

—
ā€œamu hi, bhante, puriso amussā itthiyā sāratto paį¹­ibaddhacitto
tibbacchando tibbāpekkho… soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-Å«pāyāsÄā€ti.

—
Because he is in love with her, his mind ensnared with fierce desire,
fierce passion… sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, & despair
would arise in him.

—
ā€œatha kho, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa evamassa: ā€˜ahaṃ kho amussā itthiyā
sāratto paṭibaddhacitto tibbacchando tibbāpekkho. tassa me amuṃ itthiṃ
disvā aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ
saṃhasantiṃ uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā. yaṃnūnāhaṃ yo
me amussā itthiyā chandarāgo taṃ pajaheyyan’ti. so yo amussā itthiyā
chandarāgo taṃ pajaheyya. so taṃ itthiṃ passeyya aparena samayena aññena
purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ.
taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu tassa purisassa amuṃ itthiṃ disvā
aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ
saṃhasantiṃ uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassÅ«pāyāsÄā€ti?

—
“Now suppose the thought were to occur to him, ‘I am in love with this
woman, my mind ensnared with fierce desire, fierce passion. When I see
her standing with another man, chatting, joking, & laughing, then
sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, & despair arise within me. Why
don’t I abandon my desire & passion for that woman?’ So he abandons
his desire & passion for that woman, and afterwards sees her
standing with another man, chatting, joking, & laughing. What do you
think, monks: As he sees her standing with another man, chatting,
joking, & laughing, would sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, &
despair arise in him?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.

—
ā€œtaṃ kissa hetuā€?

—
Why is that?

—
ā€œamu hi, bhante, puriso amussā itthiyā virāgo. tasmā taṃ itthiṃ disvā
aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ
saṃhasantiṃ na uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassÅ«pāyāsÄā€ti.

—
He is dispassionate toward that woman. As he sees her standing with
another man, chatting, joking, & laughing, sorrow, lamentation,
pain, distress, & despair would not arise in him.

—
ā€œevameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva anaddhabhÅ«taṃ attānaṃ dukkhena
addhabhāveti, dhammikañca sukhaṃ na pariccajati, tasmiñca sukhe
anadhimucchito hoti. so evaṃ pajānāti: ā€˜imassa kho me dukkhanidānassa
saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti, imassa pana me
dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hotī’ti. so
yassa hi khvāssa dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā
virāgo hoti, saį¹…khāraṃ tattha padahati; yassa panassa dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti, upekkhaṃ tattha bhāveti.
tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo
hoti: evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti: evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ
nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ
padhānaṃ.

—
“In the same way, the monk, when not loaded down, does not load himself
down with pain, nor does he reject pleasure that accords with the
Dhamma, although he is not infatuated with that pleasure. He discerns
that ‘When I exert a [physical, verbal, or mental] fabrication against
this cause of stress, then from the fabrication of exertion there is
dispassion. When I look on with equanimity at that cause of stress, then
from the development of equanimity there is dispassion.’ So he exerts a
fabrication against the cause of stress where there comes dispassion
from the fabrication of exertion, and develops equanimity with regard to
the cause of stress where there comes dispassion from the development
of equanimity. Thus the stress coming from the cause of stress for which
there is dispassion through the fabrication of exertion is exhausted
& the stress resulting from the cause of stress for which there is
dispassion through the development of equanimity is exhausted. This,
bhikkhus, is how striving is fruitful, how exertion is fruitful.

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜yathāsukhaṃ kho
me viharato akusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti;
dukkhāya pana me attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā
dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. yaṃnÅ«nāhaṃ dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyyan’ti. so
dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. tassa dukkhāya attānaṃ padahato akusalā
dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. so na aparena samayena
dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu atthāya dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyya svāssa attho abhinipphanno
hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati.

“Furthermore, the monk notices this: ‘When I live according to my
pleasure, unskillful mental qualities increase in me & skillful
qualities decline. When I exert myself with stress & pain, though,
unskillful qualities decline in me & skillful qualities increase.
Why don’t I exert myself with stress & pain?’ So he exerts himself
with stress & pain, and while he is exerting himself with stress
& pain, unskillful qualities decline in him, & skillful
qualities increase. Then at a later time he would no longer exert
himself with stress & pain. Why is that? Because he has attained the
goal for which he was exerting himself with stress & pain. That is
why, at a later time, he would no longer exert himself with stress &
pain.

seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. yato kho, bhikkhave, usukārassa tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpitaṃ hoti paritāpitaṃ ujuṃ kataṃ kammaniyaṃ, na so taṃ aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave, atthāya usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeyya paritāpeyya ujuṃ kareyya kammaniyaṃ svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ.

“Suppose a fletcher were to heat & warm an arrow shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. Then at a later time he would no longer heat & warm the shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. Why is that? Because he has attained the goal for which he was heating & warming the shaft. That is why at a later time he would no longer heat & warm the shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable.

evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜yathāsukhaṃ kho me
viharato akusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti; dukkhāya pana me attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. yaṃnÅ«nāhaṃ dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyyan’ti. so dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. tassa dukkhāya attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. so na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthāya dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyya svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ.

“In the same way, the monk notices this: ‘When I live according to my
pleasure, unskillful mental qualities increase in me & skillful
qualities decline. When I exert myself with stress & pain, though, unskillful qualities decline in me & skillful qualities increase. Why don’t I exert myself with stress & pain?’ So he exerts himself with stress & pain, and while he is exerting himself with stress & pain, unskillful qualities decline in him, & skillful qualities increase. Then at a later time he would no longer exert himself with stress & pain. Why is that? Because he has attained the goal for which he was exerting himself with stress & pain. That is why, at a later time, he would no longer exert himself with stress & pain. This is how striving is fruitful, how exertion is fruitful.



Examples of some inherently unpleasant practices are mentioned elsewhere:


AN 4.163


ā€œkatamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paį¹­ipadā dandhābhiƱƱā? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī,
sabbaloke anabhiratisaƱƱī, sabbasaį¹…khāresu aniccānupassÄ«; maraṇasaƱƱā
kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti.

“And which is painful practice … ? There is the case where a
monk remains focused on unattractiveness with regard to the body,
percipient of loathsomeness with regard to food, percipient of
non-delight with regard to the entire world, (and) focused on
inconstancy with regard to all fabrications. The perception of death is
well established within him.



A reason why some practices may become unpleasant is also mentioned at AN 4.162:



ā€œkatamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paį¹­ipadā … ? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco pakatiyāpi tibbarāgajātiko hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ rāgajaṃ dukkhaṃ
domanassaṃ paį¹­isaṃvedeti. pakatiyāpi tibbadosajātiko hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ
dosajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. pakatiyāpi tibbamohajātiko
hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ mohajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paį¹­isaṃvedeti.

“And which is painful practice … ? There is the case where a
certain individual is normally of an intensely passionate nature. He
perpetually experiences pain & distress born of passion. Or he is
normally of an intensely aversive nature. He perpetually experiences
pain & distress born of aversion. Or he is normally of an intensely
deluded nature. He perpetually experiences pain & distress born of
delusion.



The Buddha also goes so far as to accept the appellation ‘one who tortures [himself]’ (tapassÄ«), saying that what he has tortured were actually akusala dhammas:


AN 8.12


ā€œkatamo ca, sÄ«ha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ā€˜tapassÄ« samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? tapanÄ«yāhaṃ, sÄ«ha, pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṃ vacÄ«duccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. yassa kho, sÄ«ha, tapanÄ«yā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahÄ«nā ucchinnamÅ«lā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṃ ā€˜tapassī’ti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho, sÄ«ha, tapanÄ«yā
pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā
āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena
sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ā€˜tapassÄ« samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetÄ«ā€™ā€ti.

And what, Siha, is the line of reasoning by which one speaking rightly could say of me: ‘The renunciate Gotama is one who tortures, he professes a teaching of torture and instructs his disciples accordingly’? I say, Siha, that bad, unwholesome states, bodily misconduct, verbal misconduct and mental misconduct are to be tortured. I say that one who has abandoned the bad, unwholesome states that are to be tortured,
cut them off at their root, made them like a palmyra stump, annihilated
them, so that they are unable to arise again in the future, is one who tortures himself. The Tathagata has abandoned the bad, unwholesome states that are to be tortured,
cut them off at their root, made them like a palmyra stump, annihilated
them, so that they are unable to arise again in the future. This is the
line of reasoning by which one speaking rightly could say of me: ‘The renunciate Gotama is one who tortures himself, he professes a teaching of torture and instructs his disciples accordingly’.



So we may try to conclude here that what the Buddha
rejected was the performance of unpleasant practices that would not help
removing unwholesome states and developing wholesome ones (AN 10.94),
or even if they do have that effect, the performance of unpleasant
practices for themselves, as a way of ‘rough life’ (lÅ«khajÄ«vita, SN
42.12). But even the right type of asceticism has to be undertaken in a
balanced way, to avoid having it ending up developing unwholesome
states:


AN 6.55


—
ā€œnanu te, soṇa, rahogatassa paį¹­isallÄ«nassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko
udapādi: ā€˜ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhavÄ«riyā viharanti, ahaṃ
tesaṃ aññataro. atha ca pana me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati,
saṃvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā, sakkā bhogā ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca
kātuṃ. yaṃnūnāhaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṃ
puƱƱāni ca kareyyanā€™ā€ti?

—
“Just now, as you were meditating in seclusion, didn’t this train of
thought appear to your awareness: ‘Of the Blessed One’s disciples who
have aroused their persistence, I am one, but my mind is not released
from the fermentations through lack of clinging/sustenance. Now, my
family has enough wealth that it would be possible to enjoy wealth &
make merit. What if I were to disavow the training, return to the lower
life, enjoy wealth, & make merit?’”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.”

—
ā€œtaṃ kiṃ maƱƱasi, soṇa, kusalo tvaṃ pubbe agāriyabhÅ«to vīṇāya tantissareā€ti?

—
“Now what do you think, Sona. Before, when you were a house-dweller, were you skilled at playing the vina?”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.”

—
ā€œtaṃ kiṃ maƱƱasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo accāyatā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatÄ« vā hoti kammaƱƱā vÄā€ti?

—
“And what do you think: when the strings of your vina were too taut, was your vina in tune & playable?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.”

—
ā€œtaṃ kiṃ maƱƱasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo atisithilā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatÄ« vā hoti kammaƱƱā vÄā€ti?

—
“And what do you think: when the strings of your vina were too loose, was your vina in tune & playable?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.”

—
ā€œyadā pana te, soṇa, vīṇāya tantiyo na accāyatā honti nātisithilā same
guṇe patiį¹­į¹­hitā, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatÄ« vā hoti kammaƱƱā
vÄā€ti?

—
“And what do you think: when the strings of your vina were neither too
taut nor too loose, but tuned to be right on pitch, was your vina in
tune & playable?”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.”

—
ā€œevamevaṃ kho, soṇa, accāraddhavÄ«riyaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati,
atisithilavÄ«riyaṃ kosajjāya saṃvattati. tasmātiha tvaṃ, soṇa,
vīriyasamathaṃ adhiṭṭhahaṃ, indriyānañca samataṃ paṭivijjha, tattha ca
nimittaṃ gaṇhāhÄ«ā€ti.

—
“In the same way, Sona, over-aroused persistence leads to restlessness,
overly slack persistence leads to laziness. Thus you should determine
the right pitch for your persistence, attune the pitch of the [five]
faculties [to that], and there pick up your theme.”



It may also be important to note that being ātāpī does not necessarily refer to unpleasant practice, since it can constitute the basis to enter the jhānas:


SN 48.40


idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa
viharato uppajjati dukkhindriyaṃ. so evaṃ pajānāti: ā€˜uppannaṃ kho me
idaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ, taƱca kho sanimittaṃ sanidānaṃ sasaį¹…khāraṃ
sappaccayaṃ. taƱca animittaṃ anidānaṃ asaį¹…khāraṃ appaccayaṃ
dukkhindriyaṃ uppajjissatÄ«ti: netaṃ į¹­hānaṃ vijjati’. so dukkhindriyaƱca
pajānāti, dukkhindriyasamudayaƱca pajānāti, dukkhindriyanirodhaƱca
pajānāti, yattha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati tañca
pajānāti. kattha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi
savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati: ettha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati. ayaṃ
vuccati, bhikkhave, ā€˜bhikkhu aƱƱāsi dukkhindriyassa nirodhaṃ, tadatthāya
cittaṃ upasaṃharatiā€™ā€.

Here, bhikkhus, while a bhikkhu is remaining heedful, ardent and striving, the pain faculty arises. He understands thus: ‘The
pain faculty has arisen in me; it possesses a feature, a cause, a
construction, a condition. It is impossible that the pain faculty would
arise without a feature, a cause, a construction, a condition’
. He
understands the pain faculty, he understands its origin, he understands
its cessation, and he understands where the arisen pain faculty ceases
completely. And where does the pain faculty cease completely? Here,
bhikkhous, a bhikkhu, detached from sensuality, detached from
unwholesome states, having entered in the first jhāna, remains therein,
with thoughts, with thought processes, exaltation and well-being
engendered by detachment: here the arisen pain faculty ceases
completely. This is called, bhikkhus, ‘a bhikkhu who knows the cessation of the pain faculty, and who directs his mind to that end.’



The same is then repeated about domanass·indriya, sukh·indriya, somanass·indriya, and upekkh·indriya, respectively about the second, third, fourth jhānas and saññā·vedayita·nirodha. At MN 19, the same expression appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato (remaining heedful, ardent and striving) is similarly used to describe the state in which the Buddha was when he reached the three vijjās just before his awakening.



Bodhi leaf


attā: self, ego, soul, personality, individuality. This term actually designates an illusion, since all phenomena are anattā.



Bodhi leaf


attavādupādāna: [attā+vāda+upādāna] clinging to the belief in self. Such beliefs are explained in the Brahmajāla Sutta (DN 1),
in which 53 out of the 62 views examined relate to the belief in self
(views n°9 to 16 are not included). It also constitutes one of the four
items that come in the stock definition of upādāna.

This attachment is compared to a leash:


SN 22.99


ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sā gaddulabaddho daįø·he khÄ«le vā thambhe vā
upanibaddho tameva khīlaṃ vā thambhaṃ vā anuparidhāvati anuparivattati;
evameva kho, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī
ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto, sappurisānaṃ adassāvī
sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato
samanupassati rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ;
vedanaṃ attato samanupassati… saƱƱaṃ attato samanupassati… saį¹…khāre
attato samanupassati… viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati viññāṇavantaṃ vā
attānaṃ attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ.

Just as a dog, tied by a leash to a post or stake, keeps running around
and circling around that very post or stake; in the same way, an
uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person — who has no regard for noble ones,
is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma; who has no regard
for people of integrity, is not well-versed or disciplined in their
Dhamma — assumes form to be the self, or the self as possessing form, or
form as in the self, or the self as in form. He assumes feeling to be
the self… He assumes perception to be the self… He assumes (mental)
fabrications to be the self… He assumes consciousness to be the self,
or the self as possessing consciousness, or consciousness as in the
self, or the self as in consciousness.

so rÅ«paƱƱeva anuparidhāvati anuparivattati, vedanaƱƱeva …
saƱƱaƱƱeva… saį¹…khāreyeva… viññāṇaƱƱeva anuparidhāvati
anuparivattati. so rÅ«paṃ anuparidhāvaṃ anuparivattaṃ, vedanaṃ …
saƱƱaṃ… saį¹…khāre… viññāṇaṃ anuparidhāvaṃ anuparivattaṃ, na
parimuccati rÅ«pamhā… vedanāya… saƱƱāya… saį¹…khārehi… viññāṇamhā,
na parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi
domanassehi upāyāsehi. ā€˜na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmiā€.

He keeps running around and circling around that very form… that very
feeling… that very perception… those very fabrications… that very
consciousness. He is not set loose from form, not set loose from
feeling… from perception… from fabrications… not set loose from
consciousness. He is not set loose from birth, aging, & death; from
sorrows, lamentations, pains, distresses, & despairs. He is not set
loose, I tell you, from suffering & stress.



This delusion is described as being the source of the mistake that brings about the idea of an existing self:


SN 22.47


ā€œye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṃ attānaṃ
samanupassamānā samanupassanti, sabbete paƱcupādānakkhandhe
samanupassanti, etesaṃ vā aññataraṃ. katame pañca? idha, bhikkhave,
assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme
avinīto, sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido
sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā
attānaṃ; attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. vedanaṃ. saññaṃ.
saį¹…khāre. viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ;
attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaį¹ƒā€.

Monks, whatever contemplatives or brahmans who assume in various ways
when assuming a self, all assume the five clinging-aggregates, or a
certain one of them. Which five? There is the case where an
uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person — who has no regard for noble ones,
is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma; who has no regard
for men of integrity, is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma —
assumes form to be the self, or the self as possessing form, or form as
in the self, or the self as in form. He assumes feeling to be the
self… He assumes perception to be the self… He assumes (mental)
fabrications to be the self… He assumes consciousness to be the self,
or the self as possessing consciousness, or consciousness as in the
self, or the self as in consciousness.

ā€œiti ayaƱceva samanupassanā ā€˜asmī’ti cassa avigataṃ hoti. ā€˜asmī’ti kho
pana, bhikkhave, avigate pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ avakkanti hoti:
cakkhundriyassa sotindriyassa ghānindriyassa jivhindriyassa
kāyindriyassa.

Thus, both this assumption & the understanding, ‘I am,’ occur to
him. And so it is with reference to the understanding ‘I am’ that there
is the appearance of the five faculties — eye, ear, nose, tongue, &
body (the senses of vision, hearing, smell, taste, & touch).

atthi, bhikkhave, mano, atthi dhammā, atthi avijjādhātu.
avijjāsamphassajena, bhikkhave, vedayitena phuṭṭhassa assutavato
puthujjanassa ā€˜asmī’tipissa hoti; ā€˜ayamahamasmī’tipissa hoti;
ā€˜bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜na bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜rÅ«pÄ«
bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜arÅ«pÄ« bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜saƱƱī
bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜asaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa hoti;
ā€˜nevasaƱƱīnāsaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa hotiā€.

Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there
is the property of ignorance. To an uninstructed run-of-the-mill person,
touched by experience born of the contact of ignorance, there occur
(the thoughts): ‘I am,’ ‘I am thus,’ ‘I shall be,’ ‘I shall not be,’ ‘I
shall be possessed of form,’ ‘I shall be formless,’ ‘I shall be
percipient (conscious),’ ‘I shall be non-percipient,’ or ‘I shall be
neither percipient nor non-percipient.’



The exact same description occurs also at MN 109 in a definition of sakkāya·diṭṭhi.

At SN 22.44, the same description is again given to explain the expression ’sakkāyaĀ·samudayaĀ·gāminÄ« paį¹­ipada’ (the path leading to the arising of self-identification), and it is also equated to ‘dukkhaĀ·samudayaĀ·gāminÄ« samanupassanā’ (a way of seeing things that leads to the arising of dukkha).

Sometimes, the stock expression ‘rÅ«paṃ attato
samanupassati rÅ«pavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rÅ«paṃ rÅ«pasmiṃ vā attānaṃ’
(he assumes form to be the self, or the self as possessing form, or
form as in the self, or the self as in form)
is replaced by ‘rÅ«paṃ
ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati’ (he regards Form
as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’)
. Here in the context of an explanation about upādāna:


SN 22.8


kathaƱca, bhikkhave, upādāparitassanā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, assutavā
puthujjano rÅ«paṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati.
tassa taṃ rÅ«paṃ vipariṇamati aƱƱathā hoti. tassa
rÅ«pavipariṇāmaƱƱathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā.
vedanaṃ… saƱƱaṃ… saį¹…khāre… viññāṇaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso
me attā’’ti samanupassati. tassa taṃ viññāṇaṃ vipariṇamati aƱƱathā hoti.
tassa viññāṇavipariṇāmaƱƱathābhāvā uppajjanti
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, upādāparitassanā
hoti.

And how, bhikkhus, is there agitation through clinging? Here, bhikkhus, an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person regards Form as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’
His form changes & alters, and he falls into sorrow, lamentation,
pain, distress, & despair over its change & alteration. He
regards Feeling… Perception… Fabrications… Consciousness as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’
His consciousness changes & alters, and he falls into sorrow,
lamentation, pain, distress, & despair over its change &
alteration. Thus, bhikkhus, there is agitation through clinging.



As we can also see here, attaĀ·vādĀ·upādāna has for consequence ‘agitation through clinging’ (upādāparitassanā).

The formula ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti is also used to explain another way the expression ’sakkāyaĀ·samudayaĀ·gāminÄ« paį¹­ipada’ (the path leading to the arising of self-identification), and is applied to the six senses, their objects, their corresponding viññāṇa, their respective contacts, and the vedanā that arises subsquently:


MN 148


ā€œayaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, sakkāyasamudayagāminÄ« paį¹­ipadā: cakkhuṃ ā€˜etaṃ
mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; rÅ«pe ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; cakkhusamphassaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; vedanaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; taṇhaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; sotaṃ… ghānaṃ… jivhaṃ…
kāyaṃ… manaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati,
dhamme… samanupassati, manoviññāṇaṃ… samanupassati,
manosamphassaṃ… samanupassati, vedanaṃ… samanupassati, taṇhaṃ ā€˜etaṃ
mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati.

“This, monks, is the path of practice leading to self-identification.
One assumes about the eye that ‘This is me, this is my self, this is
what I am.’ One assumes about forms… One assumes about consciousness
at the eye… One assumes about contact at the eye… One assumes about
feeling… One assumes about craving that ‘This is me, this is my self,
this is what I am.’ One assumes about the ear… the nose… the
tongue… the body… the intellect that ‘This is me, this is my self,
this is what I am.’ One assumes about ideas… One assumes about
consciousness at the intellect… One assumes about contact at the
intellect… One assumes about feeling… One assumes about craving that
‘This is me, this is my self, this is what I am.’



The Alagaddūpama Sutta provides a slightly different formulation of how atta·vād·upādāna comes to be:


MN 22


ā€œchayimāni, bhikkhave, diį¹­į¹­hiį¹­į¹­hānāni. katamāni cha? idha, bhikkhave,
assutavā puthujjano… rÅ«paṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti
samanupassati; vedanaṃ… saƱƱaṃ… saį¹…khāre… yampi taṃ diį¹­į¹­haṃ sutaṃ
mutaṃ viƱƱātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ, anuvicaritaṃ manasā tampi ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati; yampi taṃ diį¹­į¹­hiį¹­į¹­hānaṃ, so
loko so attā, so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo,
sassatisamaṃ tatheva į¹­hassāmÄ«ti, tampi ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me
attā’ti samanupassati.

Monks, there are these six view-positions. Which six? There is the case
where an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person… assumes about form:
‘This is me, this is my self, this is what I am.’ He assumes about
feeling… perception… fabrications… about what seen, heard, sensed,
cognized, attained, sought after, pondered by the intellect: ‘This is
me, this is my self, this is what I am.’ He assumes about the
view-position — ‘This cosmos is the self. After death this I will be
constant, permanent, eternal, not subject to change. I will stay just
like that for an eternity’: ‘This is me, this is my self, this is what I
am.’



The way to abandon atta·vād·upādāna is by seeing anatta in the five khandhas:


MN 8


ā€œyā imā, cunda, anekavihitā diį¹­į¹­hiyo loke uppajjanti
attavādapaṭisaṃyuttā vā lokavādapaṭisaṃyuttā vā yattha cetā diṭṭhiyo
uppajjanti yattha ca anusenti yattha ca samudācaranti taṃ ā€˜netaṃ mama,
nesohamasmi, na me so attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhÅ«taṃ sammappaƱƱā passato
evametāsaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ pahānaṃ hoti, evametāsaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ paṭinissaggo
hoti.

“Cunda, as to those several views that arise in the world concerning
self-doctrines and world-doctrines, if [the object] in which these views
arise, in which they underlie and become active, is seen with right
wisdom as it actually is, thus: ‘This is not mine, this I am not, this
is not my self’ — then the abandoning of these views, their discarding,
takes place in him [who thus sees].





Bodhi leaf


avihiṃsā: [a+vihiṃsā] harmlessness, nonviolence, inoffensiveness.

There is no direct definition of the term in the
suttas. It seems to have been a well-known concept at the time that did
not require much explanation. It can be seen as a principle underlying sammā·vācā, sammā·kammanta and sammā·ājīva.

Avihiṃsā appears most prominently in avihiṃsā·saį¹…kappa, one of the three constituents of sammā·saį¹…kappa, which are also termed kusalā saį¹…kappā at MN 78. Alternatively, it also appears in the compound avihiṃsā·vitakka, which seems to be a synonym for avihiṃsā·saį¹…kappa. See also this blog article, arguing that, since avihiṃsā is set apart from aĀ·byāpāda
in those two lists, the word probably refers more specifically to
instances where one harms others without ill-will or malevolence.

In several suttas (e.g. MN 114, AN 5.200) two of the three dhammas listed in sammā·saį¹…kappa appear in the same order, and avihiṃsā is replaced as the third by avihesā (non-harming). Another synonym is ahimsā (inoffensiveness):


AN 3.45


sabbhi dānaṃ upaññattaṃ, ahiṃsā saṃyamo damo.

The virtuous prescribe giving, inoffensiveness, self-control, and self-taming.




SN 10.4


ā€œyassa sabbamahorattaṃ, ahiṃsāya rato mano mettaṃ so sabbabhÅ«tesu, veraṃ tassa na kenacÄ«ā€ti.

One whose mind takes delight in inoffensiveness all day and night, who has loving-kindness for all beings, has enmity towards none.



Inoffensiveness (ahiṃsā) is also nobility:


Dhp 270


na tena ariyo hoti, yena pāṇāni hiṃsati. ahiṃsā sabbapāṇānaṃ, ā€œariyoā€ti pavuccati.

One who injures living beings is ignoble. One who is inoffensive towards all living beings is said to be a noble one.



In the DhātuĀ·vibhaį¹…ga of the Abhidhamma, karuṇa is said to be inherent to avihiṃsā·dhātu: ‘yā sattesu karuṇā karuṇāyanā karuṇāyitattaṃ karuṇācetovimutti, ayaṃ vuccati ā€œavihiṃsādhātuā€’. This statement finds an echo in various parts of the Sutta Piį¹­aka, as for example in the Dhammapada:




129. sabbe tasanti daį¹‡įøassa, sabbe bhāyanti maccuno.
attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.

129. All tremble at the rod, all are fearful of death.
Drawing the parallel to yourself, neither kill nor get others to kill.

130. sabbe tasanti daį¹‡įøassa, sabbesaṃ jÄ«vitaṃ piyaṃ.
attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.

130. All tremble at the rod, all hold their life dear.
Drawing the parallel to yourself, neither kill nor get others to kill.



At AN 2.168, avihiṃsā is juxtaposed with soceyya (purity/purification). At Sn 294, the word is juxtaposed with maddava (mildness), soracca (gentleness) and khanti (forbearance). The first two find echo in expressions such as that defining pharusaĀ·vāca veramaṇī (abstinence from harsh speech):


AN 10.176


yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanÄ«yā hadayaį¹…gamā porÄ« bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā, tathārÅ«piṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.

He speaks words that are soothing to the ear, that are affectionate,
that go to the heart, that are polite, appealing & pleasing to
people at large.



Khanti (forbearance) is the word that is most often juxtaposed to avihiṃsā, a connection that is exemplified in many places, such as in the simile of the saw:


MN 21


ā€œubhatodaį¹‡įøakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aį¹…gamaį¹…gāni
okanteyyuṃ, tatrāpi yo mano padūseyya, na me so tena sāsanakaro. tatrāpi
vo, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: ā€˜na ceva no cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ
bhavissati, na ca pāpikaṃ vācaṃ nicchāressāma, hitānukampī ca
viharissāma mettacittā na dosantarā. tañca puggalaṃ mettāsahagatena
cetasā pharitvā viharissāma tadārammaṇaƱca sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ
mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena
abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti. evaƱhi vo, bhikkhave,
sikkhitabbaṃ.

“Monks, even if bandits were to carve you up savagely, limb by limb,
with a two-handled saw, he among you who let his heart get angered even
at that would not be doing my bidding. Even then you should train
yourselves: ‘Our minds will be unaffected and we will say no evil words.
We will remain sympathetic, with a mind of good will, and with no inner
hate. We will keep pervading these people with an awareness imbued with
good will and, beginning with them, we will keep pervading the entire
world with an awareness imbued with good will — abundant, expansive,
immeasurable, free from hostility, free from ill will.’ That’s how you
should train yourselves.

ā€œimaƱca tumhe, bhikkhave, kakacÅ«pamaṃ ovādaṃ abhikkhaṇaṃ manasi
kareyyātha. passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṃ vacanapathaṃ, aṇuṃ vā
thÅ«laṃ vā, yaṃ tumhe nādhivāseyyāthÄā€ti?

“Monks, if you attend constantly to this admonition on the simile of the
saw, do you see any aspects of speech, slight or gross, that you could
not endure?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.”



Another striking example is given at SN 35.88:



—
ā€œsace pana puṇṇa, sunāparantakā manussā daį¹‡įøena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra pana te, puṇṇa, kinti bhavissatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“But if they hit you with a stick…?”

—
ā€œsace me, bhante, sunāparantakā manussā daį¹‡įøena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra
me evaṃ bhavissati: ā€˜bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā
vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṃ me nayime satthena pahāraṃ dentī’ti.
evamettha, bhagavā, bhavissati; evamettha, sugata, bhavissatÄ«ā€ti.

—
“…I will think, ‘These Sunaparanta people are civilized, very civilized, in that they don’t hit me with a knife’…”

—
ā€œsace pana te, puṇṇa, sunāparantakā manussā satthena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra pana te, puṇṇa, kinti bhavissatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“But if they hit you with a knife…?”

—
ā€œsace me, bhante, sunāparantakā manussā satthena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra
me evaṃ bhavissati: ā€˜bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā
vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṃ maṃ nayime tiṇhena satthena jÄ«vitā
voropentī’ti. evamettha, bhagavā, bhavissati; evamettha, sugata,
bhavissatÄ«ā€ti.

—
“…I will think, ‘These Sunaparanta people are civilized, very
civilized, in that they don’t take my life with a sharp knife’…”

—
ā€œsace pana taṃ, puṇṇa, sunāparantakā manussā tiṇhena satthena jÄ«vitā voropessanti, tatra pana te, puṇṇa, kinti bhavissatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“But if they take your life with a sharp knife…?”

—
ā€œsace maṃ, bhante, sunāparantakā manussā tiṇhena satthena jÄ«vitā
voropessanti, tatra me evaṃ bhavissati: ā€˜santi kho tassa bhagavato
sāvakā kāyena ca jīvitena ca aṭṭīyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā
satthahārakaṃ pariyesanti, taṃ me idaṃ apariyiṭṭhaññeva satthahārakaṃ
laddhan’ti. evamettha, bhagavā, bhavissati; evamettha, sugata,
bhavissatÄ«ā€ti.

—
“If they take my life with a sharp knife, I will think, ‘There are
disciples of the Blessed One who — horrified, humiliated, and disgusted
by the body and by life — have sought for an assassin, but here I have
met my assassin without searching for him.’ That is what I will think, O
Blessed One. That is what I will think, O One Well-gone.”

—
ā€œsādhu sādhu, puṇṇa! sakkhissasi kho tvaṃ, puṇṇa, iminā damÅ«pasamena
samannāgato sunāparantasmiṃ janapade vatthuṃ. yassa dāni tvaṃ, puṇṇa,
kālaṃ maƱƱasÄ«ā€ti.

—
“Good, Punna, very good. Possessing such calm and self-control you are
fit to dwell among the Sunaparantans. Now it is time to do as you see
fit.”



SN 47.19 also juxtaposes metta·cittatā (having a mind of good will) and anudayatā (sympathy) to avihiṃsā:


SN 47.19


kathañca, bhikkhave, paraṃ rakkhanto attānaṃ rakkhati? khantiyā, avihiṃsāya, mettacittatāya, anudayatāya. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, paraṃ rakkhanto attānaṃ rakkhati.

“And how do you watch after yourself when watching after others? Through endurance, through harmlessness, through a mind of goodwill, & through sympathy. This is how you watch after yourself when watching after others.



SN 14.12 explains how avihiṃsā originates and leads to wholesome action:


SN 14.12


ā€œavihiṃsādhātuṃ, bhikkhave, paį¹­icca uppajjati avihiṃsāsaƱƱā,
avihiṃsāsaƱƱaṃ paį¹­icca uppajjati avihiṃsāsaį¹…kappo, avihiṃsāsaį¹…kappaṃ
paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāchando, avihiṃsāchandaṃ paṭicca uppajjati
avihiṃsāpariḷāho, avihiṃsāpariḷāhaṃ paṭicca uppajjati
avihiṃsāpariyesanā; avihiṃsāpariyesanaṃ, bhikkhave, pariyesamāno sutavā
ariyasāvako tīhi ṭhānehi sammā paṭipajjati kāyena, vācāya, manasā.

On account of the harmlessness element there arises the perception of
harmlessness; on account of the perception of harmlessness there arises
an aspiration to harmlessness; on account of the aspiration to
harmlessness there arises a desire for harmlessness; on account of the
desire for harmlessness there arises a passion for harmlessness; on
account of the passion for harmlessness there arises a quest for
harmlessness. Engaged in the quest for harmlessness, an instructed noble
disciple acts rightly in three ways: by body, speech, and mind.



Practicing harmlessness is behaving like a bee in a flower:


Dhp 49


yathāpi bhamaro pupphaṃ, vaṇṇagandhamaheį¹­hayaṃ, paleti rasamādāya, evaṃ gāme munÄ« care.

As a bee gathers honey from the flower without injuring its color or
fragrance, even so the sage goes on his alms-round in the village.



Lacking avihiṃsā is extensively described as bringing unpleasant results:


Dhp 133


māvoca pharusaṃ kañci, vuttā paṭivadeyyu taṃ
dukkhā hi sārambhakathā, paį¹­idaį¹‡įøÄ phuseyyu taṃ.

Speak harshly to no one, or the words will be thrown right back at you.
Contentious talk is painful, for you get struck by rods in return.




Dhp 137-140


yo daį¹‡įøena adaį¹‡įøesu, appaduį¹­į¹­hesu dussati dasannamaƱƱataraṃ į¹­hānaṃ, khippameva nigacchati:
vedanaṃ pharusaṃ jāniṃ, sarīrassa ca bhedanaṃ.
garukaṃ vāpi ābādhaṃ, cittakkhepaƱca pāpuṇe.
rājato vā upasaggaṃ, abbhakkhānaƱca dāruṇaṃ.
parikkhayaƱca ƱātÄ«naṃ, bhogānaƱca pabhaį¹…guraṃ.
atha vāssa agārāni, aggi įøahati pāvako.
kāyassa bhedā duppañño, nirayaṃ sopapajjati.

Whoever, with a rod harasses an innocent man, unarmed, quickly falls
into any of ten things: harsh pains, devastation, a broken body, grave
illness,
mental derangement, trouble with the government,
violent slander, relatives lost, property dissolved,
houses burned down. At the break-up of the body
this one with no discernment,
reappears in
hell.




SN 3.15


ā€œvilumpateva puriso, yāvassa upakappati.
yadā caƱƱe vilumpanti, so vilutto viluppati.

A man may plunder as long as it serves his ends, but when others are plundered, he who has plundered gets plundered in turn.

ā€œį¹­hānaƱhi maƱƱati bālo, yāva pāpaṃ na paccati.
yadā ca paccati pāpaṃ, atha dukkhaṃ nigacchati.

A fool thinks, ‘Now’s my chance,’ as long as his evil has yet to ripen. But when it ripens, the fool falls into pain.

ā€œhantā labhati hantāraṃ, jetāraṃ labhate jayaṃ.
akkosako ca akkosaṃ, rosetārañca rosako.
atha kammavivaį¹­į¹­ena, so vilutto viluppatÄ«ā€ti.

Killing, you gain your killer. Conquering, you gain one who will conquer
you; insulting, insult; harassing, harassment. And so, through the
cycle of action, he who has plundered gets plundered in turn.



Abandoning non-harmlessness and taking up avihiṃsā prevents bad experiences from arising and causes pleasant ones to arise in the future:


Dhp 131-132


sukhakāmāni bhÅ«tāni, yo daį¹‡įøena vihiṃsati.
attano sukhamesāno, pecca so na labhate sukhaṃ.

Whoever takes a rod to harm living beings desiring ease, when he himself
is looking for ease, will meet with no ease after death.

sukhakāmāni bhÅ«tāni, yo daį¹‡įøena na hiṃsati.
attano sukhamesāno, pecca so labhate sukhaṃ.

Whoever doesn’t take a rod to harm living beings desiring ease, when he
himself is looking for ease, will meet with ease after death.




MN 135


ā€œidha, māṇava, ekacco itthÄ« vā puriso vā sattānaṃ viheį¹­hakajātiko hoti,
pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā daį¹‡įøena vā satthena vā. so tena kammena evaṃ
samattena evaṃ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. no ce kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ
duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, sace manussattaṃ āgacchati yattha
yattha paccājāyati bavhābādho hoti. bavhābādhasaṃvattanikā esā, māṇava,
paį¹­ipadā yadidaṃ sattānaṃ viheį¹­hakajātiko hoti pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā
daį¹‡įøena vā satthena vā.

Furthermore, there is the case where a certain woman or man has a
tendency to injure living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a
stick, or with a knife. From adopting & carrying out such actions,
then on the break-up of the body, after death, this person re-appears in
the plane of deprivation, the bad destination, the lower realms, in
hell. Or, if he/she does not reappear in the plane of deprivation, the
bad destination, the lower realms, in hell, but instead returns to the
human state, then he/she is sickly wherever reborn. This is the way
leading to being sickly, namely being one who has a tendency to injure
living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a stick, or with a knife.

ā€œidha pana, māṇava, ekacco itthÄ« vā puriso vā sattānaṃ aviheį¹­hakajātiko
hoti pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā daį¹‡įøena vā satthena vā. so tena kammena evaṃ
samattena evaṃ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ
lokaṃ upapajjati. no ce kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ
upapajjati, sace manussattaṃ āgacchati yattha yattha paccājāyati
appābādho hoti. appābādhasaṃvattanikā esā, māṇava, paį¹­ipadā yadidaṃ
sattānaṃ aviheį¹­hakajātiko hoti pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā daį¹‡įøena vā satthena
vā.

But there is the case where a certain woman or man does not have a
tendency to injure living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a
stick, or with a knife. Through having adopted & carried out such
actions, on the break-up of the body, after death, he/she reappears in a
good destination, in the heavenly world. Or, if he/she does not
reappear in the good destinations, in the heavenly world, but instead
returns to the human state, then he/she is healthy wherever reborn. This
is the way leading to being healthy, namely being one who, abandoning
the taking of life, abstains from taking life does not have a tendency
to injure living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a stick, or
with a knife.




Dhp 300


suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti, sadā gotamasāvakā.
yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, ahiṃsāya rato mano.

Those disciples of Gotama ever awaken happily whose minds by day and night delight in the practice of non-violence.

Dharmacāri Nāgapriya writes: “The early Buddhist
vocabulary includes an important class of words that, while denoting
highly positive qualities, take a grammatically negative form. Avihiṃsa
is a leading example of this. To translate the term as ā€˜non-violence’
doesn’t reflect the positive nuance of the quality to which it refers.
Notwithstanding, it is worth looking at the quality in question from
both a negative and a positive point of view in order to bring its
nature more clearly to light. First of all – and in negative terms –
avihiṃsa can be understood as an application of the general principle of
renunciation: the saint renounces all violence whether physical,
verbal, or emotional: Whoever in this world harms a living creature,
whether once-born or twice- born, whoever has no compassion for a living
creature, him one should know to be an outcaste. (Sn.117) He gives up
coercion of any kind and thus abandons the ā€˜power mode’, the style of
relating to others purely as objects and means of his own gratification,
adopting instead the ā€˜love mode’, the appreciation of others as
individual, feelingful subjects meriting sensitive consideration and
respect. This entails abandoning a host of negative mental states such
as kodha or fury (Sn.1), kopa or ill-temper and grudge (Sn.6), upanāha
or rancour/enmity (Sn.116), paccuṭṭapannā or hostility (Sn.245), usuyyā
or envy (Sn.245), atipāti or violent destructiveness (Sn.248), paṭigha
(Sn.148) or malicious rage, and dosa or hatred (Sn.328). One of the
distinguishing features of the Sutta-Nipāta is the plethora of different
nasty mental states that it identifies. This laid some of the
foundations for the later work of the Abhidhamma. Again the terms used
are fluid and non-technical. By considering the terms as a whole we can
get a feeling for the flavour of what the saint is enjoined to abandon.
At the same time, it is important to appreciate the positive counterpart
of this renunciation of violent negativity. This is expressed most
sublimely in the Mettā Sutta: Just as a mother would protect with her
own life her own son, her only son, so one should cultivate an unbounded
mind towards all beings, and loving-kindness towards all the world. One
should cultivate an unbounded mind, above and below and across, without
obstruction, without enmity, without rivalry. (Sn.149-50)”



Bodhi leaf

WordPress database error: [Table './sarvajan_ambedkar_org/wp_comments' is marked as crashed and should be repaired]
SELECT COUNT(comment_ID) FROM wp_comments WHERE comment_post_ID = 6556 AND comment_approved = '1';

WordPress database error: [Table './sarvajan_ambedkar_org/wp_comments' is marked as crashed and should be repaired]
SELECT COUNT(*) FROM wp_comments WHERE comment_post_ID = '6556' AND comment_approved = '1'

comments (0)
SN 45.8
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 7:36 pm

SN 45.8


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo? Seyyathidaṃ sammādiį¹­į¹­hi,
sammāsaį¹…kappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammā-ājÄ«vo, sammāvāyāmo,
sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.

Now what, monks, is the Noble Eightfold Path? Right view, right resolve,
right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right
mindfulness, right concentration.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi? Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe ñāṇaṃ,
dukkha-samudaye ñāṇaṃ , dukkha-nirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkha-nirodha-gāminiyā
paį¹­ipadāya ñāṇaṃ ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi.

And what, monks, is right view? Knowledge with regard to stress,
knowledge with regard to the origination of stress, knowledge with
regard to the stopping of stress, knowledge with regard to the way of
practice leading to the stopping of stress: This, monks, is called right
view.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo? Yo kho, bhikkhave,
nekkhamma-saį¹…kappo , abyāpāda-saį¹…kappo, avihiṃsā-saį¹…kappo ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo.

And what is right resolve? Being resolved on renunciation, on freedom
from ill will, on harmlessness: This is called right resolve.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāvācā? Yā kho, bhikkhave, musāvādā veramaṇī,
pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī, samphappalāpā
veramaṇī ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvācā.

And what is right speech? Abstaining from lying, abstaining from
divisive speech, abstaining from abusive speech, abstaining from idle
chatter: This, monks, is called right speech.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-kammanto? Yā kho, bhikkhave, pāṇātipātā
veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, abrahmacariyā veramaṇī ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammā-kammanto.

And what, monks, is right action? Abstaining from taking life,
abstaining from stealing, abstaining from unchastity: This, monks, is
called right action.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo? Idha, bhikkhave, ariya-sāvako
micchā-ājīvaṃ pahāya sammā-ājīvena jīvitaṃ kappeti ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo.

And what, monks, is right livelihood? There is the case where a disciple
of the noble ones, having abandoned dishonest livelihood, keeps his
life going with right livelihood: This, monks, is called right
livelihood.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ
pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati
vÄ«riyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ
akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati
cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya
chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vÄ«riyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati;
uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya
vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati
cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo.

And what, monks, is right effort? (i) There is the case where a monk
generates desire, endeavors, activates persistence, upholds & exerts
his intent for the sake of the non-arising of evil, unskillful
qualities that have not yet arisen. (ii) He generates desire, endeavors,
activates persistence, upholds & exerts his intent for the sake of
the abandonment of evil, unskillful qualities that have arisen. (iii) He
generates desire, endeavors, activates persistence, upholds &
exerts his intent for the sake of the arising of skillful qualities that
have not yet arisen. (iv) He generates desire, endeavors, activates
persistence, upholds & exerts his intent for the maintenance,
non-confusion, increase, plenitude, development, & culmination of
skillful qualities that have arisen: This, monks, is called right
effort.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāsati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno
satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; citte cittānupassī viharati
ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; dhammesu
dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsati.

And what, monks, is right mindfulness? (i) There is the case where a
monk remains focused on the body in & of itself — ardent, aware,
& mindful — putting away greed & distress with reference to the
world. (ii) He remains focused on feelings in & of themselves —
ardent, aware, & mindful — putting away greed & distress with
reference to the world. (iii) He remains focused on the mind in & of
itself — ardent, aware, & mindful — putting away greed &
distress with reference to the world. (iv) He remains focused on mental
qualities in & of themselves — ardent, aware, & mindful —
putting away greed & distress with reference to the world. This,
monks, is called right mindfulness.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ
vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ
avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati;
pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhaƱca kāyena
paį¹­isaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti: ā€˜upekkhako satimā
sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ
atthaį¹…gamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ
upasampajja viharati.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi ti.

And what, monks, is right concentration? (i) There is the case where a
monk — quite withdrawn from sensuality, withdrawn from unskillful
(mental) qualities — enters & remains in the first jhana: rapture
& pleasure born from withdrawal, accompanied by directed thought
& evaluation. (ii) With the stilling of directed thoughts &
evaluations, he enters & remains in the second jhana: rapture &
pleasure born of concentration, unification of awareness free from
directed thought & evaluation — internal assurance. (iii) With the
fading of rapture, he remains equanimous, mindful, & alert, and
senses pleasure with the body. He enters & remains in the third
jhana, of which the Noble Ones declare, ‘Equanimous & mindful, he
has a pleasant abiding.’ (iv) With the abandoning of pleasure & pain
— as with the earlier disappearance of elation & distress — he
enters & remains in the fourth jhana: purity of equanimity &
mindfulness, neither pleasure nor pain. This, monks, is called right
concentration.



♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is most famously introduced at SN 56.11 as the Middle Way (majjhimā paį¹­ipadā), i.e. the path avoiding both hedonism and self-mortification:

SN 56.11


Dve·me, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. Katame dve? Yo c·āyaṃ
kāmesu kāma·sukh·allik·ānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko an·ariyo
an·attha·saṃhito, yo c·āyaṃ attakilamath·ānuyogo dukkho an·ariyo
an·attha·saṃhito. Ete kho, bhikkhave, ubho ante an·upagamma majjhimā
paį¹­ipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhuĀ·karaṇī ñāṇaĀ·karaṇī upasamāya
abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.

These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone
forth from the home life. Which two? On one hand, the devotion to
hedonism towards sensuality, which is inferior, vulgar, common, ignoble,
deprived of benefit, and on the other hand the devotion to
self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, deprived of benefit.
Without going to these two extremes, bhikkhus, the Tathāgata has fully
awaken to the Middle Way, which produces vision, which produces
knowledge, and leads to appeasement, to direct knowledge, to awakening,
to Nibbāna.



♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also introduced later on in that same sutta as the fourth ariyaĀ·sacca:



Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkha·nirodha·gāminī paṭipadā ariya·saccaṃ:
ayamĀ·eva ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo, seyyathidaṃ: sammā·diį¹­į¹­hi
sammā·saį¹…kappo sammā·vācā sammā·kammanto sammā·ājÄ«vo sammā·vāyāmo
sammā·sati sammā·samādhi.

Furthermore, bhikkhus, this is the noble truth of path leading to the
cessation of suffering: just this noble eightfold path, that is to say:
right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood,
right effort, right mindfulness and right concentration.



♦ As explained above at SN 56.11, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is what leads to nibbāna. At SN 45.62, the former leads towards the latter just as the river Ganges slants, slopes, and inclines towards the east (seyyathāpi gaį¹…gā nadÄ« pācÄ«naĀ·ninnā pācÄ«naĀ·poṇā pācÄ«naĀ·pabbhārā). At SN 45.86, the path is like a tree slanting, sloping and inclining towards the east (seyyathāpi rukkho pācÄ«naĀ·ninno pācÄ«naĀ·poṇo pācÄ«naĀ·pabbhāro) and that could only fall towards that direction if it were to be cut at the foot. It is also said to be the way leading to amata (amataĀ·gāmiĀ·maggo, SN 45.7), or to the unconditioned (aĀ·saį¹…khataĀ·gāmiĀ·maggo, SN 43.11).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga has its own entire saṃyutta (SN 45), that is rich in similes and explanations.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is given various designations. At MN 19, it is called ‘The peaceful and safe path to be followed with exaltation’ (khemo maggo sovatthiko pÄ«tiĀ·gamanÄ«yo). It is often identified with the brahmacariya (e.g. SN 45.6), or with asceticism (sāmaƱƱa) such as at SN 45.35, or brahminhood (brahmaƱƱa) such as at SN 45.36. At SN 12.65, it is the ancient path, the ancient road traveled by the sammā·Sambuddhā of the past. At SN 35.191, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is compared to a raft to cross over from identity to ‘the other shore’, which stands for nibbāna. At SN 45.4, after Ānanda sees a brahmin on a luxurious chariot and calls it a ‘brahmic vehicle’ (brahmaĀ·yāna), the Buddha says that is actually a designation for the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, along with the ‘Dhamma vehicle’ (dhammaĀ·yāna) and the ’supreme victory in battle’ (anuttara saį¹…gāmaĀ·vijaya). The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also called rightness (sammatta, SN 45.21), kusalā dhammā (SN 45.22), the right way (sammā·paį¹­ipada, SN 45.23) and right practice (sammā·paį¹­ipatti, SN 45.31).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is part of a set of 37 dhammas which are sometimes listed together (e.g. at AN 10.90, SN 22.81). They are sometimes called the bodhipakkhiyā dhammā, although this expression doesn’t have a strict definition in the suttas and is loosely used to describe other sets. The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also said at SN 45.155 to develop those bodhiĀ·pakkhiyaĀ·dhammā.

♦ Each factor (aį¹…ga) of the path is said to lead to the next:


AN 10.103


ā€œsammattaṃ, bhikkhave, āgamma ārādhanā hoti, no virādhanā. kathaƱca,
bhikkhave, sammattaṃ āgamma ārādhanā hoti, no virādhanā?
sammādiį¹­į¹­hikassa, bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo pahoti, sammāsaį¹…kappassa
sammāvācā pahoti, sammāvācassa sammākammanto pahoti, sammākammantassa
sammāājīvo pahoti, sammāājīvassa sammāvāyāmo pahoti, sammāvāyāmassa
sammāsati pahoti, sammāsatissa sammāsamādhi pahoti.

Having come to rightness, bhikkhus, there is success, not failure. And
how, bhikkhus, is it that having come to rightness, there is success,
not failure? For one of right view, right thought arises. For one
of right thought, right speech arises. For one of right speech, right
action arises. For one of right action, right livelihood arises. For one
of right livelihood, right effort arises. For one of right effort,
right mindfulness arises. For one of right mindfulness, right
concentration arises.



A similar progression is also notably found at SN
45.1. AN 7.45 states that all the other seven factors of the path are
the ’supports’ (upanisa) and ‘accessories’ (parikkhāra) of sammā·samādhi. MN 117 further explains how the factors interact, according to the following pattern:

MN 117


ā€œtatra, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi pubbaį¹…gamā hoti. kathaƱca, bhikkhave,
sammādiį¹­į¹­hi pubbaį¹…gamā hoti? micchāsaį¹…kappaṃ ā€˜micchāsaį¹…kappo’ti
pajānāti, sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ ā€˜sammāsaį¹…kappo’ti pajānāti, sāssa hoti
sammādiṭṭhi.

Therein, bhikkhus, right view is the forerunner. And how is right view
the forerunner? One understands wrong thought as wrong thought and right
thought as right thought: this is one’s right
view.

so micchāsaį¹…kappassa pahānāya vāyamati, sammāsaį¹…kappassa upasampadāya,
svāssa hoti sammāvāyāmo. so sato micchāsaį¹…kappaṃ pajahati, sato
sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ upasampajja viharati; sāssa hoti sammāsati. itiyime tayo
dhammā sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti, seyyathidaṃ
sammādiṭṭhi, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati.

One makes an effort to abandon wrong thought and to acquire right
thought: this is one’s right effort. One abandons wrong thought
mindfully, and acquires and remains in right thought mindfully: this is
one’s right mindfulness. Thus these three things rotate and circle
around right thought, that is, right view, right effort, and right
mindfulness.



♦ The enumeration of each path factor is sometimes
punctuated by four different formulas. The first one is found for
example at SN 45.2 and is in fact mainly used with the bojjhaį¹…gas, and occasionally with (spiritual) indriyas or balas: ‘based upon seclusion, dispassion, and cessation, maturing in release’ (vivekaĀ·nissita virāgaĀ·nissita nirodhaĀ·nissita vossaggaĀ·pariṇāmi).

The second formula can be found at SN 45.4 and says: ‘which
has the removal of avidity as its final goal, the removal of hatred as
its final goal, the removal of delusion as its final goal’ (rāgaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna dosaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna mohaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna)
.

The third one is found for example at SN 45.115 and says: ‘which has the Deathless as its ground, the Deathless as its destination, the Deathless as its final goal’ (amatĀ·ogadha amataĀ·parāyana amataĀ·pariyosāna).

The fourth is found for example at SN 45.91 and says: ‘which slants towards Nibbāna, slopes towards Nibbāna, inclines towards Nibbāna‘ (nibbānaĀ·ninna nibbānaĀ·poṇa nibbānaĀ·pabbhāra).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, if unarisen, does not arise apart from the appearance of a Buddha (n·āññatra tathāgatassa pātubhāvā arahato sammāsambuddhassa, SN 45.14) or the Discipline of a Sublime one (n·āññatra sugataĀ·vinaya, SN 45.15).

♦ At SN 55.5, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is what defines sotāpatti, since sota (the stream) is the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga itself, and a sotāpanna is one who possesses it:


SN 55.5


—
ā€œā€˜soto, soto’ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sotoā€ti?

—
It said: ‘The stream, the stream’, Sāriputta. What now, Sāriputta, is ‘the stream’?

—
ā€œayameva hi, bhante, ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo soto

—
Bhante, the stream is just this noble eightfold path

—
ā€œā€˜sotāpanno, sotāpanno’ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sotāpannoā€ti?

—
It said: ‘A stream-enterer, a stream-enterer’, Sāriputta. What now, Sāriputta, is ‘a stream-enterer’?

—
ā€œyo hi, bhante, iminā ariyena aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikena maggena samannāgato ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno

—
Bhante, whoever is possessed of this noble eightfold path is called a stream-enterer



♦ At MN 126, the 8 factors of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga are presented as a technology of the mind (’a proper method for procuring fruit’: yoni hesā phalassa adhigamāya)
whose results do not depend on making wishes, but instead rely solely
on the laws of nature, which is metaphorically illustrated by how one
gets sesame oil by using the right technique (pressing seeds sprinkled
with water), how one gets milk (by milking a recently calved cow),
butter (by churning curd), or fire (by rubbing a dry, sapless, piece of
wood with a proper fire-stick).

♦ At AN 4.237, the 8 factors of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga constitute ‘kamma that is neither dark nor bright with neither-dark-nor-bright result, that leads to the destruction of kamma(kammaṃ aĀ·kaṇhā·sukkaṃ aĀ·kaṇhā·sukkaĀ·vipākaṃ, kammaĀ·kkhayāya saṃvattati).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is not seldom augmented to become a tenfold set, with the addition of sammā·ñāṇa and sammā·vimutti. SN 45.26 seems to indicate that these two factors are relevant only for the arahant, as they are what makes the difference between a sappurisa and someone who is better than a sappurisa (sappurisena sappurisataro).

♦ Ten phenomena are said to be the precursors for the arising of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, the first seven according to the following simile:



sÅ«riyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaį¹…gamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ,
yadidaṃ, aruṇuggaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ariyassa
aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikassa maggassa uppādāya etaṃ pubbaį¹…gamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimmittaṃ…

This, bhikkhus, is the forerunner and foretoken of the rising of the
sun, that is, the dawn. In the same way, bhikkhus, for a bhikkhu this is
the forerunner and foretoken of the arising of the noble eightfold
path…



In each case, it is said that when a bhikkhu satisfies the condition, ‘it
is expected that he will develop the noble eightfold path, that he will
cultivate the noble eightfold path (pāṭikaį¹…khaṃ ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ
maggaṃ bhāvessati, ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karissati)
.

1. Mentioned most often is kalyāṇaĀ·mittatā (with the above sunrise simile at SN 45.49). It is most famously said at SN 45.2 to be the entire brahmacariya (sakalamĀ·evĀ·idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ), since it can be expected from one who develops it that he will practice the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, all the more that as we have seen earlier (e.g. at SN 45.6), brahmacariya is also defined as the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga itself. We find as well a formula reminiscent of the suttas found at the beginning of AN 1:


SN 45.77


nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yena anuppanno vā
ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo uppajjati, uppanno vā ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo
bhāvanāpāripÅ«riṃ gacchati, yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, kalyāṇamittatā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which the
unarisen noble eightfold path arises and the arisen noble eightfold path
goes to the plenitude of its development so much, bhikkhus, as because
of favorable friendship.



2. Sīla
is also mentioned a few times independently from the sunrise simile, in
the context of which it is introduced at SN 45.50 as accomplishment in
virtue (sīla·sampadā). Such examples include the following:


SN 45.149


seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci balakaraṇīyā kammantā karÄ«yanti, sabbe
te pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviyaṃ patiį¹­į¹­hāya evamete balakaraṇīyā kammantā
karīyanti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlaṃ nissāya sīle patiṭṭhāya
ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ
bahulīkaroti.

Just as, bhikkhus, whatever actions are to be performed with strength
are all performed on dependence on the earth, supported by the earth; in
the same way, bhikkhus, it is on dependence on virtue, supported by
virtue, that a bhikkhu develops the noble eightfold path, that he
cultivates the noble eightfold path.




SN 45.150


seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye kecime bÄ«jagāmabhÅ«tagāmā vuįøįøhiṃ virūḷhiṃ
vepullaṃ āpajjanti, sabbe te pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya
evamete bÄ«jagāmabhÅ«tagāmā vuįøįøhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanti; evameva
kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sÄ«laṃ nissāya sÄ«le patiį¹­į¹­hāya ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ
maggaṃ bhāvento ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karonto vuįøįøhiṃ
virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇāti dhammesu.

Just as, bhikkhus, whatever kinds of seed and plant life come to
development, growth, and plenitude, all come to development, growth, and
plenitude on dependence on the earth, supported by the earth; in the
same way, bhikkhus, on dependence on virtue, supported by virtue, a
bhikkhu developing the noble eightfold path, cultivating the noble
eightfold path, comes to development, growth, and plenitude in
[wholesome] mental states.



3. Appamāda
is also mentioned a few times independently from the sunrise simile, in
the context of which it is introduced at SN 45.54 as accomplishment in
assiduity (appamāda·sampadā). Such examples are found at SN 45.139 and SN 45.140.

4. Sammā·diṭṭhi (AN 10.121) or accomplishment in view (diṭṭhi·sampadā, SN 45.53),
are mentioned with the sunrise simile as precursors of the path,
without surprise since as we have seen above, each path factor leads to
the next, and sammā·diṭṭhi stands first.

5. Accomplishment in desire (chanda·sampadā) is mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.51. The Commentary explains it as desire for kusalā dhammā. In a related meaning, the word chanda appears notably in the sammā·vāyāma formula.

6. Accomplishment in self (attaĀ·sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52. The commentary explains the expression as sampannaĀ·cittaĀ·tā (accomplishment in mind), which suggests the attainment of samādhi (see adhiĀ·cittaĀ·sikkhā). The expression ‘atta·ññū hoti’ (one who knows himself) may explain the term. At SN 7.68, it is explained as knowing oneself to have saddhā, sÄ«la, learning (suta), cāga, paƱƱā and understanding (paį¹­ibhāna).

7. Accomplishment in appropriate attention (yoniso·manasikāra-sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52.

8, 9 & 10. Vijjā followed by hiri and ottappa (anvaĀ·dĀ·eva hirĀ·ottappa) is said to be the forerunner (pubbĀ·aį¹…gama) in the entry upon kusalā dhammā (kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpatti) at SN 45.1 and AN 10.105.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is said at AN 4.34 to be the highest (agga) of saį¹…khatā dhammā and to bring the highest vipākā.

♦ As we have seen above at SN 56.11, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga produces ñāṇaĀ·dassana and leads to upasama, sambodhi and Nibbāna. Between SN 45.161 and SN 45.180, it is also said to lead to the direct knowledge (abhiƱƱā), full understanding (pariƱƱā), complete destruction (parikkhaya), and abandoning (pahāna) of various phenomena: the three discriminations (vidhā), i.e. ‘I am superior’ (ā€˜seyyoĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti), ‘I am equal’ (ā€˜sadisoĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti), ‘I am inferior’ (hÄ«noĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti); the three searches (esanā), i.e. the search for sensuality (kāmĀ·esanā), the search for [a good] existence (bhavĀ·esanā), the search for the brahmic life (brahmacariyĀ·esanā); the three āsavā; the three bhavā; the three sufferings (dukkhatā), i.e. the suffering from pain (dukkhaĀ·dukkhatā), the suffering from Constructions (saį¹…khāraĀ·dukkhatā), the suffering from change (vipariṇāmaĀ·dukkhatā); the three akusalamulā; the three types of vedanā; kāma, diį¹­į¹­hi and avijjā; the four upādānā; abhijjhā, byāpāda, sÄ«laĀ·bbata parāmāsa and adherence to [the view] ‘This [alone] is the truth’ (idaṃ·sacc·ābhinivesa); the seven anusayā; the five kāmaĀ·guṇā; the five nÄ«varaṇā; the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas; the ten saṃyojanā.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga also leads to the cessation (nirodha) of phenomena: MN 9 lists all the twelve links of paį¹­iccaĀ·samuppāda, the four āhārā and the three āsavā; AN 6.63 additionally speaks of the cessation of kāma and kamma; SN 22.56 mentions the cessation of each of the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is the tool to remove akusalā dhammā. In that respect, MN 3 directly mentions all the 16 upakkilesā (with dosa in place of byāpāda). A number of similes illustrating this point are given in the Magga Saṃyutta: at SN 45.153, akusalā dhammā
are given up by the mind like a pot turned upside down ‘gives up’ its
water; at SN 45.156, they are disintegrated like a cloud providing rain
disintegrates a dust storm; at SN 45.157, they are dispersed like a
strong wind disperses a great cloud giving rain; at SN 45.158, they are
like the ropes on a ship that rot under inclement weather.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga gives strength
to the mind, as explained in SN 45.27’s simile, where it is compared to
the stand of a pot that makes it difficult to get knocked over. At SN
45.160, people, powerful or not, wishing to convince a bhikkhu
cultivating the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga to abandon monkhood by
offering him wealth will be no more successful than people wishing to
change the direction of the Ganges, because his mind is inclined to
seclusion.

SN 45.159


ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āgantukāgāraṃ. tattha puratthimāyapi disāya
āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, pacchimāyapi disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti,
uttarāyapi disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, dakkhiṇāyapi disāya āgantvā
vāsaṃ kappenti, khattiyāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, brāhmaṇāpi āgantvā
vāsaṃ kappenti, vessāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, suddāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ
kappenti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ
bhāvento ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karonto ye dhammā abhiƱƱā
pariƱƱeyyā, te dhamme abhiƱƱā parijānāti, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā pahātabbā,
te dhamme abhiƱƱā pajahati, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā sacchikātabbā, te dhamme
abhiƱƱā sacchikaroti, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā bhāvetabbā, te dhamme abhiƱƱā
bhāveti.

Suppose, monks, there is a guest-house. Travelers come from the east,
the west, the north, the south to lodge here: nobles and Brahmans,
merchants and serfs. In the same way, monks, a monk who cultivates the
Noble Eightfold Path, who assiduously practices the Noble Eightfold
Path, comprehends with higher knowledge those states that are to be so
comprehended, abandons with higher knowledge those states that are to be
so abandoned, comes to experience with higher knowledge those states
that are to be so experienced, and cultivates with higher knowledge
those states that are to be so cultivated.

ā€œkatame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā pariƱƱeyyā? paƱcupādānakkhandhātissa vacanÄ«yaṃ…

What, monks, are the states to be comprehended with higher knowledge? They are the five groups of clinging…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca…

What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā sacchikātabbā? vijjā ca vimutti ca…

And what, monks, are the states to be experienced with higher knowledge? They are knowledge and liberation…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā bhāvetabbā? samatho ca vipassanā ca.

And what, monk, are the states to be cultivated with higher knowledge? They are calm and insight.





Bodhi leaf


ariyasacca: [ariya+sacca] noble truth. The four ariyaĀ·saccas are expounded by the Buddha in his very first discourse, the Dhamma-cakka’p'pavattana Sutta. It consists of:

1. dukkha-ariyaĀ·sacca
2. dukkhaĀ·samudaya-ariyaĀ·sacca

3. dukkhaĀ·nirodha-ariyaĀ·sacca
4. dukkha·nirodha·gāminī paṭipadā-ariya·sacca


Bodhi leaf


ariyasāvaka: [ariya+sāvaka] noble disciple.



Bodhi leaf


arūpabhava: [a+rūpa+bhava] existence/ becoming in the formless realm, which is taken as meaning those Brahmā-lokas which are accessible only to those who master at least the fifth jhāna. Arūpa-bhava is one of the three types of bhava.



Bodhi leaf


asantuṭṭhitā: [a+santuṭṭhitā]

discontent, dissatisfaction.

asantuį¹­į¹­ha:

discontent, dissatisfied

♦ Sometimes, the adjective aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­ha is used with a rather neutral connotation, as at SN 35.198, where a bhikkhu is simply not satisfied with the answers given to his question.

♦ Most of the time, the word and its lexical derivatives carry a negative (akusala) connotation:

AN 1.64


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti
yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which unarisen
unwholesome mental states come to arise, or arisen wholesome mental
states come to decline, so much, bhikkhus, as because of
dissatisfaction.



AN 1.88


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuį¹­į¹­hitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to such great harm as discontent.



AN 1.120


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa
sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to the decline
and confusion of the authentic Dhamma so much as discontent.



AN 10.82


ā€œso vatānanda, bhikkhu ā€˜asantuį¹­į¹­ho samāno imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissatī’ti netaṃ į¹­hānaṃ vijjati.

It is impossible, Ānanda, that a bhikkhu who is not content will find growth, progress, and completion in this Dhamma-Vinaya.



When the word carries such a connotation, being aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­ha is explained as follows:

AN 6.84


bhikkhu mahiccho hoti, vighātavā, asantuį¹­į¹­ho, itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena

a bhikkhu has great desires, is annoyed and is not content with whatever
kind of robes, almsfood, lodging, and medicines & provisions for
the sick [he gets]



As it is the case above, the word aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­hitā or its lexical derivatives are very often juxtaposed with mahicchatā, which can almost be considered a synonym. In the Vinaya, lay people who are offended by bhikkhus’ behavior often say:



mahicchā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā asantuį¹­į¹­hā.

These ascetics sons of the Sakyan are of great desires, not contented.



This happens typically when misbehaving bhikkhus put
unnecessary pressure on lay supporters, either by asking more than the
strict minimum they need, or by making burdensome requests without prior
invitation. Thus, in the origin story to NP 6, the bhikkhu doesn’t want
to wait until his supporter goes back home to send him some cloth and
demands instead one of the garments he is currently wearing. At NP 8,
the bhikkhu gives instructions for getting finer cloth to the weaver
appointed by his supporters to make his robe, which ends up costing
twice as much yarn as they originally planned. At NP 10, the bhikkhu
doesn’t want to wait till the next day, which ends up costing a fine to
his supporter. At Bhikkhunis’ NP 11, some bhikkhunis ask the king for a
woolen garment (which is considered luxurious).

AN 4.157 maps the concept with others: a·santuṭṭhitā leads to evil desire (pāpika iccha) for recognition (an·avañña) and lābha·sakkāra·siloka, then to wrong effort (vāyama) and finally deceiving families by pretending to be much worthier than one actually is:

AN 4.157


ā€œcattārome, bhikkhave, pabbajitassa rogā. katame cattāro? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahiccho hoti vighātavā asantuṭṭho
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena.
so mahiccho samāno vighātavā asantuṭṭho
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena
pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahati anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya
lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya. so uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati
anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaį¹­ilābhāya. so saį¹…khāya
kulāni upasaį¹…kamati, saį¹…khāya nisÄ«dati, saį¹…khāya dhammaṃ bhāsati,
saį¹…khāya uccārapassāvaṃ sandhāreti. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro
pabbajitassa rogā.

Bhikkhus, there are these four sicknesses of one gone forth. What four?
Here, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu has great desires, is annoyed and is not
content with whatever kind of robes, almsfood, lodging, and medicines
& provisions for the sick [he gets]. Having great desires, being
annoyed and not content with whatever kind of robes, almsfood, lodging,
and medicines & provisions for the sick [he gets], he generates evil
desire for recognition and for honors, gain & fame. He rouses,
applies and exerts himself to obtain recognition and honors, gain &
fame. He craftily approaches families, craftily sits down, craftily
speaks about the Dhamma, and craftily holds in his excrement and urine.
These, bhikkhus, are four sicknesses of one gone forth.



The sutta then goes on to explain the cure, which
consists in forbearance with regards to the elements of nature, animals,
other people’s words and painful feelings:



ā€œtasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: ā€˜na mahicchā bhavissāma
vighātavanto asantuṭṭhā
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena,
na pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahissāma anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya
lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya, na uṭṭhahissāma na ghaṭessāma na
vāyamissāma anavañña-ppaṭilābhāya lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya,
khamā bhavissāma sÄ«tassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya
įøaṃsa-makasa-vātā-tapa-sarīṃsapa-samphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ
vacanapathānaṃ, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ
kharānaṃ kaį¹­ukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātikā
bhavissāmā’ti. evaƱhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbanā€ti.

Therefore, bhikkhus, you should train thus: ‘We won’t have great
desires, be annoyed and not content with whatever kind of robes,
almsfood, lodging, and medicines & provisions for the sick [we will
get]; we won’t generate evil desire for recognition and for honors, gain
& fame; we won’t rouse, apply and exert ourselves to obtain
recognition and honors, gain & fame; we will endure cold, heat,
hunger, thirst and the contact with flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun and
creeping animals, as well as ways of speech that are ill-spoken and
offensive; we will be patient with arisen bodily feelings that are
painful, acute, sharp, piercing, disagreeable, unpleasant and
threatening life.’ This, bhikkhus, is how you should train yourselves.



In this sense, at AN 6.114, asantuṭṭhitā is juxtaposed with mahicchatā and a·sampajañña (lack of thorough comprehension).

It serves as a criterion to know whether one can dwell on his own or should stay amid other monks:

AN 5.127


ā€œpaƱcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ saį¹…ghamhā
vapakāsituṃ . katamehi pañcahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asantuṭṭho hoti
itarÄ«tarena cÄ«varena, asantuį¹­į¹­ho hoti itarÄ«tarena piį¹‡įøapātena,
asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena
gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, kāmasaį¹…kappabahulo ca viharati.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ
saį¹…ghamhā vapakāsituṃ.

If he is endowed with five qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu is not fit to
live away from the Community. What five? He is not content with whatever
kind of robe [he gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of
almsfood [he gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of lodging [he
gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of medicines and provisions
for the sick [he gets]; and he dwells absorbed in thoughts of
sensuality. If he is endowed with these five qualities, bhikkhus, a
bhikkhu is not fit to live away from the Community.



Laypeople must also avoid this kind of asantuṭṭhitā:

Snp 1.6


ā€œsehi dārehi asantuį¹­į¹­ho, vesiyāsu padussati, dussati paradāresu, taṃ parābhavato mukhaį¹ƒā€.

Not satisfied with one’s own wives, he is seen among the whores and the wives of others — this is the cause of his downfall.



♦ Although the word is mostly used with this negative connotation, it is also occasionally used with a positive (kusala) connotation. At AN 7.56 the devas who are content with their Brahmā state and do not know a higher escape (nissaraṇa) do not understand what those who are not content with that state and do know something higher may understand:

AN 7.56


ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā
santuį¹­į¹­hā… te uttari nissaraṇaṃ yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānanti, tesaṃ na
evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti… ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā
brahmena āyunā asantuį¹­į¹­hā… te ca uttari nissaraṇaṃ yathābhÅ«taṃ
pajānanti, tesaṃ evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti…

Sir Moggallāna, the devas of Brahmā’s retinue who are content with a
brahmā’s longevity… and who do not know, as it actually is, an escape
higher than this, do not have such a knowledge… But the devas of
Brahmā’s retinue who are not content with a brahmā’s longevity… and
who know, as it actually is, an escape higher than this, have such a
knowledge…



At AN 2.5, asantuṭṭhitā applied to wholesome states (kusalā dhammā) is presented as very important for developing further on the path:

AN 2.5


dvinnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ upaññāsiṃ: yā ca asantuṭṭhitā kusalesu dhammesu, yā ca appaṭivānitā padhānasmiṃ.

Bhikkhus, I have come to know two qualities: non-contentment with wholesome states and tirelessness in exertion.



At SN 55.40, being satisfied with the four usual sot·āpattiyĀ·aį¹…gas leads to not making an effort (vāyama) in solitude (paviveka), and then to successively miss on pāmojja, pÄ«ti and passaddhi, and finally dwell in dukkha, which is considered living with pamāda, while not being satisfied with them prompts one to make the effort in solitude and experience successively pāmojja, pÄ«ti, passaddhi, sukha, samādhi, the fact that phenomena have become manifest, and finally living with appamāda.

At AN 6.80, the word is interestingly surrounded by related concepts:

AN 6.80


chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahantattaṃ
vepullattaṃ pāpuṇāti dhammesu. katamehi chahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
ālokabahulo ca hoti yogabahulo ca vedabahulo ca asantuṭṭhibahulo ca
anikkhittadhuro ca kusalesu dhammesu uttari ca patāreti.

If he is endowed with six qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu attains in no
long time greatness and fullness in [wholesome] states. What six? Here,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu is full of light, full of endeavor, full of
enthusiasm, full of dissatisfaction [with wholesome states already
attained], he doesn’t shirk his task in wholesome states, and he keeps
progressing further.





Bodhi leaf


asappurisa: [a+sappurisa]

bad person.

The word is always contrasted with sappurisa. Bāla is sometimes explicitly mentioned as a synonym:


MN 129


ā€˜bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’’ti.

ā€˜This individual is a fool, a bad person’.



The term is defined multiple times. We find in the suttas three main ways to define it. According to the micchā·paṭipadā:

SN 45.26


katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko
hoti, micchāsaį¹…kappo, micchāvāco, micchākammanto, micchāājÄ«vo,
micchāvāyāmo, micchāsati, micchāsamādhi. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisoā€.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone is of wrong
view, wrong aspiration, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood,
wrong effort, wrong mindfulness and wrong concentration. This, bhikkhus,
is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco micchādiį¹­į¹­hiko hoti, micchāsaį¹…kappo, micchāvāco, micchākammanto,
micchāājÄ«vo, micchāvāyāmo, micchāsati, micchāsamādhi, micchāñāṇī,
micchāvimutti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone is of wrong view, wrong aspiration, wrong speech,
wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong mindfulness, wrong
concentration, wrong knowledge and wrong liberation. This, bhikkhus, is
what is called one who is worse than a bad person.



According to various subsets of the ten akusalā kamma·pathā:

AN 4.204


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātÄ«
hoti, adinnādāyÄ« hoti, kāmesumicchācārÄ« hoti, musāvādÄ« hoti, pisuṇavāco
hoti, pharusavāco hoti, samphappalāpī hoti, abhijjhālu hoti,
byāpannacitto hoti, micchādiṭṭhiko hoti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappuriso.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone destroys
life, takes what is not given, engages in misconduct regarding
[pleasures of] sensuality, speaks falsehood, speaks maliciously, speaks
harshly, speaks frivolously, is covetous, has a malevolent mind, is of
wrong view. This, bhikkhus, is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātÄ« hoti, paraƱca pāṇātipāte samādapeti,
attanā ca adinnādāyī hoti, paraƱca adinnādāne samādapeti,
attanā ca kāmesumicchācārī hoti, paraƱca kāmesumicchācāre samādapeti,
attanā ca musāvādī hoti, paraƱca musāvāde samādapeti,
attanā ca pisuṇavāco hoti, paraƱca pisuṇavācāya samādapeti,
attanā ca pharusavāco hoti, paraƱca pharusavācāya samādapeti,
attanā ca samphappalāpī hoti, paraƱca samphappalāpe samādapeti, attanā
ca abhijjhālu hoti, paraƱca abhijjhāya samādapeti; attanā ca
byāpannacitto hoti, parañca byāpāde samādapeti, attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko
hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone destroys life himself and incites others to destroy
life, takes what is not given himself and incites others to take what is
not given, engages in misconduct regarding [pleasures of] sensuality
himself and incites others to engage in misconduct regarding [pleasures
of] sensuality, speaks falsehood himself and incites others to speak
falsehood, speaks maliciously himself and incites others to speak
maliciously, speaks harshly himself and incites others to, speaks
frivolously himself and incites others to, is covetous himself and
incites others to speak harshly, has a malevolent mind himself and
incites others to have a malevolent mind, is of wrong view himself and
incites others to have wrong view. This, bhikkhus, is what is called one
who is worse than a bad person.



According to a particular set of bad qualities:

AN 4.202


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assaddho
hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti,
muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappuriso.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone doesn’t
have conviction, doesn’t have conscientiousness, doesn’t have scruple,
doesn’t acquire learning, is lazy, is of forgetful mindfulness, is of
deficient discernment. This, bhikkhus, is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco attanā ca assaddho hoti, paraƱca assaddhiye samādapeti; attanā ca
ahiriko hoti, paraƱca ahirikatāya samādapeti; attanā ca anottappī hoti,
paraƱca anottappe samādapeti; attanā ca appassuto hoti, paraƱca
appassute samādapeti; attanā ca kusīto hoti, paraƱca kosajje samādapeti;
attanā ca muṭṭhassati hoti, parañca muṭṭhassacce samādapeti; attanā ca
duppañño hoti, parañca duppaññatāya samādapeti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone doesn’t have conviction himself and incites others to
be without conviction, doesn’t have conscientiousness himself and
incites others to be without conscientiousness, doesn’t have scruple
himself and incites others to be without scruple, doesn’t acquire
learning himself and incites others to not acquire learning, is lazy
himself and incites others to be lazy, is of forgetful mindfulness
himself and incites others to be of forgetful mindfulness, is of
deficient discernment himself and incites others to be of deficient
discernment. This, bhikkhus, is what is called one who is worse than a
bad person.



The term is also defined or explained at great length in two suttas of the Majjhima Nikāya:

MN 110


asappuriso, bhikkhave, assaddhammasamannāgato hoti, asappurisabhatti
hoti, asappurisacintī hoti, asappurisamantī hoti, asappurisavāco hoti,
asappurisakammanto hoti, asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti; asappurisadānaṃ detiā€.

“A person of no integrity is endowed with qualities of no integrity; he
is a person of no integrity in his friendship, in the way he wills, the
way he gives advice, the way he speaks, the way he acts, the views he
holds, & the way he gives a gift.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddhammasamannāgato hoti? idha,
bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti,
appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti. evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddhammasamannāgato hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity endowed with qualities of no
integrity? There is the case where a person of no integrity is lacking
in conviction, lacking in conscience, lacking in concern [for the
results of unskillful actions]; he is unlearned, lazy, of muddled
mindfulness, & poor discernment. This is how a person of no
integrity is endowed with qualities of no integrity.”

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisabhatti hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappurisassa ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā assaddhā ahirikā anottappino
appassutā kusītā muṭṭhassatino duppaññā tyāssa mittā honti te sahāyā.
evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisabhatti hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in his
friendship? There is the case where a person of no integrity has, as his
friends & companions, those brahmans & contemplatives who are
lacking in conviction, lacking in conscience, lacking in concern,
unlearned, lazy, of muddled mindfulness, & poor discernment. This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in his
friendship.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisacintÄ« hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti,
ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso
asappurisacintī hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he wills? There is the case where a person of no integrity wills for
his own affliction, or for the affliction of others, or for the
affliction of both. This is how a person of no integrity is a person of
no integrity in the way he wills.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisamantÄ« hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso attabyābādhāyapi manteti, parabyābādhāyapi manteti,
ubhayabyābādhāyapi manteti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso
asappurisamantī hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he gives advice? There is the case where a person of no integrity gives
advice for his own affliction, or for the affliction of others, or for
the affliction of both. This is how a person of no integrity is a person
of no integrity in the way he gives advice.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisavāco hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso musāvādÄ« hoti, pisuṇavāco hoti, pharusavāco hoti,
samphappalāpī hoti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisavāco hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he speaks? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one who
tells lies, engages in divisive tale-bearing, engages in harsh speech,
engages in idle chatter. This is how a person of no integrity is a
person of no integrity in the way he speaks.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisakammanto hoti? idha,
bhikkhave, asappuriso pāṇātipātÄ« hoti, adinnādāyÄ« hoti, kāmesumicchācārÄ«
hoti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisakammanto hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he acts? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one who
takes life, steals, engages in illicit sex. This is how a person of no
integrity is a person of no integrity in the way he acts.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso evaṃdiį¹­į¹­hi hoti: ā€˜natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiį¹­į¹­haṃ, natthi
hutaṃ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, natthi ayaṃ loko,
natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā,
natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaį¹­ipannā, ye imaƱca lokaṃ
paraƱca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiƱƱā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the
views he holds? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one
who holds a view like this: ‘There is nothing given, nothing offered,
nothing sacrificed. There is no fruit or result of good or bad actions.
There is no this world, no next world, no mother, no father, no
spontaneously reborn beings; no brahmans or contemplatives who, faring
rightly & practicing rightly, proclaim this world & the next
after having directly known & realized it for themselves.’ This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in the views he
holds.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadānaṃ deti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ deti, asahatthā dānaṃ deti, acittīkatvā
dānaṃ deti, apaviṭṭhaṃ dānaṃ deti anāgamanadiṭṭhiko dānaṃ deti. evaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadānaṃ deti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he gives a gift? There is the case where a person of no integrity gives
a gift inattentively, not with his own hand, disrespectfully, as if
throwing it away, with the view that nothing will come of it. This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in the way he
gives a gift.

ā€œso, bhikkhave, asappuriso evaṃ assaddhammasamannāgato, evaṃ
asappurisabhatti, evaṃ asappurisacintī, evaṃ asappurisamantī, evaṃ
asappurisavāco, evaṃ asappurisakammanto, evaṃ asappurisadiṭṭhi; evaṃ
asappurisadānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā yā asappurisānaṃ gati
tattha upapajjati. kā ca, bhikkhave, asappurisānaṃ gati? nirayo vā
tiracchānayoni vā.

“This person of no integrity, thus endowed with qualities of no
integrity; a person of no integrity in his friendship, in the way he
wills, the way he gives advice, the way he speaks, the way he acts, the
views he holds, & the way he gives a gift, on the break-up of the
body, after death, reappears in the destination of people of no
integrity. And what is the destination of people of no integrity? Hell
or the animal womb.



MN 113


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo? idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso
uccākulā pabbajito hoti. so iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi uccākulā
pabbajito, ime panaƱƱe bhikkhÅ« na uccākulā pabbajitā’ti. so tāya
uccākulīnatāya attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
asappurisadhammo …

“And which is the quality of a person of no integrity? “There is the
case where a person of no integrity goes forth from a high-ranking
family. He notices, ‘I have gone forth from a high-ranking family, but
these other monks have not gone forth from a high-ranking family.’ He
exalts himself for having a high-ranking family and disparages others.
This is the quality of a person of no integrity …

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso mahākulā pabbajito hoti …
mahābhogakulā pabbajito hoti … uḷārabhogakulā pabbajito hoti. so iti
paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi uḷārabhogakulā pabbajito, ime panaƱƱe
bhikkhÅ« na uḷārabhogakulā pabbajitā’ti. so tāya uḷārabhogatāya
attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti. ayampi, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo …

“Furthermore, a person of no integrity goes forth from a great family…
a family of great wealth… a family of extensive wealth. He notices,
‘I have gone forth from a family of extensive wealth, but these other
monks have not gone forth from a family of extensive wealth.’ He exalts
himself for having a family of extensive wealth and disparages others.
This is the quality of a person of no integrity …

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso Ʊāto hoti yasassÄ«… lābhÄ« hoti
cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānaṃ…
bahussuto hoti… vinayadharo hoti… dhammakathiko hoti… āraƱƱiko
hoti… paṃsukÅ«liko hoti… piį¹‡įøapātiko hoti… rukkhamÅ«liko hoti…
sosāniko hoti… abbhokāsiko hoti… nesajjiko hoti… yathāsanthatiko
hoti… ekāsaniko hoti… paį¹­hamaṃ jhānaṃ… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ
jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati… ākāsānaƱcāyatanaṃ…
viññāṇaƱcāyatanaṃ… ākiƱcaƱƱāyatanaṃ… nevasaƱƱānāsaƱƱāyatanaṃ
upasampajja viharati. so iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi
neva-saññā-nāsaññ-āyatana-samāpattiyā lābhī, ime panaññe bhikkhū
neva-saƱƱā-nāsaƱƱ-āyatana-samāpattiyā na lābhino’ti. so tāya
neva-saññā-nāsaññ-āyatana-samāpattiyā attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti.
ayampi, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo.

“Furthermore, a person of no integrity is well-known & highly
regarded … is one who gains robe-cloth, alms-food, lodgings, &
medicinal requisites for the sick … is learned … is a master of the
Vinaya … is a Dhamma-speaker … is a wilderness dweller … is one
who wears robes of thrown-away rags… an alms-goer… one who dwells at
the root of a tree… a cemetery dweller… one who lives in the open
air… one who doesn’t lie down… one who is content with whatever
dwelling is assigned to him… one who eats only one meal a day …
enters & remains in the first jhāna … in the second jhāna… the
third jhāna… the fourth jhāna… the dimension of the infinitude of
space… the dimension of the infinitude of consciousness… the
dimension of nothingness… the dimension of neither perception nor
non-perception. He notices, ‘I have gained the attainment of the
dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, but these other
monks have not gained the attainment of the dimension of neither
perception nor non-perception.’ He exalts himself for the attainment of
the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception and disparages
others. This is the quality of a person of no integrity.



The sutta doesn’t mention the behavior of an asappurisa who would attain saññā·vedayitaĀ·nirodha, while it mentions that of a sappurisa who would, which suggests that a person who reaches such a state can no longer be an asappurisa.

♦ An asappurisa can be recognized by the way he relates to his own and his fellows’ faults and virtues:

AN 4.73


ā€œcatÅ«hi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo. katamehi
catÅ«hi? idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa avaṇṇo taṃ apuį¹­į¹­hopi
pātu karoti, ko pana vādo puṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
ahāpetvā alambitvā paripÅ«raṃ vitthārena parassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Monks, a person endowed with these four qualities can be known as ‘a
person of no integrity.’ Which four? There is the case where a person of
no integrity, when unasked, reveals another person’s bad points, to say
nothing of when asked. Furthermore, when asked, when pressed with
questions, he is one who speaks of another person’s bad points in full
& in detail, without omission, without holding back. Of this person
you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa vaṇṇo taṃ puį¹­į¹­hopi
na pātu karoti, ko pana vādo apuṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
hāpetvā lambitvā aparipÅ«raṃ avitthārena parassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal
another person’s good points, to say nothing of when unasked.
Furthermore, when asked, when pressed with questions, he is one who
speaks of another person’s good points not in full, not in detail, with
omissions, holding back. Of this person you may know, ‘This venerable
one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano avaṇṇo taṃ puį¹­į¹­hopi
na pātu karoti, ko pana vādo apuṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
hāpetvā lambitvā aparipÅ«raṃ avitthārena attano avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal his
own bad points, to say nothing of when unasked. Furthermore, when asked,
when pressed with questions, he is one who speaks of his own bad points
not in full, not in detail, with omissions, holding back. Of this
person you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano vaṇṇo taṃ apuį¹­į¹­hopi
pātu karoti, ko pana vādo puṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
ahāpetvā alambitvā paripÅ«raṃ vitthārena attano vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti. imehi kho,
bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when unasked, reveals his own
good points, to say nothing of when asked. Furthermore, when asked, when
pressed with questions, he is one who speaks of his own good points in
full & in detail, without omissions, without holding back. Of this
person you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’



♦ According to AN 2.33, an asappurisa is ungrateful (aĀ·katĀ·aññū - ‘one who doesn’t know what has been done’) and unthankful (aĀ·kataĀ·vedÄ« - ‘one who doesn’t feel what has been done’).

♦ At AN 2.135, someone who, without knowing well nor investigating (anĀ·anuvicca aĀ·pariyĀ·ogāhetvā), speaks in praise of someone who deserves critic (aĀ·vaṇṇ·ārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), or criticizes someone who deserves praise (vaṇṇ·ārahassa aĀ·vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), is an asappurisa. In the immediately following sutta, the same holds for believing a matter that merits suspiscion (appasādanÄ«ye į¹­hāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti) or being suspicious about a matter that merits belief (pasādanÄ«ye į¹­hāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti).

♦ At AN 2.137, one who misbehaves (micchā·paį¹­ipajjati) towards his mother or father is an asappurisa, and in the immediately following sutta, the same holds for the Tathāgata or one of his disciples (tathāgataĀ·sāvaka).

♦ At AN 10.61, listening to a teaching that contradicts the saddhamma is caused by association with asappurisā.



Bodhi leaf


āsava: that which flows (out or on to) outflow and influx.

1) spirit, the intoxicating extract or secretion of a tree or flower.

2) discharge from a sore (AN 3.25).

3) that which intoxicates the mind (bemuddles it,
befoozles it, so that it cannot rise to higher things). Impurities/
pollutions/ fermentations/ corruptions of the mind.

The Buddha often refers to arahatta as the total destruction of āsavas (āsavakkhaya). Sāriputta lists āsavas as threefold at MN 9:

1. kām-āsava

2. bhav-āsava

3. avijj-āsava

The Sabbāsava Sutta explains in detail how the different types of āsavas are to be eradicated.



Bodhi leaf


āsavānaṃ khayañāṇa: [āsava khaya+ñāṇa] knowledge of the ending of āsavas, which arises with arahatta. It is one of the three vijjās. The formula defining it is analyzed there.



Bodhi leaf


asmimāna: [asmi+māna]

the conceit ‘I am’.

The term asmi·māna can be considered as a variant form of māna, which constitutes one of the five saṃyojanas that disappear only with arahatta, and one of the seven anusayas. Thus, it is essentially something to get rid of.

♦ In this connection, aniccaĀ·saƱƱā applied to the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas is often presented as the way to remove asmiĀ·māna, e.g.:


SN 22.102


ā€œkathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaƱƱā kathaṃ bahulÄ«katā… sabbaṃ
asmimānaṃ samÅ«hanati? ā€˜iti rÅ«paṃ, iti rÅ«passa samudayo, iti rÅ«passa
atthaį¹…gamo; iti vedanā… iti saƱƱā… iti saį¹…khārā… iti viññāṇaṃ, iti
viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaį¹…gamo’ti. evaṃ bhāvitā kho,
bhikkhave, aniccasaƱƱā evaṃ bahulÄ«katā… sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ
samÅ«hanatÄ«ā€ti.

And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and
practiced often so that it eradicates… all conceit ‘I am’? ‘Such is
Form, such its apparition, such its extinction; such is Feeling… such
is Perception… such are Fabrications… such is Consciousness, such
its apparition, such its extinction’: this is how the perception of
impermanence is developed and practiced often so that it eradicates…
all conceit ‘I am’.



In an equivalent statement, the term asmiĀ·māna is mentioned as applying to the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas, and the term aniccaĀ·saƱƱā is replaced by ‘udayabbay·ānupassÄ«’ (observing apparition and extinction).


MN 122


paƱca kho ime, ānanda, upādānakkhandhā yattha bhikkhunā
udayabbayānupassinā vihātabbaṃ. ā€˜iti rÅ«paṃ iti rÅ«passa samudayo iti
rÅ«passa atthaį¹…gamo, iti vedanā… iti saƱƱā… iti saį¹…khārā… iti
viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthaį¹…gamo’ti. tassa
imesu paƱcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato yo paƱcasu
upādānakkhandhesu asmimāno so pahīyati.

There are these five clinging-aggregates where a monk should stay,
keeping track of arising & passing away (thus): ‘Such is form, such
its origination, such its disappearance. Such is feeling… Such is
perception… Such are fabrications… Such is consciousness, such its
origination, such its disappearance.’ As he stays keeping track of
arising & passing away with regard to these five
clinging-aggregates, he abandons any conceit that ‘I am’ with regard to
these five clinging-aggregates.



As a matter of fact, it is revealed at AN 9.1 that aniccaĀ·saƱƱā does not lead directly to asmiĀ·mānaĀ·samugghāta (eradication of the conceit ‘I am’). Rather, aniccaĀ·saƱƱā leads first to anattaĀ·saƱƱā, which is the actual proximate cause for that eradication to take place:


AN 9.1


AniccasaƱƱā bhāvetabbā asmimānasamugghātāya. AniccasaƱƱino, bhikkhave,
anattasaƱƱā saṇṭhāti. anattasaƱƱī asmimānasamugghātaṃ pāpuṇāti diį¹­į¹­heva
dhamme nibbānanā€ti

The perception of inconstancy should be developed, for the eradication
of the conceit ‘I am’. In one who perceives inconstancy, bhikkhus, the
perception of non-self takes a stand. One who perceives non-self reaches
the eradication of the conceit ‘I am’, Nibbāna in this visible world.



♦ An alternative tool for abandoning asmiĀ·māna is kāyagatāsati:


AN 1.588


ekadhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate asmimāno pahīyati. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? kāyagatāya satiyā.

When, bhikkhus, one thing is developed and practiced often, the conceit
‘I am’ is abandoned. Which one thing? Mindfulness directed to the body.



AN 6.29, which features a unique list of anussatis, provides a more specific information: it is the nine sivathika contemplations that help eradicating asmi·māna:


AN 6.29


so imameva kāyaṃ evaṃ upasaṃharati: ā€˜ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo
evaṃbhāvÄ« evaṃanatÄ«to’ti. idaṃ, bhante, anussatiį¹­į¹­hānaṃ evaṃ bhāvitaṃ
evaṃ bahulīkataṃ asmimānasamugghātāya saṃvattati.

He compares this very body with it [the corpse]: ‘This body is also of
such a nature, it will become like this, it is not exempt from that.’
This subject of recollection, when developed and practiced often in this
way, leads to the eradication of the conceit ‘I am.’



♦ We find in the suttas a few illustrative evocations of asmiĀ·māna
or its eradication. At SN 35.214, the practitioner is compared to a log
drifting on a river that will go all the way to the ocean (which stands
for nibbāna), provided it doesn’t get stopped on the way. One of the possible obstacles is asmiĀ·māna, which is compared to ‘being cast up on high ground’ (thale ussādo).

At AN 4.38, through eradication of asmiĀ·māna, a bhikkhu is called ‘patilÄ«na’,
which may mean ‘reserved’, ‘quiet’, ‘unostentatious’, ‘unpretentious’,
and which the commentary explains as ‘hidden’ or ‘gone into solitude’.

At AN 5.71, one who has abandoned asmiĀ·māna is said to be an ariya ‘with banner lowered’ (pannaĀ·ddhajo), ‘with burden dropped’ (pannaĀ·bhāra) and ‘detached’ or ‘unfettered’ (visaṃyutta).



Bodhi leaf


assāda: (apparent/sensory) satisfaction, enjoyment, gratification, sweetness, allure, happiness. Often cited together with ādÄ«nava and nissaraṇa as characteristics to be understood regarding various dhammas: the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas, kāma, certain diį¹­į¹­his etc. The assāda of a particular dhamma is generally described as the sukha and somanassa which arise on account of it. The assāda of kāma, rÅ«pa and vedanā are explained in detail at MN 13.



Bodhi leaf


assutavā: [a+suta+vā] uninstructed/ ignorant person - lit: ‘one who has not heard/learnt’.



Bodhi leaf


asubha: [a+subha]

1) (n:) non-beauty, foulness, loathsomeness, digust, ugliness.

2) (adj:) foul, loathsome, disgusting, ugly, impure, unpleasant.

Almost synonymous with paṭikūla. The contemplation of an asubha·nimitta is the way to develop asubha·saññā.

♦ The contemplation of an asubha object is exclusively aimed at removing rāga (e.g. MN 62, AN 6.107) or at removing kāmaĀ·cchanda, which is one of the five nÄ«varaṇas (with the help of an asubhaĀ·nimitta, at SN 46.51 and AN 1.16).

♦ In the Aį¹…guttara Nikāya, the expression ‘bhikkhu asubhānupassÄ« kāye viharati’ (a bhikkhu dwells contemplating asubha in the body) appears as a synonym for the practice of asubhaĀ·saƱƱā (at AN 10.60), often applied specifically to kāya, and generally in conjunction with āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱī, sabbaĀ·loke anĀ·abhirataĀ·saƱƱī, sabbaĀ·saį¹…khāresu anicc·ānupassÄ«, and maraṇaĀ·saƱƱ[Ä«]. This set of five factors is said in various synonym ways to lead to nibbāna (e.g. AN 5.69). They can also lead a sick bhikkhu to arahatta (AN 5.121). Alternatively, in some cases they lead only to anāgāmita (AN 5.122).

♦ The expression ‘asubhānupassÄ« kāye viharati’ is also described at AN 4.163 as participating of a painful mode of practice (dukkhā paį¹­ipadā).

♦ Seeing as subha something which is actually asubha constitutes one of four saññā·vipallāsa (distortions of perception), cittaĀ·vipallāsa (perversions of the mind), diį¹­į¹­hiĀ·vipallāsa (inversions of views), the other three being the corresponding misunderstanding of aniccā, dukkha and anatta (AN 4.49).

♦ At SN 54.9,
the danger in this practice is made evident, as it leads many bhikkhus
to commit suicide. It can be inferred that they did not apply yoniso manasi·kāra correctly and thus multiplied their aversion instead of removing
rāga or kāma·cchanda. After the incident, the Buddha recommands ānāpānassati·samādhi as a way to gain calm, pleasantness, and allay akusala dhammas.

♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubhaĀ·nimitta and asubhaĀ·saƱƱā below.



Bodhi leaf


asubhanimitta: [asubha+nimitta]

sign of the unattractive, characteristic of foulness. The practice is to apply the mind to something repulsive, either per se
(corpses at various stages of putrefaction for example), or to the
repulsive aspects of something usually perceived otherwise, such as the
body (of which 31 parts are identified, see here) or food. It is worthwhile to note that this practice can be dangerous, as if the mind is not properly endowed with yoniso manasi·kāra, one may instead multiply aversion as it happens at SN 54.9, where many bhikkhus commit suicide. Generally speaking, an asubha·nimitta can also be defined as an object that allows for the practice of asubha·saññā.

♦ At SN 46.51 and AN 1.16, an asubhaĀ·nimitta is said to remove kāmaĀ·cchanda, which is one of the five nÄ«varaṇas. At AN 3.69, it is also said to remove rāga.

♦ One practice involving asubhaĀ·nimittas is described in most detail in the section on charnel grounds (sivathika) of the Mahā·satiĀ·paį¹­į¹­hāna Sutta, although not directly mentioned with this terminology.

♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubhaĀ·saƱƱā below.



Bodhi leaf


asubhasaƱƱā: [asubha+saƱƱā]

perception of the unattractive, perception of foulness, perception of non-beauty. This practice is explained at AN 10.60: it consists in reviewing 31 body parts.

♦ According to AN 7.49, when one often applies his/her mind to this practice, he/she is automatically repulsed by methunaĀ·dhammaĀ·samāpatti (getting into sexual intercourse).

♦ The seven bojjhaį¹…gas can be developed in conjunction with asubhaĀ·saƱƱā (SN 46.72).

♦ According to AN 7.27, so long as the bhikkhus practice asubhaĀ·saƱƱā, only growth can be expected of them, not decline.

♦ In the Aį¹…guttara Nikāya, asubhaĀ·saƱƱā appears almost always with āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱā, sabbaĀ·loke anĀ·abhirataĀ·saƱƱā and maraṇaĀ·saƱƱā. They are often collectively recommended for the sake of understanding or removing rāga (e.g. AN 5.303).

♦ Other perceptions usually associated with asubhaĀ·saƱƱā include aniccaĀ·saƱƱā, anicce dukkhaĀ·saƱƱā, anattaĀ·saƱƱā, ādÄ«navaĀ·saƱƱā, pahānaĀ·saƱƱā, virāgaĀ·saƱƱā and nirodhaĀ·saƱƱā.



Bodhi leaf


asura: beings resembling titans or fallen angels. Considered as in a way similar to the devas, but as being in a duggati,
and thus living in misery. They are also often described as having a
hostile nature and as frequently engaging in war against the devas lead by Sakka. Their leader is called Vepacitti.



Bodhi leaf


ātāpī:

(adj:) ardent, diligent, serious in effort, zealous.

The term appears most prominently in the Satipaṭṭhāna formulas:


DN 22


bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ.

a bhikkhu dwells observing body in body, ardent, clearly comprehending, mindful, having given up covetousness and affliction towards the world.



It is explicitly defined at SN 16.2 in formulas reminiscent of those describing sammā·vāyāma:



ā€œkathaƱcāvuso, ātāpÄ« hoti? idhāvuso, bhikkhu ā€˜anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti,
ā€˜uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahÄ«yamānā anatthāya
saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti, ā€˜anuppannā me kusalā dhammā
anuppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti, ā€˜uppannā me
kusalā dhammā nirujjhamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyun’ti ātappaṃ karoti.
evaṃ kho, āvuso, ātāpī hoti.

And how, friend, is one ardent? Here, friend, a bhikkhu exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If unarisen bad, unskillful mental states arise in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If arisen bad, unskillful mental states are not abandoned in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If unarisen skillful mental states do not arise in me, it would lead to [my] misfortune’; he exerts ardor [considering]: ‘If arisen skillful mental states cease in me, this may lead to [my] misfortune.’ Thus, friend, he is ardent.



This definition is extended to include the ability to endure extreme dukkha·vedanā at AN 3.50:



ā€œyato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya ātappaṃ karoti,
anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya ātappaṃ karoti, uppannānaṃ
sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ
amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsanāya ātappaṃ karoti, ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu ātāpÄ« nipako sato sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyÄā€ti.

Bhikkhus, when a bhikkhu exerts ardor for the non-arising of
unarisen bad, unskillful mental states, for the arising of unarisen
skillful mental states, and for enduring arisen bodily feelings that are
painful, racking, sharp, piercing, disagreeable, displeasing,
threatening life, this is called, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu who is ardent, alert, and mindful for making a correct end of ill-being.



Another example of what being ātāpī means is given at AN 4.11:



ā€œcarato cepi… į¹­hitassa cepi… nisinnassa cepi… sayānassa cepi,
bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppajjati kāmavitakko vā byāpādavitakko vā
vihiṃsāvitakko vā, taṃ ce bhikkhu nādhivāseti, pajahati vinodeti
byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti, sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jāgaro
evaṃbhÅ«to ā€˜ÄtāpÄ« ottāpÄ« satataṃ samitaṃ āraddhavÄ«riyo pahitatto’ti vuccati.

If while walking… while standing… while sitting… while lying down a
thought of sensuality, a thought of ill will or a thought of harming
arises in a bhikkhu and he does not give in to it but abandons it,
dispels it, removes it, and brings it to complete cessation, then while
wakefully lying down that bhikkhu is said to be ardent, to fear wrongdoing and to be continually and continuously of aroused energy and resolute will.



And at AN 4.12:



ā€œcarato cepi… į¹­hitassa cepi… nisinnassa cepi… sayānassa cepi,
bhikkhave, bhikkhuno jāgarassa abhijjhābyāpādo vigato hoti, thinamiddhaṃ
pahīnaṃ hoti, uddhaccakukuccaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti,
āraddhaṃ hoti vīriyaṃ asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho
kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggaṃ, sayānopi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
jāgaro evaṃbhÅ«to ā€˜ÄtāpÄ« ottāpÄ« satataṃ samitaṃ āraddhavÄ«riyo
pahitatto’ti vuccatÄ«ā€ti.

If while walking… while standing… while sitting… while wakefully
lying down covetousness and ill-will have ceased in a bhikkhu, dullness
and drowsiness are abandoned, mental agitation and worry are abandoned,
doubt is abandoned, his energy is aroused relentlessly, his mindfulness
is established and unconfused, his body is tranquil and calm, his mind
is concentrated and unified, then while wakefully lying down that
bhikkhu is said to be ardent, to fear wrongdoing and to be continually and continuously of aroused energy and resolute will.



A list of terms that appear to be related to ātappaṃ karoti and may help gathering the meaning of ātāpī is given at SN 12.87: sikkhā karoti (practice the training), yoga karoti (exert dedication), chanda karoti (stir up the desire), ussoḷhī karoti (make an exertion), appaṭivānī karoti (exert persistence), vīriyaṃ karoti (exert energy), sātaccaṃ karoti (exert perseverance), sati karoti (exert mindfulness), sampajaññaṃ karoti (exert clear comprehension), appamādo karoti (exert heedfulness).


SN 12.87


upādānaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ upādāne yathābhūtaṃ
ñāṇāya sikkhā karaṇīyā… yogo karaṇīyo… chando karaṇīyo… ussoįø·hÄ«
karaṇīyā… appaį¹­ivānÄ« karaṇīyā… ātappaṃ karaṇīyaṃ… vÄ«riyaṃ karaṇīyaṃ… sātaccaṃ karaṇīyaṃ… sati karaṇīyā… sampajaƱƱaṃ karaṇīyaṃ.. appamādo karaṇīyo.

Bhikkhus, one who does not know, who does not see attachment as it
really is should practice the training… exert dedication… stir up
the desire… make an exertion… exert persistence… exert ardor
exert energy… exert perseverance… exert mindfulness… exert clear
comprehension… exert heedfulness in order to know it as it really is.



Another list is found at DN 3 and adds padhāna, anuyoga and sammā·manasikāra (probably a synonym for yoniso manasikāra):


DN 3


ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārÅ«paṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati

Some renuniciate or brahmin, by means of ardor, by means of
effort, by means of dedication, by means of heedfulness, by means of
proper consideration, attains such a concentration of the mind



Some suttas help understanding what being ātāpī means, as they explain what may happen when the practitioner is in that state:


SN 36.7


ā€œtassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino
pahitattassa viharato uppajjati sukhā vedanā… dukkhā vedanā. so evaṃ
pajānāti: ā€˜uppannā kho myāyaṃ dukkhā vedanā. sā ca kho paį¹­icca, no
appaṭicca. kiṃ paṭicca? imameva kāyaṃ paṭicca. ayaṃ kho pana kāyo anicco
saį¹…khato paį¹­iccasamuppanno. aniccaṃ kho pana saį¹…khataṃ
paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kāyaṃ paṭicca uppannā dukkhā vedanā kuto niccā
bhavissatī’ti! so kāye ca dukkhāya vedanāya aniccānupassÄ« viharati,
vayānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati,
paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. tassa kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya
aniccānupassino viharato, vayānupassino viharato, virāgānupassino
viharato, nirodhānupassino viharato, paṭinissaggānupassino viharato, yo
kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya paṭighānusayo, so pahīyati.

As a monk is dwelling thus mindful & alert — heedful, ardent,
& resolute — a feeling of pleasure… a feeling of pain arises in
him. He discerns that ‘A feeling of pain has arisen in me. It is
dependent on a requisite condition, not independent. Dependent on what?
Dependent on this body. Now, this body is inconstant, fabricated,
dependently co-arisen. Being dependent on a body that is inconstant,
fabricated, & dependently co-arisen, how can this feeling of pain
that has arisen be constant?’ He remains focused on inconstancy with
regard to the body & to the feeling of pain. He remains focused on
dissolution… dispassion… cessation… relinquishment with regard to
the body & to the feeling of pain. As he remains focused on
inconstancy… dissolution… dispassion… cessation… relinquishment
with regard to the body & to the feeling of pain, he abandons any
resistance-obsession with regard to the body & the feeling of pain.

ā€œtassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā… yo kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya avijjānusayo, so pahÄ«yati.

As he is dwelling thus mindful & alert — heedful, ardent,
& resolute — a feeling of neither-pleasure-nor-pain arises in him…
he abandons any ignorance-obsession with regard to the body & the
feeling of neither-pleasure-nor-pain.



For a more refined understanding of the expression
and what it may have meant at the time, it is interesting to study
related words. We may start by noting that the closest word in Sanskrit
is ātapya (ą¤†ą¤¤ą¤Ŗą„ą¤Æ), meaning ‘being in the sunshine’.

1) The first shade of meaning is best illustrated by the verb tapati, meaning ‘to shine’, as at SN 1.26: ‘divā tapati ādicco’ (the sun shines by day) or at SN 21.11: ’sannaddho khattiyo tapati’ (the khattiya shines clad in armor).

2) The second shade of meaning can be derived
from the first by noting that staying where the sun shines in a
tropical climate generally turns out to be a hot and unpleasant
experience, which may be how tapati comes to refer to the dukkhaĀ·vipāka that arises as a result of akusala kamma. Thus, at AN 10.141, the tenfold micchā·paį¹­ipadā is called ‘the teaching that causes torment’ (tapanÄ«yo dhammo). AN 2.3 provides more detail about the workings of these torments:



ā€œdveme, bhikkhave, dhammā tapanÄ«yā. katame dve? idha, bhikkhave,
ekaccassa kāyaduccaritaṃ kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti kāyasucaritaṃ;
vacīduccaritaṃ kataṃ hoti; akataṃ hoti vacīsucaritaṃ; manoduccaritaṃ
kataṃ hoti, akataṃ hoti manosucaritaṃ. so ā€˜kāyaduccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ā€˜akataṃ me kāyasucaritan’ti tappati; ā€˜vacÄ«duccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ā€˜akataṃ me vacÄ«sucaritan’ti tappati; ā€˜manoduccaritaṃ me katan’ti tappati, ā€˜akataṃ me manosucaritan’ti tappati. ime kho, bhikkhave, dve dhammā tapanÄ«yÄā€ti.

Bhikkhus, these two things cause torment. Which two? Here,
bhikkhus, someone has performed bodily misconduct and has not performed
bodily good conduct; he has performed verbal misconduct and has not
performed verbal good conduct; he has performed mental misconduct and
has not performed mental good conduct. He is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have performed bodily misconduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have not performed bodily good conduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have performed verbal misconduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have not performed verbal good conduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have performed mental misconduct’; he is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have not performed mental good conduct.’ These, bhikkhus, are two things that cause torment.



We also find various instances of words related to tapati, used to refer to dukkha·vipāka and the remorse the wrong-doer experiences:


SN 2.8


akataṃ dukkaṭaṃ seyyo, pacchā tapati dukkaṭaṃ.

Better left undone is a wrong deed, for a wrong deed later brings torment.




SN 2.22


na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati.

An action which, once performed, brings torment is not well done.




Dhp 17


idha tappati pecca tappati,
pāpakārī ubhayattha tappati.
‘pāpaṃ me katan’ti tappati,
bhiyyo tappati duggatiṃ gato.

The evil-doer is tormented here and is tormented hereafter,
He is tormented in both [worlds].
He is tormented, [thinking]: ‘I have done evil [things]’,
And he is tormented even more when gone to a bad destination [after death].



3) The third shade of meaning is also derived from
the first, as staying in the sunshine can also be a symbol for making an
effort, for example to earn one’s living:


AN 5.33


ā€œyo naṃ bharati sabbadā,
niccaṃ ātāpi ussuko.
sabbakāmaharaṃ posaṃ,
bhattāraṃ nātimaññati.

The one who always supports her
Constantly ardent and zealous
The man who brings what she desires,
Her husband she does not despise.



In another example, someone overcome by the three akusala·mūlas does not make an effort to correct the falsehood that is said to him:


AN 3.70


abhūtena vuccamāno ātappaṃ karoti tassa nibbeṭhanāya itipetaṃ atacchaṃ itipetaṃ abhūtanti.

When he is told things that are not factual, he makes an effort to correct it: ‘It is not true because of this, it is not factual because of this’.



4) The fourth connotation, stronger, is that of asceticism or austerities.


MN 12


iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpana-paritāpan-ānuyogamanuyutto viharāmi. idaṃsu me, sāriputta, tapassitāya hoti.

Thus in such a variety of ways I dwelt pursuing the practice of tormenting and mortifying the body. Such was my asceticism.



Those austerities are depicted at MN 51:




ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto?
idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo acelako hoti muttācāro hatthāpalekhano
naehibhaddantiko natiṭṭhabhaddantiko; nābhihaṭaṃ na uddissakataṃ na
nimantanaṃ sādiyati; so na kumbhimukhā paį¹­iggaṇhāti na kaįø·opimukhā
paį¹­iggaṇhāti na eįø·akamantaraṃ na daį¹‡įøamantaraṃ na musalamantaraṃ na
dvinnaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ na gabbhiniyā na pāyamānāya na purisantaragatāya
na saį¹…kittÄ«su na yattha sā upaį¹­į¹­hito hoti na yattha makkhikā
saį¹‡įøasaį¹‡įøacārinÄ«; na macchaṃ na maṃsaṃ na suraṃ na merayaṃ na thusodakaṃ
pivati. so ekāgāriko vā hoti ekālopiko, dvāgāriko vā hoti dvālopiko…
sattāgāriko vā hoti sattālopiko; ekissāpi dattiyā yāpeti, dvīhipi
dattÄ«hi yāpeti… sattahipi dattÄ«hi yāpeti; ekāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti,
dvÄ«hikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti… sattāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti iti evarÅ«paṃ
aįøįøhamāsikaṃ pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. so
sākabhakkho vā hoti, sāmākabhakkho vā hoti, nīvārabhakkho vā hoti,
daddulabhakkho vā hoti, haį¹­abhakkho vā hoti, kaṇabhakkho vā hoti,
ācāmabhakkho vā hoti, piƱƱākabhakkho vā hoti, tiṇabhakkho vā hoti,
gomayabhakkho vā hoti; vanamūlaphalāhāro yāpeti pavattaphalabhojī. so
sāṇānipi dhāreti, masāṇānipi dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti,
paṃsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi dhāreti, ajinampi dhāreti,
ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti,
phalakacīrampi dhāreti, kesakambalampi dhāreti, vāḷakambalampi dhāreti,
ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti; kesamassulocakopi hoti,
kesamassulocanānuyogamanuyutto, ubbhaṭṭhakopi hoti āsanapaṭikkhitto,
ukkuį¹­ikopi hoti ukkuį¹­ikappadhānamanuyutto, kaṇṭakāpassayikopi hoti
kaṇṭakāpassaye seyyaṃ kappeti; sāyatatiyakampi
udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo attantapo attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto.

And what, bhikkhus, is the person who torments himself and pursues the practice of mortifying
himself? Here, bhikkhus, a certain person goes naked, rejecting
conventions, licking his hands, not coming when asked, not stopping when
asked; he does not accept food brought or food specially made or an
invitation to a meal; he receives nothing from a pot, from a bowl,
across a threshold, across a stick, across a pestle, from two eating
together, from a pregnant woman, from a woman giving suck, from a woman
lying with a man, from where food was advertised to be distributed, from
where a dog was waiting, from where flies were buzzing; he accepts no
fish or meat, he drinks no liquor, wine or fermented brew. He keeps to
one house, to one morsel; he keeps to two houses, to two morsels;… he
keeps to seven houses, to seven morsels. He lives on one saucerful a
day, on two saucerfuls a day… on seven saucerfuls a day; he takes food
once a day, once every two days… once every seven days, and so on up
to once every fortnight; he dwels pursuing the practice of taking food
at stated intervals. He is an eater of greens or millet or wild rice or
hide-parings or moss or ricebran or rice-scum or sesamum flour or grass
or cowdung. He lives on forest roots and fruits, he feeds on fallen
fruits. He clothes himself in hemp, in hemp-mixed cloth, in shrouds, in
refuse rags, in tree bark, in antelope hide, in strips of antelope hide,
in kusa-grass fabric, in bark fabric, in wood-shavings fabric, in
head-hair wool, in animal wool, in owls’ wings. He is one who pulls out
hair and beard, pursuing the practice of pulling out hair and beard. He
is one who stands continuously, rejecting seats. He is one who squats
continuously, devoted to maintaining the squatting position. He is one
who uses a mattress of spikes; he makes a mattress of spikes his bed. He
dwells pursuing the practice of bathing in water three times daily
including the evening. Thus in such a variety of ways he dwells pursuing
the practice of tormenting and mortifying the body. This, bhikkhus, is what is called the person who torments himself and pursues the practice of mortifying himself.



Given on one hand this close proximity of the term ātāpī with the vocabulary of austerity and mortification and on the other the fact that the Buddha recommends being ātāpī (most prominently in the satipaṭṭhāna
formulas), and knowing he also rejected self-mortification, in order to
understand more precisely what he meant exactly by being ātāpī, it would appear useful to examine in greater details what his wider position was in regards to austerity.

First of all, it should be borne in mind that the
Buddha clearly rejects the pursuit of self-mortification in his first
recorded discourse, the DhammaĀ·cakkaĀ·ppavattana Sutta:


SN 56.11


ā€œdveme, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. katame dve? yo cāyaṃ
kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo
anatthasaṃhito, yo cāyaṃ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṃhito.

These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone
forth from the home life. Which two? On one hand, the pursuit of
hedonism towards sensuality, which is inferior, vulgar, common, ignoble,
deprived of benefit, and on the other hand the pursuit of self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble and deprived of benefit.



But at AN 10.94,
the Buddha says he does not reject categorically both “all austerity”
and “all ascetics leading the rough life”, as it all depends on whether
their practice removes unwholesome states and brings about wholesome
ones, or not:



—
ā€œsaccaṃ kira, gahapati, samaṇo gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati, sabbaṃ tapassiṃ lÅ«khājÄ«viṃ ekaṃsena upakkosati upavadatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“Is it true, householder, that Gotama the contemplative criticizes all asceticism, that he categorically denounces & disparages all ascetics who live the rough life?”

—
ā€œna kho, bhante, bhagavā sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati napi sabbaṃ tapassiṃ lÅ«khājÄ«viṃ ekaṃsena upakkosati upavadati.

—
“No, venerable sirs, the Blessed One does not criticize all asceticism, nor does he categorically denounce or disparage all ascetics who live the rough life.

… [The Blessed One:]

nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ tapaṃ tapitabbanti vadāmi; na ca panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ tapaṃ na tapitabbanti
vadāmi; nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ samādānaṃ samāditabbanti vadāmi; na
panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbaṃ samādānaṃ na samāditabbanti vadāmi; nāhaṃ,
gahapati, sabbaṃ padhānaṃ padahitabbanti vadāmi; na panāhaṃ, gahapati,
sabbaṃ padhānaṃ na padahitabbanti vadāmi; nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbo
paṭinissaggo paṭinissajjitabboti vadāmi. na panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbo
paṭinissaggo na paṭinissajjitabboti vadāmi; nāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbā
vimutti vimuccitabbāti vadāmi; na panāhaṃ, gahapati, sabbā vimutti na
vimuccitabbāti vadāmi.

I don’t say that all asceticism is to be pursued, nor do I say that all asceticism is not to be pursued.
I don’t say that all observances should be observed, nor do I say that
all observances should not be observed. I don’t say that all exertions
are to be pursued, nor do I say that all exertions are not to be
pursued. I don’t say that all forfeiture should be forfeited, nor do I
say that all forfeiture should not be forfeited. I don’t say that all
release is to be used for release, nor do I say that all release is not
to be used for release.

ā€œyaƱhi, gahapati, tapaṃ tapato akusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarÅ«paṃ tapaṃ na tapitabbanti vadāmi. yaƱca khvassa gahapati, tapaṃ tapato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, evarÅ«paṃ tapaṃ tapitabbanti vadāmi.

“If, when an ascetic practice is pursued, unskillful qualities grow and skillful qualities wane, then I tell you that that sort of asceticism is not to be pursued. But if, when an ascetic practice is pursued, unskillful qualities wane and skillful qualities grow, then I tell you that that sort of asceticism is to be pursued.

ā€œyaƱhi, gahapati, samādānaṃ samādiyato… padhānaṃ padahato…
paį¹­inissaggaṃ paį¹­inissajjato… vimuttiṃ vimuccato akusalā dhammā
abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarÅ«pā vimutti na
vimuccitabbāti vadāmi. yañca khvassa, gahapati, vimuttiṃ vimuccato
akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, evarÅ«pā vimutti
vimuccitabbāti vadāmÄ«ā€ti.

“If, when an observance is observed… when an exertion is pursued… a
forfeiture is forfeited… a release is used for release, unskillful
qualities grow and skillful qualities wane, then I tell you that that
sort of release is not to be used for release. But if, when a release is
used for release, unskillful qualities wane and skillful qualities
grow, then I tell you that that sort of release is to be used for
release.”



But again, by contrast, at SN 42.12, while still not
rejecting categorically both “all austerity” and “all ascetics leading
the rough life”, the Buddha does seem to reject categorically the fact
of ‘attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti’ (tormenting and torturing oneself), by presenting it as a reason good enough by itself to draw disapproval:

SN 42.12


ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rāsiyo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:

Having sat down to one side, Rasiya the headman said to the Blessed One:

—
ā€œsutaṃ metaṃ, bhante, ā€˜samaṇo gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati, sabbaṃ tapassiṃ
lÅ«khajÄ«viṃ ekaṃsena upavadati upakkosatī’ti . ye te, bhante,
evamāhaṃsu… kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca bhagavantaṃ
abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākaronti, na ca koci
sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ į¹­hānaṃ āgacchatÄ«ā€ti?

—
Bhante, I have heard: ‘The renunciate Gotama disapproves of all austerity, he categorically criticizes and blames all ascetics leading a rough life.’
Those who say this, Bhante… do they speak in line with what the
Blessed One has said, do they not misrepresent the Blessed One with what
is contrary to fact, do they answer in line with the Dhamma, so that no
one whose thinking is in line with the Dhamma would have grounds for
criticizing them?

—
ā€œye te, gāmaṇi, evamāhaṃsu… na me te vuttavādino, abbhācikkhanti ca pana maṃ te asatā tucchā abhÅ«tenaā€.

—
Those who say this, headman, do not speak in line with what I have said,
and they misrepresent me with what is false and contrary to fact.

ā€œtatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ tapassÄ« lÅ«khajÄ«vÄ« attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpeti,
kusalañca dhammaṃ adhigacchati, uttari ca manussadhammā
alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikaroti. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, tapassÄ«
lūkhajīvī ekena ṭhānena gārayho, dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso. katamena ekena
ṭhānena gārayho? attānaṃ ātāpeti paritāpetīti, iminā ekena
ṭhānena gārayho. katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso? kusalañca dhammaṃ
adhigacchatīti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. uttari ca manussadhammā
alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarotÄ«ti, iminā dutiyena į¹­hānena
pāsaṃso.

Here, headman, regarding the ascetic leading a rough life who torments and tortures
himself, yet achieves a wholesome state and realizes a supra-human
state, an attainment in knowledge and vision that is suitable to the
noble ones, this ascetic leading a rough life, headman, may be
disapproved of on one ground and praised on two grounds. And what is the
one ground on which he may be disapproved of? He torments and tortures
himself: this is the one ground on which he may be disapproved of. And
what are the two grounds on which he may be praised? He achieves a
wholesome state: this is the first ground on which he may be praised. He
realizes a supra-human state, an attainment in knowledge and vision
that is suitable to the noble ones: this is the second ground on which
he may be praised.



Yet the exact same combination of verbs, ‘ātāpeti paritāpeti’ (meaning here to heat and burn),
is also used (although with a different connotation) at MN 101 in a
simile illustrating a recommended kind of unpleasant practice:


MN 101


ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva anaddhabhūtaṃ attānaṃ dukkhena addhabhāveti,
dhammikañca sukhaṃ na pariccajati, tasmiñca sukhe anadhimucchito hoti.
so evaṃ pajānāti: ā€˜imassa kho me dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato
saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti, imassa pana me dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hotī’ti. so yassa hi khvāssa
dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti,
saį¹…khāraṃ tattha padahati. yassa panassa dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato
upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti, upekkhaṃ tattha bhāveti. tassa tassa
dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti.
evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti. evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ
nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti.

“And how is striving fruitful, how is exertion fruitful? There is the
case where a monk, when not loaded down, does not load himself down with
pain, nor does he reject pleasure that accords with the Dhamma,
although he is not fixated on that pleasure. He discerns that ‘When I
exert a [physical, verbal, or mental] fabrication against this cause of
stress, then from the fabrication of exertion there is dispassion. When I
look on with equanimity at that cause of stress, then from the
development of equanimity there is dispassion.’ So he exerts a
fabrication against the cause of stress where there comes dispassion
from the fabrication of exertion, and develops equanimity with regard to
the cause of stress where there comes dispassion from the development
of equanimity. Thus the stress coming from the cause of stress for which
there is dispassion through the fabrication of exertion is exhausted
& the stress resulting from the cause of stress for which there is
dispassion through the development of equanimity is exhausted.

ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso itthiyā sāratto paį¹­ibaddhacitto
tibbacchando tibbāpekkho. so taṃ itthiṃ passeyya aññena purisena saddhiṃ
santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ. taṃ kiṃ maññatha,
bhikkhave, api nu tassa purisassa amuṃ itthiṃ disvā aññena purisena
saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ uppajjeyyuṃ
soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-Å«pāyāsÄā€ti?

“Suppose that a man is in love with a woman, his mind ensnared with
fierce desire, fierce passion. He sees her standing with another man,
chatting, joking, & laughing. What do you think, monks: As he sees
her standing with another man, chatting, joking, & laughing, would
sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, & despair arise in him?”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.

—
ā€œtaṃ kissa hetuā€?

—
Why is that?

—
ā€œamu hi, bhante, puriso amussā itthiyā sāratto paį¹­ibaddhacitto
tibbacchando tibbāpekkho… soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass-Å«pāyāsÄā€ti.

—
Because he is in love with her, his mind ensnared with fierce desire,
fierce passion… sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, & despair
would arise in him.

—
ā€œatha kho, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa evamassa: ā€˜ahaṃ kho amussā itthiyā
sāratto paṭibaddhacitto tibbacchando tibbāpekkho. tassa me amuṃ itthiṃ
disvā aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ
saṃhasantiṃ uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā. yaṃnūnāhaṃ yo
me amussā itthiyā chandarāgo taṃ pajaheyyan’ti. so yo amussā itthiyā
chandarāgo taṃ pajaheyya. so taṃ itthiṃ passeyya aparena samayena aññena
purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ.
taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu tassa purisassa amuṃ itthiṃ disvā
aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ
saṃhasantiṃ uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassÅ«pāyāsÄā€ti?

—
“Now suppose the thought were to occur to him, ‘I am in love with this
woman, my mind ensnared with fierce desire, fierce passion. When I see
her standing with another man, chatting, joking, & laughing, then
sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, & despair arise within me. Why
don’t I abandon my desire & passion for that woman?’ So he abandons
his desire & passion for that woman, and afterwards sees her
standing with another man, chatting, joking, & laughing. What do you
think, monks: As he sees her standing with another man, chatting,
joking, & laughing, would sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, &
despair arise in him?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.

—
ā€œtaṃ kissa hetuā€?

—
Why is that?

—
ā€œamu hi, bhante, puriso amussā itthiyā virāgo. tasmā taṃ itthiṃ disvā
aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ
saṃhasantiṃ na uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassÅ«pāyāsÄā€ti.

—
He is dispassionate toward that woman. As he sees her standing with
another man, chatting, joking, & laughing, sorrow, lamentation,
pain, distress, & despair would not arise in him.

—
ā€œevameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva anaddhabhÅ«taṃ attānaṃ dukkhena
addhabhāveti, dhammikañca sukhaṃ na pariccajati, tasmiñca sukhe
anadhimucchito hoti. so evaṃ pajānāti: ā€˜imassa kho me dukkhanidānassa
saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo hoti, imassa pana me
dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hotī’ti. so
yassa hi khvāssa dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā
virāgo hoti, saį¹…khāraṃ tattha padahati; yassa panassa dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti, upekkhaṃ tattha bhāveti.
tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa saį¹…khāraṃ padahato saį¹…khārappadhānā virāgo
hoti: evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa
ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti: evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ
nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ
padhānaṃ.

—
“In the same way, the monk, when not loaded down, does not load himself
down with pain, nor does he reject pleasure that accords with the
Dhamma, although he is not infatuated with that pleasure. He discerns
that ‘When I exert a [physical, verbal, or mental] fabrication against
this cause of stress, then from the fabrication of exertion there is
dispassion. When I look on with equanimity at that cause of stress, then
from the development of equanimity there is dispassion.’ So he exerts a
fabrication against the cause of stress where there comes dispassion
from the fabrication of exertion, and develops equanimity with regard to
the cause of stress where there comes dispassion from the development
of equanimity. Thus the stress coming from the cause of stress for which
there is dispassion through the fabrication of exertion is exhausted
& the stress resulting from the cause of stress for which there is
dispassion through the development of equanimity is exhausted. This,
bhikkhus, is how striving is fruitful, how exertion is fruitful.

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜yathāsukhaṃ kho
me viharato akusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti;
dukkhāya pana me attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā
dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. yaṃnÅ«nāhaṃ dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyyan’ti. so
dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. tassa dukkhāya attānaṃ padahato akusalā
dhammā parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. so na aparena samayena
dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu atthāya dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyya svāssa attho abhinipphanno
hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati.

“Furthermore, the monk notices this: ‘When I live according to my
pleasure, unskillful mental qualities increase in me & skillful
qualities decline. When I exert myself with stress & pain, though,
unskillful qualities decline in me & skillful qualities increase.
Why don’t I exert myself with stress & pain?’ So he exerts himself
with stress & pain, and while he is exerting himself with stress
& pain, unskillful qualities decline in him, & skillful
qualities increase. Then at a later time he would no longer exert
himself with stress & pain. Why is that? Because he has attained the
goal for which he was exerting himself with stress & pain. That is
why, at a later time, he would no longer exert himself with stress &
pain.

seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. yato kho, bhikkhave, usukārassa tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpitaṃ hoti paritāpitaṃ ujuṃ kataṃ kammaniyaṃ, na so taṃ aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave, atthāya usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeyya paritāpeyya ujuṃ kareyya kammaniyaṃ svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ.

“Suppose a fletcher were to heat & warm an arrow shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. Then at a later time he would no longer heat & warm the shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable. Why is that? Because he has attained the goal for which he was heating & warming the shaft. That is why at a later time he would no longer heat & warm the shaft between two flames, making it straight & pliable.

evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜yathāsukhaṃ kho me
viharato akusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti; dukkhāya pana me attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. yaṃnÅ«nāhaṃ dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyyan’ti. so dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. tassa dukkhāya attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaįøįøhanti. so na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. taṃ kissa hetu? yassa hi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthāya dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyya svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. tasmā na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ.

“In the same way, the monk notices this: ‘When I live according to my
pleasure, unskillful mental qualities increase in me & skillful
qualities decline. When I exert myself with stress & pain, though, unskillful qualities decline in me & skillful qualities increase. Why don’t I exert myself with stress & pain?’ So he exerts himself with stress & pain, and while he is exerting himself with stress & pain, unskillful qualities decline in him, & skillful qualities increase. Then at a later time he would no longer exert himself with stress & pain. Why is that? Because he has attained the goal for which he was exerting himself with stress & pain. That is why, at a later time, he would no longer exert himself with stress & pain. This is how striving is fruitful, how exertion is fruitful.



Examples of some inherently unpleasant practices are mentioned elsewhere:


AN 4.163


ā€œkatamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paį¹­ipadā dandhābhiƱƱā? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasaññī,
sabbaloke anabhiratisaƱƱī, sabbasaį¹…khāresu aniccānupassÄ«; maraṇasaƱƱā
kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti.

“And which is painful practice … ? There is the case where a
monk remains focused on unattractiveness with regard to the body,
percipient of loathsomeness with regard to food, percipient of
non-delight with regard to the entire world, (and) focused on
inconstancy with regard to all fabrications. The perception of death is
well established within him.



A reason why some practices may become unpleasant is also mentioned at AN 4.162:



ā€œkatamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhā paį¹­ipadā … ? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco pakatiyāpi tibbarāgajātiko hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ rāgajaṃ dukkhaṃ
domanassaṃ paį¹­isaṃvedeti. pakatiyāpi tibbadosajātiko hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ
dosajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. pakatiyāpi tibbamohajātiko
hoti, abhikkhaṇaṃ mohajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paį¹­isaṃvedeti.

“And which is painful practice … ? There is the case where a
certain individual is normally of an intensely passionate nature. He
perpetually experiences pain & distress born of passion. Or he is
normally of an intensely aversive nature. He perpetually experiences
pain & distress born of aversion. Or he is normally of an intensely
deluded nature. He perpetually experiences pain & distress born of
delusion.



The Buddha also goes so far as to accept the appellation ‘one who tortures [himself]’ (tapassÄ«), saying that what he has tortured were actually akusala dhammas:


AN 8.12


ā€œkatamo ca, sÄ«ha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ā€˜tapassÄ« samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? tapanÄ«yāhaṃ, sÄ«ha, pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṃ vacÄ«duccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. yassa kho, sÄ«ha, tapanÄ«yā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahÄ«nā ucchinnamÅ«lā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṃ ā€˜tapassī’ti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho, sÄ«ha, tapanÄ«yā
pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā
āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena
sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ā€˜tapassÄ« samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetÄ«ā€™ā€ti.

And what, Siha, is the line of reasoning by which one speaking rightly could say of me: ‘The renunciate Gotama is one who tortures, he professes a teaching of torture and instructs his disciples accordingly’? I say, Siha, that bad, unwholesome states, bodily misconduct, verbal misconduct and mental misconduct are to be tortured. I say that one who has abandoned the bad, unwholesome states that are to be tortured,
cut them off at their root, made them like a palmyra stump, annihilated
them, so that they are unable to arise again in the future, is one who tortures himself. The Tathagata has abandoned the bad, unwholesome states that are to be tortured,
cut them off at their root, made them like a palmyra stump, annihilated
them, so that they are unable to arise again in the future. This is the
line of reasoning by which one speaking rightly could say of me: ‘The renunciate Gotama is one who tortures himself, he professes a teaching of torture and instructs his disciples accordingly’.



So we may try to conclude here that what the Buddha
rejected was the performance of unpleasant practices that would not help
removing unwholesome states and developing wholesome ones (AN 10.94),
or even if they do have that effect, the performance of unpleasant
practices for themselves, as a way of ‘rough life’ (lÅ«khajÄ«vita, SN
42.12). But even the right type of asceticism has to be undertaken in a
balanced way, to avoid having it ending up developing unwholesome
states:


AN 6.55


—
ā€œnanu te, soṇa, rahogatassa paį¹­isallÄ«nassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko
udapādi: ā€˜ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhavÄ«riyā viharanti, ahaṃ
tesaṃ aññataro. atha ca pana me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati,
saṃvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā, sakkā bhogā ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca
kātuṃ. yaṃnūnāhaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṃ
puƱƱāni ca kareyyanā€™ā€ti?

—
“Just now, as you were meditating in seclusion, didn’t this train of
thought appear to your awareness: ‘Of the Blessed One’s disciples who
have aroused their persistence, I am one, but my mind is not released
from the fermentations through lack of clinging/sustenance. Now, my
family has enough wealth that it would be possible to enjoy wealth &
make merit. What if I were to disavow the training, return to the lower
life, enjoy wealth, & make merit?’”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.”

—
ā€œtaṃ kiṃ maƱƱasi, soṇa, kusalo tvaṃ pubbe agāriyabhÅ«to vīṇāya tantissareā€ti?

—
“Now what do you think, Sona. Before, when you were a house-dweller, were you skilled at playing the vina?”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.”

—
ā€œtaṃ kiṃ maƱƱasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo accāyatā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatÄ« vā hoti kammaƱƱā vÄā€ti?

—
“And what do you think: when the strings of your vina were too taut, was your vina in tune & playable?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.”

—
ā€œtaṃ kiṃ maƱƱasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo atisithilā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatÄ« vā hoti kammaƱƱā vÄā€ti?

—
“And what do you think: when the strings of your vina were too loose, was your vina in tune & playable?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.”

—
ā€œyadā pana te, soṇa, vīṇāya tantiyo na accāyatā honti nātisithilā same
guṇe patiį¹­į¹­hitā, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatÄ« vā hoti kammaƱƱā
vÄā€ti?

—
“And what do you think: when the strings of your vina were neither too
taut nor too loose, but tuned to be right on pitch, was your vina in
tune & playable?”

—
ā€œevaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“Yes, lord.”

—
ā€œevamevaṃ kho, soṇa, accāraddhavÄ«riyaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati,
atisithilavÄ«riyaṃ kosajjāya saṃvattati. tasmātiha tvaṃ, soṇa,
vīriyasamathaṃ adhiṭṭhahaṃ, indriyānañca samataṃ paṭivijjha, tattha ca
nimittaṃ gaṇhāhÄ«ā€ti.

—
“In the same way, Sona, over-aroused persistence leads to restlessness,
overly slack persistence leads to laziness. Thus you should determine
the right pitch for your persistence, attune the pitch of the [five]
faculties [to that], and there pick up your theme.”



It may also be important to note that being ātāpī does not necessarily refer to unpleasant practice, since it can constitute the basis to enter the jhānas:


SN 48.40


idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa
viharato uppajjati dukkhindriyaṃ. so evaṃ pajānāti: ā€˜uppannaṃ kho me
idaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ, taƱca kho sanimittaṃ sanidānaṃ sasaį¹…khāraṃ
sappaccayaṃ. taƱca animittaṃ anidānaṃ asaį¹…khāraṃ appaccayaṃ
dukkhindriyaṃ uppajjissatÄ«ti: netaṃ į¹­hānaṃ vijjati’. so dukkhindriyaƱca
pajānāti, dukkhindriyasamudayaƱca pajānāti, dukkhindriyanirodhaƱca
pajānāti, yattha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati tañca
pajānāti. kattha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi
savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati: ettha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati. ayaṃ
vuccati, bhikkhave, ā€˜bhikkhu aƱƱāsi dukkhindriyassa nirodhaṃ, tadatthāya
cittaṃ upasaṃharatiā€™ā€.

Here, bhikkhus, while a bhikkhu is remaining heedful, ardent and striving, the pain faculty arises. He understands thus: ‘The
pain faculty has arisen in me; it possesses a feature, a cause, a
construction, a condition. It is impossible that the pain faculty would
arise without a feature, a cause, a construction, a condition’
. He
understands the pain faculty, he understands its origin, he understands
its cessation, and he understands where the arisen pain faculty ceases
completely. And where does the pain faculty cease completely? Here,
bhikkhous, a bhikkhu, detached from sensuality, detached from
unwholesome states, having entered in the first jhāna, remains therein,
with thoughts, with thought processes, exaltation and well-being
engendered by detachment: here the arisen pain faculty ceases
completely. This is called, bhikkhus, ‘a bhikkhu who knows the cessation of the pain faculty, and who directs his mind to that end.’



The same is then repeated about domanass·indriya, sukh·indriya, somanass·indriya, and upekkh·indriya, respectively about the second, third, fourth jhānas and saññā·vedayita·nirodha. At MN 19, the same expression appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato (remaining heedful, ardent and striving) is similarly used to describe the state in which the Buddha was when he reached the three vijjās just before his awakening.



Bodhi leaf


attā: self, ego, soul, personality, individuality. This term actually designates an illusion, since all phenomena are anattā.



Bodhi leaf


attavādupādāna: [attā+vāda+upādāna] clinging to the belief in self. Such beliefs are explained in the Brahmajāla Sutta (DN 1),
in which 53 out of the 62 views examined relate to the belief in self
(views n°9 to 16 are not included). It also constitutes one of the four
items that come in the stock definition of upādāna.

This attachment is compared to a leash:


SN 22.99


ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sā gaddulabaddho daįø·he khÄ«le vā thambhe vā
upanibaddho tameva khīlaṃ vā thambhaṃ vā anuparidhāvati anuparivattati;
evameva kho, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī
ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto, sappurisānaṃ adassāvī
sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato
samanupassati rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ;
vedanaṃ attato samanupassati… saƱƱaṃ attato samanupassati… saį¹…khāre
attato samanupassati… viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati viññāṇavantaṃ vā
attānaṃ attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ.

Just as a dog, tied by a leash to a post or stake, keeps running around
and circling around that very post or stake; in the same way, an
uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person — who has no regard for noble ones,
is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma; who has no regard
for people of integrity, is not well-versed or disciplined in their
Dhamma — assumes form to be the self, or the self as possessing form, or
form as in the self, or the self as in form. He assumes feeling to be
the self… He assumes perception to be the self… He assumes (mental)
fabrications to be the self… He assumes consciousness to be the self,
or the self as possessing consciousness, or consciousness as in the
self, or the self as in consciousness.

so rÅ«paƱƱeva anuparidhāvati anuparivattati, vedanaƱƱeva …
saƱƱaƱƱeva… saį¹…khāreyeva… viññāṇaƱƱeva anuparidhāvati
anuparivattati. so rÅ«paṃ anuparidhāvaṃ anuparivattaṃ, vedanaṃ …
saƱƱaṃ… saį¹…khāre… viññāṇaṃ anuparidhāvaṃ anuparivattaṃ, na
parimuccati rÅ«pamhā… vedanāya… saƱƱāya… saį¹…khārehi… viññāṇamhā,
na parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi
domanassehi upāyāsehi. ā€˜na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmiā€.

He keeps running around and circling around that very form… that very
feeling… that very perception… those very fabrications… that very
consciousness. He is not set loose from form, not set loose from
feeling… from perception… from fabrications… not set loose from
consciousness. He is not set loose from birth, aging, & death; from
sorrows, lamentations, pains, distresses, & despairs. He is not set
loose, I tell you, from suffering & stress.



This delusion is described as being the source of the mistake that brings about the idea of an existing self:


SN 22.47


ā€œye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṃ attānaṃ
samanupassamānā samanupassanti, sabbete paƱcupādānakkhandhe
samanupassanti, etesaṃ vā aññataraṃ. katame pañca? idha, bhikkhave,
assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme
avinīto, sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido
sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā
attānaṃ; attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. vedanaṃ. saññaṃ.
saį¹…khāre. viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ;
attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaį¹ƒā€.

Monks, whatever contemplatives or brahmans who assume in various ways
when assuming a self, all assume the five clinging-aggregates, or a
certain one of them. Which five? There is the case where an
uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person — who has no regard for noble ones,
is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma; who has no regard
for men of integrity, is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma —
assumes form to be the self, or the self as possessing form, or form as
in the self, or the self as in form. He assumes feeling to be the
self… He assumes perception to be the self… He assumes (mental)
fabrications to be the self… He assumes consciousness to be the self,
or the self as possessing consciousness, or consciousness as in the
self, or the self as in consciousness.

ā€œiti ayaƱceva samanupassanā ā€˜asmī’ti cassa avigataṃ hoti. ā€˜asmī’ti kho
pana, bhikkhave, avigate pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ avakkanti hoti:
cakkhundriyassa sotindriyassa ghānindriyassa jivhindriyassa
kāyindriyassa.

Thus, both this assumption & the understanding, ‘I am,’ occur to
him. And so it is with reference to the understanding ‘I am’ that there
is the appearance of the five faculties — eye, ear, nose, tongue, &
body (the senses of vision, hearing, smell, taste, & touch).

atthi, bhikkhave, mano, atthi dhammā, atthi avijjādhātu.
avijjāsamphassajena, bhikkhave, vedayitena phuṭṭhassa assutavato
puthujjanassa ā€˜asmī’tipissa hoti; ā€˜ayamahamasmī’tipissa hoti;
ā€˜bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜na bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜rÅ«pÄ«
bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜arÅ«pÄ« bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜saƱƱī
bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜asaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa hoti;
ā€˜nevasaƱƱīnāsaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa hotiā€.

Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there
is the property of ignorance. To an uninstructed run-of-the-mill person,
touched by experience born of the contact of ignorance, there occur
(the thoughts): ‘I am,’ ‘I am thus,’ ‘I shall be,’ ‘I shall not be,’ ‘I
shall be possessed of form,’ ‘I shall be formless,’ ‘I shall be
percipient (conscious),’ ‘I shall be non-percipient,’ or ‘I shall be
neither percipient nor non-percipient.’



The exact same description occurs also at MN 109 in a definition of sakkāya·diṭṭhi.

At SN 22.44, the same description is again given to explain the expression ’sakkāyaĀ·samudayaĀ·gāminÄ« paį¹­ipada’ (the path leading to the arising of self-identification), and it is also equated to ‘dukkhaĀ·samudayaĀ·gāminÄ« samanupassanā’ (a way of seeing things that leads to the arising of dukkha).

Sometimes, the stock expression ‘rÅ«paṃ attato
samanupassati rÅ«pavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rÅ«paṃ rÅ«pasmiṃ vā attānaṃ’
(he assumes form to be the self, or the self as possessing form, or
form as in the self, or the self as in form)
is replaced by ‘rÅ«paṃ
ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati’ (he regards Form
as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’)
. Here in the context of an explanation about upādāna:


SN 22.8


kathaƱca, bhikkhave, upādāparitassanā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, assutavā
puthujjano rÅ«paṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati.
tassa taṃ rÅ«paṃ vipariṇamati aƱƱathā hoti. tassa
rÅ«pavipariṇāmaƱƱathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā.
vedanaṃ… saƱƱaṃ… saį¹…khāre… viññāṇaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso
me attā’’ti samanupassati. tassa taṃ viññāṇaṃ vipariṇamati aƱƱathā hoti.
tassa viññāṇavipariṇāmaƱƱathābhāvā uppajjanti
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, upādāparitassanā
hoti.

And how, bhikkhus, is there agitation through clinging? Here, bhikkhus, an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person regards Form as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’
His form changes & alters, and he falls into sorrow, lamentation,
pain, distress, & despair over its change & alteration. He
regards Feeling… Perception… Fabrications… Consciousness as ‘This is mine. This is my self. This is what I am’
His consciousness changes & alters, and he falls into sorrow,
lamentation, pain, distress, & despair over its change &
alteration. Thus, bhikkhus, there is agitation through clinging.



As we can also see here, attaĀ·vādĀ·upādāna has for consequence ‘agitation through clinging’ (upādāparitassanā).

The formula ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti is also used to explain another way the expression ’sakkāyaĀ·samudayaĀ·gāminÄ« paį¹­ipada’ (the path leading to the arising of self-identification), and is applied to the six senses, their objects, their corresponding viññāṇa, their respective contacts, and the vedanā that arises subsquently:


MN 148


ā€œayaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, sakkāyasamudayagāminÄ« paį¹­ipadā: cakkhuṃ ā€˜etaṃ
mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; rÅ«pe ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; cakkhusamphassaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; vedanaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; taṇhaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati; sotaṃ… ghānaṃ… jivhaṃ…
kāyaṃ… manaṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati,
dhamme… samanupassati, manoviññāṇaṃ… samanupassati,
manosamphassaṃ… samanupassati, vedanaṃ… samanupassati, taṇhaṃ ā€˜etaṃ
mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’ti samanupassati.

“This, monks, is the path of practice leading to self-identification.
One assumes about the eye that ‘This is me, this is my self, this is
what I am.’ One assumes about forms… One assumes about consciousness
at the eye… One assumes about contact at the eye… One assumes about
feeling… One assumes about craving that ‘This is me, this is my self,
this is what I am.’ One assumes about the ear… the nose… the
tongue… the body… the intellect that ‘This is me, this is my self,
this is what I am.’ One assumes about ideas… One assumes about
consciousness at the intellect… One assumes about contact at the
intellect… One assumes about feeling… One assumes about craving that
‘This is me, this is my self, this is what I am.’



The Alagaddūpama Sutta provides a slightly different formulation of how atta·vād·upādāna comes to be:


MN 22


ā€œchayimāni, bhikkhave, diį¹­į¹­hiį¹­į¹­hānāni. katamāni cha? idha, bhikkhave,
assutavā puthujjano… rÅ«paṃ ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti
samanupassati; vedanaṃ… saƱƱaṃ… saį¹…khāre… yampi taṃ diį¹­į¹­haṃ sutaṃ
mutaṃ viƱƱātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ, anuvicaritaṃ manasā tampi ā€˜etaṃ mama,
esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati; yampi taṃ diį¹­į¹­hiį¹­į¹­hānaṃ, so
loko so attā, so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo,
sassatisamaṃ tatheva į¹­hassāmÄ«ti, tampi ā€˜etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me
attā’ti samanupassati.

Monks, there are these six view-positions. Which six? There is the case
where an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person… assumes about form:
‘This is me, this is my self, this is what I am.’ He assumes about
feeling… perception… fabrications… about what seen, heard, sensed,
cognized, attained, sought after, pondered by the intellect: ‘This is
me, this is my self, this is what I am.’ He assumes about the
view-position — ‘This cosmos is the self. After death this I will be
constant, permanent, eternal, not subject to change. I will stay just
like that for an eternity’: ‘This is me, this is my self, this is what I
am.’



The way to abandon atta·vād·upādāna is by seeing anatta in the five khandhas:


MN 8


ā€œyā imā, cunda, anekavihitā diį¹­į¹­hiyo loke uppajjanti
attavādapaṭisaṃyuttā vā lokavādapaṭisaṃyuttā vā yattha cetā diṭṭhiyo
uppajjanti yattha ca anusenti yattha ca samudācaranti taṃ ā€˜netaṃ mama,
nesohamasmi, na me so attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhÅ«taṃ sammappaƱƱā passato
evametāsaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ pahānaṃ hoti, evametāsaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ paṭinissaggo
hoti.

“Cunda, as to those several views that arise in the world concerning
self-doctrines and world-doctrines, if [the object] in which these views
arise, in which they underlie and become active, is seen with right
wisdom as it actually is, thus: ‘This is not mine, this I am not, this
is not my self’ — then the abandoning of these views, their discarding,
takes place in him [who thus sees].





Bodhi leaf


avihiṃsā: [a+vihiṃsā] harmlessness, nonviolence, inoffensiveness.

There is no direct definition of the term in the
suttas. It seems to have been a well-known concept at the time that did
not require much explanation. It can be seen as a principle underlying sammā·vācā, sammā·kammanta and sammā·ājīva.

Avihiṃsā appears most prominently in avihiṃsā·saį¹…kappa, one of the three constituents of sammā·saį¹…kappa, which are also termed kusalā saį¹…kappā at MN 78. Alternatively, it also appears in the compound avihiṃsā·vitakka, which seems to be a synonym for avihiṃsā·saį¹…kappa. See also this blog article, arguing that, since avihiṃsā is set apart from aĀ·byāpāda
in those two lists, the word probably refers more specifically to
instances where one harms others without ill-will or malevolence.

In several suttas (e.g. MN 114, AN 5.200) two of the three dhammas listed in sammā·saį¹…kappa appear in the same order, and avihiṃsā is replaced as the third by avihesā (non-harming). Another synonym is ahimsā (inoffensiveness):


AN 3.45


sabbhi dānaṃ upaññattaṃ, ahiṃsā saṃyamo damo.

The virtuous prescribe giving, inoffensiveness, self-control, and self-taming.




SN 10.4


ā€œyassa sabbamahorattaṃ, ahiṃsāya rato mano mettaṃ so sabbabhÅ«tesu, veraṃ tassa na kenacÄ«ā€ti.

One whose mind takes delight in inoffensiveness all day and night, who has loving-kindness for all beings, has enmity towards none.



Inoffensiveness (ahiṃsā) is also nobility:


Dhp 270


na tena ariyo hoti, yena pāṇāni hiṃsati. ahiṃsā sabbapāṇānaṃ, ā€œariyoā€ti pavuccati.

One who injures living beings is ignoble. One who is inoffensive towards all living beings is said to be a noble one.



In the DhātuĀ·vibhaį¹…ga of the Abhidhamma, karuṇa is said to be inherent to avihiṃsā·dhātu: ‘yā sattesu karuṇā karuṇāyanā karuṇāyitattaṃ karuṇācetovimutti, ayaṃ vuccati ā€œavihiṃsādhātuā€’. This statement finds an echo in various parts of the Sutta Piį¹­aka, as for example in the Dhammapada:




129. sabbe tasanti daį¹‡įøassa, sabbe bhāyanti maccuno.
attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.

129. All tremble at the rod, all are fearful of death.
Drawing the parallel to yourself, neither kill nor get others to kill.

130. sabbe tasanti daį¹‡įøassa, sabbesaṃ jÄ«vitaṃ piyaṃ.
attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.

130. All tremble at the rod, all hold their life dear.
Drawing the parallel to yourself, neither kill nor get others to kill.



At AN 2.168, avihiṃsā is juxtaposed with soceyya (purity/purification). At Sn 294, the word is juxtaposed with maddava (mildness), soracca (gentleness) and khanti (forbearance). The first two find echo in expressions such as that defining pharusaĀ·vāca veramaṇī (abstinence from harsh speech):


AN 10.176


yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanÄ«yā hadayaį¹…gamā porÄ« bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā, tathārÅ«piṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.

He speaks words that are soothing to the ear, that are affectionate,
that go to the heart, that are polite, appealing & pleasing to
people at large.



Khanti (forbearance) is the word that is most often juxtaposed to avihiṃsā, a connection that is exemplified in many places, such as in the simile of the saw:


MN 21


ā€œubhatodaį¹‡įøakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aį¹…gamaį¹…gāni
okanteyyuṃ, tatrāpi yo mano padūseyya, na me so tena sāsanakaro. tatrāpi
vo, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: ā€˜na ceva no cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ
bhavissati, na ca pāpikaṃ vācaṃ nicchāressāma, hitānukampī ca
viharissāma mettacittā na dosantarā. tañca puggalaṃ mettāsahagatena
cetasā pharitvā viharissāma tadārammaṇaƱca sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ
mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena
abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti. evaƱhi vo, bhikkhave,
sikkhitabbaṃ.

“Monks, even if bandits were to carve you up savagely, limb by limb,
with a two-handled saw, he among you who let his heart get angered even
at that would not be doing my bidding. Even then you should train
yourselves: ‘Our minds will be unaffected and we will say no evil words.
We will remain sympathetic, with a mind of good will, and with no inner
hate. We will keep pervading these people with an awareness imbued with
good will and, beginning with them, we will keep pervading the entire
world with an awareness imbued with good will — abundant, expansive,
immeasurable, free from hostility, free from ill will.’ That’s how you
should train yourselves.

ā€œimaƱca tumhe, bhikkhave, kakacÅ«pamaṃ ovādaṃ abhikkhaṇaṃ manasi
kareyyātha. passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṃ vacanapathaṃ, aṇuṃ vā
thÅ«laṃ vā, yaṃ tumhe nādhivāseyyāthÄā€ti?

“Monks, if you attend constantly to this admonition on the simile of the
saw, do you see any aspects of speech, slight or gross, that you could
not endure?”

—
ā€œno hetaṃ, bhanteā€.

—
“No, lord.”



Another striking example is given at SN 35.88:



—
ā€œsace pana puṇṇa, sunāparantakā manussā daį¹‡įøena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra pana te, puṇṇa, kinti bhavissatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“But if they hit you with a stick…?”

—
ā€œsace me, bhante, sunāparantakā manussā daį¹‡įøena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra
me evaṃ bhavissati: ā€˜bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā
vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṃ me nayime satthena pahāraṃ dentī’ti.
evamettha, bhagavā, bhavissati; evamettha, sugata, bhavissatÄ«ā€ti.

—
“…I will think, ‘These Sunaparanta people are civilized, very civilized, in that they don’t hit me with a knife’…”

—
ā€œsace pana te, puṇṇa, sunāparantakā manussā satthena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra pana te, puṇṇa, kinti bhavissatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“But if they hit you with a knife…?”

—
ā€œsace me, bhante, sunāparantakā manussā satthena pahāraṃ dassanti, tatra
me evaṃ bhavissati: ā€˜bhaddakā vatime sunāparantakā manussā, subhaddakā
vatime sunāparantakā manussā, yaṃ maṃ nayime tiṇhena satthena jÄ«vitā
voropentī’ti. evamettha, bhagavā, bhavissati; evamettha, sugata,
bhavissatÄ«ā€ti.

—
“…I will think, ‘These Sunaparanta people are civilized, very
civilized, in that they don’t take my life with a sharp knife’…”

—
ā€œsace pana taṃ, puṇṇa, sunāparantakā manussā tiṇhena satthena jÄ«vitā voropessanti, tatra pana te, puṇṇa, kinti bhavissatÄ«ā€ti?

—
“But if they take your life with a sharp knife…?”

—
ā€œsace maṃ, bhante, sunāparantakā manussā tiṇhena satthena jÄ«vitā
voropessanti, tatra me evaṃ bhavissati: ā€˜santi kho tassa bhagavato
sāvakā kāyena ca jīvitena ca aṭṭīyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā
satthahārakaṃ pariyesanti, taṃ me idaṃ apariyiṭṭhaññeva satthahārakaṃ
laddhan’ti. evamettha, bhagavā, bhavissati; evamettha, sugata,
bhavissatÄ«ā€ti.

—
“If they take my life with a sharp knife, I will think, ‘There are
disciples of the Blessed One who — horrified, humiliated, and disgusted
by the body and by life — have sought for an assassin, but here I have
met my assassin without searching for him.’ That is what I will think, O
Blessed One. That is what I will think, O One Well-gone.”

—
ā€œsādhu sādhu, puṇṇa! sakkhissasi kho tvaṃ, puṇṇa, iminā damÅ«pasamena
samannāgato sunāparantasmiṃ janapade vatthuṃ. yassa dāni tvaṃ, puṇṇa,
kālaṃ maƱƱasÄ«ā€ti.

—
“Good, Punna, very good. Possessing such calm and self-control you are
fit to dwell among the Sunaparantans. Now it is time to do as you see
fit.”



SN 47.19 also juxtaposes metta·cittatā (having a mind of good will) and anudayatā (sympathy) to avihiṃsā:


SN 47.19


kathañca, bhikkhave, paraṃ rakkhanto attānaṃ rakkhati? khantiyā, avihiṃsāya, mettacittatāya, anudayatāya. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, paraṃ rakkhanto attānaṃ rakkhati.

“And how do you watch after yourself when watching after others? Through endurance, through harmlessness, through a mind of goodwill, & through sympathy. This is how you watch after yourself when watching after others.



SN 14.12 explains how avihiṃsā originates and leads to wholesome action:


SN 14.12


ā€œavihiṃsādhātuṃ, bhikkhave, paį¹­icca uppajjati avihiṃsāsaƱƱā,
avihiṃsāsaƱƱaṃ paį¹­icca uppajjati avihiṃsāsaį¹…kappo, avihiṃsāsaį¹…kappaṃ
paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāchando, avihiṃsāchandaṃ paṭicca uppajjati
avihiṃsāpariḷāho, avihiṃsāpariḷāhaṃ paṭicca uppajjati
avihiṃsāpariyesanā; avihiṃsāpariyesanaṃ, bhikkhave, pariyesamāno sutavā
ariyasāvako tīhi ṭhānehi sammā paṭipajjati kāyena, vācāya, manasā.

On account of the harmlessness element there arises the perception of
harmlessness; on account of the perception of harmlessness there arises
an aspiration to harmlessness; on account of the aspiration to
harmlessness there arises a desire for harmlessness; on account of the
desire for harmlessness there arises a passion for harmlessness; on
account of the passion for harmlessness there arises a quest for
harmlessness. Engaged in the quest for harmlessness, an instructed noble
disciple acts rightly in three ways: by body, speech, and mind.



Practicing harmlessness is behaving like a bee in a flower:


Dhp 49


yathāpi bhamaro pupphaṃ, vaṇṇagandhamaheį¹­hayaṃ, paleti rasamādāya, evaṃ gāme munÄ« care.

As a bee gathers honey from the flower without injuring its color or
fragrance, even so the sage goes on his alms-round in the village.



Lacking avihiṃsā is extensively described as bringing unpleasant results:


Dhp 133


māvoca pharusaṃ kañci, vuttā paṭivadeyyu taṃ
dukkhā hi sārambhakathā, paį¹­idaį¹‡įøÄ phuseyyu taṃ.

Speak harshly to no one, or the words will be thrown right back at you.
Contentious talk is painful, for you get struck by rods in return.




Dhp 137-140


yo daį¹‡įøena adaį¹‡įøesu, appaduį¹­į¹­hesu dussati dasannamaƱƱataraṃ į¹­hānaṃ, khippameva nigacchati:
vedanaṃ pharusaṃ jāniṃ, sarīrassa ca bhedanaṃ.
garukaṃ vāpi ābādhaṃ, cittakkhepaƱca pāpuṇe.
rājato vā upasaggaṃ, abbhakkhānaƱca dāruṇaṃ.
parikkhayaƱca ƱātÄ«naṃ, bhogānaƱca pabhaį¹…guraṃ.
atha vāssa agārāni, aggi įøahati pāvako.
kāyassa bhedā duppañño, nirayaṃ sopapajjati.

Whoever, with a rod harasses an innocent man, unarmed, quickly falls
into any of ten things: harsh pains, devastation, a broken body, grave
illness,
mental derangement, trouble with the government,
violent slander, relatives lost, property dissolved,
houses burned down. At the break-up of the body
this one with no discernment,
reappears in
hell.




SN 3.15


ā€œvilumpateva puriso, yāvassa upakappati.
yadā caƱƱe vilumpanti, so vilutto viluppati.

A man may plunder as long as it serves his ends, but when others are plundered, he who has plundered gets plundered in turn.

ā€œį¹­hānaƱhi maƱƱati bālo, yāva pāpaṃ na paccati.
yadā ca paccati pāpaṃ, atha dukkhaṃ nigacchati.

A fool thinks, ‘Now’s my chance,’ as long as his evil has yet to ripen. But when it ripens, the fool falls into pain.

ā€œhantā labhati hantāraṃ, jetāraṃ labhate jayaṃ.
akkosako ca akkosaṃ, rosetārañca rosako.
atha kammavivaį¹­į¹­ena, so vilutto viluppatÄ«ā€ti.

Killing, you gain your killer. Conquering, you gain one who will conquer
you; insulting, insult; harassing, harassment. And so, through the
cycle of action, he who has plundered gets plundered in turn.



Abandoning non-harmlessness and taking up avihiṃsā prevents bad experiences from arising and causes pleasant ones to arise in the future:


Dhp 131-132


sukhakāmāni bhÅ«tāni, yo daį¹‡įøena vihiṃsati.
attano sukhamesāno, pecca so na labhate sukhaṃ.

Whoever takes a rod to harm living beings desiring ease, when he himself
is looking for ease, will meet with no ease after death.

sukhakāmāni bhÅ«tāni, yo daį¹‡įøena na hiṃsati.
attano sukhamesāno, pecca so labhate sukhaṃ.

Whoever doesn’t take a rod to harm living beings desiring ease, when he
himself is looking for ease, will meet with ease after death.




MN 135


ā€œidha, māṇava, ekacco itthÄ« vā puriso vā sattānaṃ viheį¹­hakajātiko hoti,
pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā daį¹‡įøena vā satthena vā. so tena kammena evaṃ
samattena evaṃ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. no ce kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ
duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, sace manussattaṃ āgacchati yattha
yattha paccājāyati bavhābādho hoti. bavhābādhasaṃvattanikā esā, māṇava,
paį¹­ipadā yadidaṃ sattānaṃ viheį¹­hakajātiko hoti pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā
daį¹‡įøena vā satthena vā.

Furthermore, there is the case where a certain woman or man has a
tendency to injure living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a
stick, or with a knife. From adopting & carrying out such actions,
then on the break-up of the body, after death, this person re-appears in
the plane of deprivation, the bad destination, the lower realms, in
hell. Or, if he/she does not reappear in the plane of deprivation, the
bad destination, the lower realms, in hell, but instead returns to the
human state, then he/she is sickly wherever reborn. This is the way
leading to being sickly, namely being one who has a tendency to injure
living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a stick, or with a knife.

ā€œidha pana, māṇava, ekacco itthÄ« vā puriso vā sattānaṃ aviheį¹­hakajātiko
hoti pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā daį¹‡įøena vā satthena vā. so tena kammena evaṃ
samattena evaṃ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ
lokaṃ upapajjati. no ce kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ
upapajjati, sace manussattaṃ āgacchati yattha yattha paccājāyati
appābādho hoti. appābādhasaṃvattanikā esā, māṇava, paį¹­ipadā yadidaṃ
sattānaṃ aviheį¹­hakajātiko hoti pāṇinā vā leįøįøunā vā daį¹‡įøena vā satthena
vā.

But there is the case where a certain woman or man does not have a
tendency to injure living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a
stick, or with a knife. Through having adopted & carried out such
actions, on the break-up of the body, after death, he/she reappears in a
good destination, in the heavenly world. Or, if he/she does not
reappear in the good destinations, in the heavenly world, but instead
returns to the human state, then he/she is healthy wherever reborn. This
is the way leading to being healthy, namely being one who, abandoning
the taking of life, abstains from taking life does not have a tendency
to injure living beings with the hand, with a clod, with a stick, or
with a knife.




Dhp 300


suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti, sadā gotamasāvakā.
yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, ahiṃsāya rato mano.

Those disciples of Gotama ever awaken happily whose minds by day and night delight in the practice of non-violence.



Dharmacāri Nāgapriya writes: “The early Buddhist
vocabulary includes an important class of words that, while denoting
highly positive qualities, take a grammatically negative form. Avihiṃsa
is a leading example of this. To translate the term as ā€˜non-violence’
doesn’t reflect the positive nuance of the quality to which it refers.
Notwithstanding, it is worth looking at the quality in question from
both a negative and a positive point of view in order to bring its
nature more clearly to light. First of all – and in negative terms –
avihiṃsa can be understood as an application of the general principle of
renunciation: the saint renounces all violence whether physical,
verbal, or emotional: Whoever in this world harms a living creature,
whether once-born or twice- born, whoever has no compassion for a living
creature, him one should know to be an outcaste. (Sn.117) He gives up
coercion of any kind and thus abandons the ā€˜power mode’, the style of
relating to others purely as objects and means of his own gratification,
adopting instead the ā€˜love mode’, the appreciation of others as
individual, feelingful subjects meriting sensitive consideration and
respect. This entails abandoning a host of negative mental states such
as kodha or fury (Sn.1), kopa or ill-temper and grudge (Sn.6), upanāha
or rancour/enmity (Sn.116), paccuṭṭapannā or hostility (Sn.245), usuyyā
or envy (Sn.245), atipāti or violent destructiveness (Sn.248), paṭigha
(Sn.148) or malicious rage, and dosa or hatred (Sn.328). One of the
distinguishing features of the Sutta-Nipāta is the plethora of different
nasty mental states that it identifies. This laid some of the
foundations for the later work of the Abhidhamma. Again the terms used
are fluid and non-technical. By considering the terms as a whole we can
get a feeling for the flavour of what the saint is enjoined to abandon.
At the same time, it is important to appreciate the positive counterpart
of this renunciation of violent negativity. This is expressed most
sublimely in the Mettā Sutta: Just as a mother would protect with her
own life her own son, her only son, so one should cultivate an unbounded
mind towards all beings, and loving-kindness towards all the world. One
should cultivate an unbounded mind, above and below and across, without
obstruction, without enmity, without rivalry. (Sn.149-50)”



Bodhi leaf


avijjā: [a+vijjā]

nescience, ignorance.

Avijjā is defined at SN 12.2 as consisting of ignorance regarding the four noble truths:



ā€œkatamā ca, bhikkhave, avijjā? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ,
dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā
paį¹­ipadāya aññāṇaṃ. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, avijjā.

And what is ignorance? Not knowing suffering, not knowing the
origination of suffering, not knowing the cessation of suffering, not
knowing the way of practice leading to the cessation of suffering: This
is called ignorance.



Other definitions relating to the five khandhas can be found in the Khandha Saṃyutta.


SN 22.113


—
ā€œā€˜avijjā avijjā’ti, bhante, vuccati. katamā nu kho, bhante, avijjā, kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti?

—
‘Ignorance, ignorance’, it is said, Bhante. What, Bhante, is ignorance, and to what extent is one immersed in ignorance?

—
ā€œidha, bhikkhu, assutavā puthujjano rÅ«paṃ nappajānāti, rÅ«pasamudayaṃ
nappajānāti, rūpanirodhaṃ nappajānāti, rūpanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ
nappajānāti;

—
Here, bhikkhu, an uninstructed ordinary person does not understand
Form, does not understand the origin of Form, does not understand the
cessation of Form, does not understand the way leading to the cessation
of Form.

vedanaṃ nappajānāti, vedanāsamudayaṃ nappajānāti, vedanānirodhaṃ nappajānāti, vedanānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti;

He does not understand
Feeling, does not understand the origin of Feeling, does not understand
the cessation of Feeling, does not understand the way leading to the
cessation of Feeling.

saññaṃ nappajānāti, saññāsamudayaṃ nappajānāti, saññānirodhaṃ nappajānāti, saññānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānāti;

He does not understand
Perception, does not understand the origin of Perception, does not
understand the cessation of Perception, does not understand the way
leading to the cessation of Perception.

saį¹…khāre nappajānāti, saį¹…khārasamudayaṃ nappajānāti, saį¹…khāranirodhaṃ
nappajānāti, saį¹…khāranirodhagāminiṃ paį¹­ipadaṃ nappajānāti;

He does not understand
Constructions, does not understand the origin of Constructions, does not
understand the cessation of Constructions, does not understand the way
leading to the cessation of Constructions.

viññāṇaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇasamudayaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇanirodhaṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇanirodhagāminiṃ paį¹­ipadaṃ nappajānāti;

He does not understand
Consciousness, does not understand the origin of Consciousness, does not
understand the cessation of Consciousness, does not understand the way
leading to the cessation of Consciousness.

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā. ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti.

This, bhikkhu, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance.



SN 22.126


—
ā€œā€˜avijjā avijjā’ti, bhante, vuccati. katamā nu kho, bhante, avijjā, kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti?

—
‘Ignorance, ignorance’, it is said, Bhante. What, Bhante, is ignorance, and to what extent is one immersed in ignorance?

—
ā€œidha, bhikkhu, assutavā puthujjano samudayadhammaṃ rÅ«paṃ
ā€˜samudayadhammaṃ rÅ«pan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti; vayadhammaṃ rÅ«paṃ
ā€˜vayadhammaṃ rÅ«pan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti; samudayavayadhammaṃ rÅ«paṃ
ā€˜samudayavayadhammaṃ rÅ«pan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti.

—
Here, bhikkhu, an uninstructed ordinary person does not understand Form by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Form is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Form by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Form is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Form by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Form is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

samudayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ ā€˜samudayadhammā vedanā’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; vayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ ā€˜vayadhammā vedanā’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; samudayavayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ ā€˜samudayavayadhammā vedanā’ti
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti.

He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Feeling by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Feeling is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

samudayadhammaṃ saƱƱaṃ ā€˜samudayadhammaṃ saƱƱan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; vayadhammaṃ saƱƱaṃ ā€˜vayadhammaṃ saƱƱan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; samudayavayadhammaṃ saƱƱaṃ ā€˜samudayavayadhammaṃ saƱƱan’ti
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti.

He does not understand Perception by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Perception by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Perception by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Perception is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

samudayadhamme saį¹…khāre ā€˜samudayadhammā saį¹…khārā’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; vayadhamme saį¹…khāre ā€˜vayadhammā saį¹…khārā’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; samudayavayadhamme saį¹…khāre ā€˜samudayavayadhammā saį¹…khārā’ti
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti.

He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Constructions by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Constructions is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ ā€˜samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; vayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ ā€˜vayadhammaṃ viññāṇan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ
nappajānāti; samudayavayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ ā€˜samudayavayadhammaṃ
viññāṇan’ti yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā;
ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti.

He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to arising as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to arising’. He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to passing away as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to passing away’. He does not understand Consciousness by nature subject to arising & passing away as it really is: ‘Consciousness is by nature subject to arising & passing away’.

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, avijjā. ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti.

This, bhikkhu, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance.



SN 22.129


—
ā€œā€˜avijjā avijjā’ti, bhante, vuccati. katamā nu kho, bhante, avijjā, kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti?

—
‘Ignorance, ignorance’, it said, Bhante. What, Bhante, is ignorance, and to what extent is one immersed in ignorance?

—
ā€œidhāvuso assutavā puthujjano rÅ«passa assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti, vedanāya assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti, saƱƱāya assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti, saį¹…khārānaṃ assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti, viññāṇassa assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca
yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti.

—
Here, friend, an uninstructed ordinary person does not understand as it
really is the gratification, the danger, and the escape in regard to
Form, he does not understand as it really is the gratification, the
danger, and the escape in regard to Feeling, he does not understand as
it really is the gratification, the danger, and the escape in regard to
Perception, he does not understand as it really is the gratification,
the danger, and the escape in regard to Fabrications, he does not
understand as it really is the gratification, the danger, and the escape
in regard to Consciousness.

—
ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, avijjā; ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotÄ«ā€ti.

This, friend, is called ignorance, and it is to this extent that one is immersed in ignorance.



At SN 22.84, avijjā is likened to a ‘dense thicket’ (tibbo vanasaį¹‡įøo) along the path to nibbāna. At MN 19, it is likened to a ‘decoy’ (okacara) set up by a hunter (Māra) in order to lure a herd of deers on a false path that will bring them calamity and disaster. At MN 105, avijjā is likened to a poison (visadosa) smeared on an arrow (salla) which has wounded someone. The arrow represents taṇhā, while the poison is spread out by chandaĀ·rāgaĀ·byāpāda.

Avijjā is one of the three āsavas, along with kāma and bhava.

Avijjā is one of the four oghas (floods), as well as one of the four yogas (bonds), and is juxtaposed in both sets with kāma, bhava and diṭṭhi.


AN 4.10


Avijjāyogo ca kathaṃ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco channaṃ
phassāyatanānaṃ samudayaƱca atthaį¹…gamaƱca assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca
nissaraṇaƱca yathā·bhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti. Tassa channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ
samudayaƱca atthaį¹…gamaƱca assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca yathā·bhÅ«taṃ
appajānato yā chasu phassāyatanesu avijjā aññāṇaṃ sānuseti. Ayaṃ
vuccati, bhikkhave, avijjāyogo.

“And how is there the yoke of ignorance? There is the case where a
certain person does not discern, as it actually is present, the
origination, the passing away, the allure, the drawbacks, & the
escape from the six sense media. When he does not discern, as it
actually is present, the origination, the passing away, the allure, the
drawbacks, & the escape from the six sense media, then — with regard
to ignorance concerning the six sense media — he is obsessed with
not-knowing. This is the yoke of ignorance.



Avijjā is one of the uddhambhāgiyā saṃyojanā (higher fetters), along with rūpa·rāga, arūpa·rāga, māna, and uddhacca.

Avijjā is also the last of the seven anusayas, along with kāma·rāga, paṭigha, diṭṭhi, vicikiccha, māna and bhava·rāga. As an anusaya, avijjā is related to adukkham·asukhā vedanā:


MN 148


adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno tassā vedanāya samudayañca
atthaį¹…gamaƱca assādaƱca ādÄ«navaƱca nissaraṇaƱca yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānāti.
tassa avijjānusayo anuseti.

If, when touched by a feeling of neither pleasure nor pain, one does not
discern, as it actually is present, the origination, passing away,
allure, drawback, or escape from that feeling, then one’s
ignorance-obsession gets obsessed.




MN 44


ā€œadukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetÄ«ā€ti…

Ignorance-obsession gets obsessed with neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling…

ā€œsabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetÄ«ā€ti?…

Does ignorance-obsession get obsessed with all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?…

ā€œna sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetÄ«ā€ti…

No, ignorance-obsession does not get obsessed with all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling…

ā€œadukkhamasukhāya vedanāya kiṃ pahātabbanā€ti?…

What is to be abandoned with regard to neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?…

ā€œadukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabboā€ti…

Ignorance-obsession is to be abandoned with regard to neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling…

ā€œsabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabboā€ti?…

Is ignorance-obsession to be abandoned with regard to all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling?…

na sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo…

No, ignorance-obsession is not to be abandoned with regard to all neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling…

idhāvuso visākha, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā, dukkhassa ca pahānā,
pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaį¹…gamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ
upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. avijjaṃ
tena pajahati, na tattha avijjānusayo anusetÄ«ā€ti.

There is the case where a monk, with the abandoning of pleasure &
pain — as with the earlier disappearance of elation & distress —
enters & remains in the fourth jhana: purity of equanimity &
mindfulness, neither pleasure nor pain. With that he abandons ignorance.
No ignorance-obsession gets obsessed there.



Avijjā is also related to ‘that which is felt born of contact with ignorance’ (avijjā·samphassaĀ·ja vedayita):


SN 22.47


atthi, bhikkhave, mano, atthi dhammā, atthi avijjādhātu.
avijjāsamphassajena, bhikkhave, vedayitena phuṭṭhassa assutavato
puthujjanassa ā€˜asmī’tipissa hoti; ā€˜ayamahamasmī’tipissa hoti;
ā€˜bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜na bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜rÅ«pÄ«
bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜arÅ«pÄ« bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜saƱƱī
bhavissan’tipissa hoti; ā€˜asaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa hoti;
ā€˜nevasaƱƱīnāsaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa hotiā€.

Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there
is the property of ignorance. To an uninstructed run-of-the-mill person,
touched by experience born of the contact of ignorance, there occur
(the thoughts): ‘I am,’ ‘I am thus,’ ‘I shall be,’ ‘I shall not be,’ ‘I
shall be possessed of form,’ ‘I shall be formless,’ ‘I shall be
percipient (conscious),’ ‘I shall be non-percipient,’ or ‘I shall be
neither percipient nor non-percipient.’

ā€œtiį¹­į¹­hanteva kho, bhikkhave, tattheva paƱcindriyāni. athettha sutavato
ariyasāvakassa avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjati. tassa avijjāvirāgā
vijjuppādā ā€˜asmī’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜ayamahamasmī’tipissa na hoti;
ā€˜bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜na bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜rÅ«pÄ«
bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜arÅ«pÄ« bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜saƱƱī
bhavissan’tipissa na hoti; ā€˜asaƱƱī bhavissan’tipissa na hoti;
ā€˜nevasaƱƱīnāsaƱƱībhavissan’tipissa na hotÄ«ā€ti.

The five faculties, monks, continue as they were. And with regard to
them the well-instructed disciple of the noble ones abandons ignorance
and gives rise to clear knowing. Owing to the fading of ignorance and
the arising of clear knowing, (the thoughts) — ‘I am,’ ‘I am this,’ ‘I
shall be,’ ‘I shall not be,’ ‘I shall be possessed of form,’ ‘I shall be
formless,’ ‘I shall be percipient (conscious),’ ‘I shall be
non-percipient,’ and ‘I shall be neither percipient nor non-percipient’ —
do not occur to him.




SN 22.81


avijjāsamphassajena, bhikkhave, vedayitena phuį¹­į¹­hassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā

To an uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person, touched by that which is felt born of contact with ignorance, craving arises.



At AN 3.67, avijjā is explained as having moha for synonym, although it is arguable that, given the position of avijjā among the anusayas, it would refer to a deeper type of mental factor related to ignorance, that may not be active all the time, of which moha would be the active expression through delusion.

Avijjā is also the root cause in paį¹­iccaĀ·samuppāda, giving rise to saį¹…khāras. As mentioned above, the term is defined in this context at SN 12.2 as not knowing the four ariyaĀ·saccas. The role that avijjā plays in regard to other akusala dhammas is also referred to outside of the context of paį¹­iccaĀ·samuppāda:


SN 20.1


ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgārassa yā kāci gopānasiyo sabbā tā
kūṭaį¹…gamā kūṭasamosaraṇā kūṭasamugghātā sabbā tā samugghātaṃ gacchanti;
evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye keci akusalā dhammā sabbe te avijjāmūlakā
avijjāsamosaraṇā avijjāsamugghātā, sabbe te samugghātaṃ gacchanti.

Just as the rafters in a peak-roofed house all go to the roof-peak,
incline to the roof-peak, converge at the roof-peak, and all are removed
when the
roof-peak is removed; in the same way, all unwholesome qualities are
rooted in
ignorance and converge upon ignorance, and all are removed when
ignorance is removed.




SN 45.1


ā€œavijjā, bhikkhave, pubbaį¹…gamā akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā,
anvadeva ahirikaṃ anottappaṃ. avijjāgatassa, bhikkhave, aviddasuno
micchādiį¹­į¹­hi pahoti; micchādiį¹­į¹­hissa micchāsaį¹…kappo pahoti;
micchāsaį¹…kappassa micchāvācā pahoti; micchāvācassa micchākammanto
pahoti; micchākammantassa micchāājīvo pahoti; micchāājīvassa
micchāvāyāmo pahoti; micchāvāyāmassa micchāsati pahoti; micchāsatissa
micchāsamādhi pahoti.

Monks, ignorance is the leader in the attainment of unskillful
qualities, followed by lack of conscience & lack of concern. In an
unknowledgeable person, immersed in ignorance, wrong view arises. In one
of wrong view, wrong resolve arises. In one of wrong resolve, wrong
speech arises. In one of wrong speech, wrong action arises. In one of
wrong action, wrong livelihood arises. In one of wrong livelihood, wrong
effort arises. In one of wrong effort, wrong mindfulness arises. In one
of wrong mindfulness, wrong concentration arises.



Avijjā gives rise to āsavas:


AN 6.63


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavānaṃ nidānasambhavo? avijjā, bhikkhave, āsavānaṃ nidānasambhavo…

And what is the cause by which fermentations come into play? Ignorance is the cause by which fermentations come into play…

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavanirodho? avijjānirodho, bhikkhave, āsavanirodho.

And what is the cessation of fermentations? From the cessation of ignorance is the cessation of fermentations



As we will see below, the relationship between avijjā and āsavas is reciprocal. Avijjā is also specificly said to give rise to craving:


AN 4.50


avijjānivutā posā, piyarūpābhinandino.

Men hindered by ignorance
seek delight in pleasant things




AN 10.62


ā€œbhavataṇhāmpāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro bhavataṇhāya? ā€˜avijjā’tissa vacanÄ«yaṃ.

I say, bhikkhus, that craving for existence has a nutriment; it is not
without nutriment. And what is the nutriment for craving for existence?
It should be said: ignorance.



Avijjā appears due to specific factors. The five nÄ«varaṇas:


AN 10.61


ā€œpurimā, bhikkhave, koį¹­i na paƱƱāyati avijjāya: ā€˜ito pubbe avijjā
nāhosi, atha pacchā samabhavī’ti. evaƱcetaṃ, bhikkhave, vuccati, atha ca
pana paƱƱāyati: ā€˜idappaccayā avijjā’ti. avijjampāhaṃ, bhikkhave,
sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro avijjāya? ā€˜paƱca nÄ«varaṇā’tissa
vacanīyaṃ.

Bhikkhus, this is said: ā€˜A first point of ignorance, bhikkhus, is not
seen such that before this there was no ignorance and afterward it came
into being.’ Still, ignorance is seen to have a specific condition. I
say, bhikkhus, that ignorance has a nutriment; it is not without
nutriment. And what is the nutriment for ignorance? It should be said:
the five hindrances.



Ayoniso manasikāra:


MN 2


ā€œkatame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā na manasikaraṇīyā ye dhamme manasi karoti?
yassa, bhikkhave, dhamme manasikaroto anuppanno vā kāmāsavo uppajjati,
uppanno vā kāmāsavo pavaįøįøhati; anuppanno vā bhavāsavo uppajjati,
uppanno vā bhavāsavo pavaįøįøhati; anuppanno vā avijjāsavo uppajjati,
uppanno vā avijjāsavo pavaįøįøhati. ime dhammā na manasikaraṇīyā ye dhamme
manasi karoti…

And what are the ideas unfit for attention that he attends to? Whatever
ideas such that, when he attends to them, the unarisen fermentation of
sensuality arises in him, and the arisen fermentation of sensuality
increases; the unarisen fermentation of becoming arises in him, and
arisen fermentation of becoming increases; the unarisen fermentation of
ignorance arises in him, and the arisen fermentation of ignorance
increases. These are the ideas unfit for attention that he attends to…

ā€œso evaṃ ayoniso manasi karoti: ā€˜ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atÄ«tamaddhānaṃ? na
nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kathaṃ
nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ hutvā kiṃ ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ
atītamaddhānaṃ? bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhānaṃ? na nu kho
bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ?
kathaṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ hutvā kiṃ bhavissāmi nu
kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhānan’ti? etarahi vā paccuppannamaddhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ
kathaṃkathÄ« hoti: ā€˜ahaṃ nu khosmi? no nu khosmi? kiṃ nu khosmi? kathaṃ
nu khosmi? ayaṃ nu kho satto kuto āgato? so kuhiṃ gāmÄ« bhavissatī’ti?

“This is how he attends inappropriately: ‘Was I in the past? Was I not
in the past? What was I in the past? How was I in the past? Having been
what, what was I in the past? Shall I be in the future? Shall I not be
in the future? What shall I be in the future? How shall I be in the
future? Having been what, what shall I be in the future?’ Or else he is
inwardly perplexed about the immediate present: ‘Am I? Am I not? What am
I? How am I? Where has this being come from? Where is it bound?’

ā€œtassa evaṃ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṃ diį¹­į¹­hÄ«naṃ aƱƱatarā diį¹­į¹­hi
uppajjati. ā€˜atthi me attā’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati;
ā€˜natthi me attā’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati; ā€˜attanāva
attānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati; ā€˜attanāva
anattānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati;
ā€˜anattanāva attānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi
uppajjati; atha vā panassa evaṃ diį¹­į¹­hi hoti: ā€˜yo me ayaṃ attā vado
vedeyyo tatra tatra kalyāṇapāpakānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ paį¹­isaṃvedeti so
kho pana me ayaṃ attā nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ
tatheva į¹­hassatī’ti. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diį¹­į¹­higataṃ diį¹­į¹­higahanaṃ
diṭṭhikantāraṃ diṭṭhivisūkaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ.
diṭṭhisaṃyojanasaṃyutto, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano na parimuccati
jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi;
ā€˜na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi.

“As he attends inappropriately in this way, one of six kinds of view
arises in him: The view I have a self arises in him as true &
established, or the view I have no self… or the view It is precisely
by means of self that I perceive self… or the view It is precisely by
means of self that I perceive not-self… or the view It is precisely by
means of not-self that I perceive self arises in him as true &
established, or else he has a view like this: This very self of mine —
the knower that is sensitive here & there to the ripening of good
& bad actions — is the self of mine that is constant, everlasting,
eternal, not subject to change, and will stay just as it is for
eternity. This is called a thicket of views, a wilderness of views, a
contortion of views, a writhing of views, a fetter of views. Bound by a
fetter of views, the uninstructed run-of-the-mill person is not freed
from birth, aging, & death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain,
distress, & despair. He is not freed, I tell you, from suffering
& stress.



Āsavas:


MN 9


āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo, āsavanirodhā avijjānirodho

With the arising of the taints there is the arising of
ignorance. With the cessation of the taints there is the cessation of
ignorance.



A number of factors leading to the cessation of avijjā are also mentioned in the suttas. Kāyagatāsati:


AN 1.586


ā€œekadhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulÄ«kate avijjā pahÄ«yati. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? kāyagatāya satiyā.

When one thing, bhikkhus, is developed and cultivated, ignorance is abandoned. Which thing? Mindfulness directed to the body.



Anicca·saññā:


SN 22.102


ā€œaniccasaƱƱā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulÄ«katā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ
pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ rūparāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ bhavarāgaṃ
pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ avijjaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ samÅ«hanatiā€.

Bhikkhus, when the perception of impermanence is developed and
cultivated, it eliminates all sensual lust, it eliminates all lust for
existence, it eliminates all ignorance, it uproots all conceit ā€˜I am.’

ā€œkathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaƱƱā kathaṃ bahulÄ«katā sabbaṃ
kāmarāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ rūparāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ bhavarāgaṃ
pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ avijjaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ samūhanati?
ā€˜iti rÅ«paṃ, iti rÅ«passa samudayo, iti rÅ«passa atthaį¹…gamo; iti vedanā,
iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthaį¹…gamo; iti saƱƱā, iti saƱƱāya
samudayo, iti saƱƱāya atthaį¹…gamo; iti saį¹…khārā, iti saį¹…khārānaṃ
samudayo, iti saį¹…khārānaṃ atthaį¹…gamo; iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa
samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaį¹…gamo’ti. evaṃ bhāvitā kho, bhikkhave,
aniccasaññā evaṃ bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ
rūparāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ bhavarāgaṃ pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ avijjaṃ
pariyādiyati, sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ samÅ«hanatÄ«ā€ti.

And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and
cultivated so that it eliminates all sensual lust, eliminates all lust
for existence, eliminates all ignorance, and uproots all conceit ā€˜I am’?
ā€˜Such is form, such its origin, such its passing away; such is feeling,
such its origin, such its passing away; such is perception, such its
origin, such its passing away; such are volitional formations, such
their origin, such their passing away; such is consciousness, such its
origin, such its passing away’: that is how the perception of
impermanence is developed and cultivated so that it eliminates all
sensual lust, eliminates all lust for existence, eliminates all
ignorance, and uproots all conceit ā€˜I am.’




SN 35.79


—
ā€œkatamo pana, bhante, eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti?

—
ā€œAnd what is that one thing, venerable sir, through the abandoning of
which ignorance is abandoned by a bhikkhu and true knowledge
arises?ā€

—
ā€œavijjā kho, bhikkhu, eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti.

—
ā€œIgnorance, bhikkhu, is that one thing through the abandoning of
which ignorance is abandoned by a bhikkhu and true knowledgearises.ā€

—
ā€œkathaṃ pana, bhante, jānato, kathaṃ passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti?

—
ā€œBut, venerable sir, how should one know, how should one
see, for ignorance to be abandoned by him and true knowledge to
arise?ā€

—
ā€œcakkhuṃ kho, bhikkhu, aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā
uppajjati. rūpe aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā
uppajjati. cakkhuviññāṇaṃ… cakkhusamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā
uppajjati.
sotaṃ… sadde… sotaviññāṇaṃ… sotasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
ghānaṃ… gandhe… ghānaviññāṇaṃ… ghānasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
jivhaṃ… rase… jivhaviññāṇaṃ… jivhasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
jivhasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
kāyaṃ… phoį¹­į¹­habbe… kāyaviññāṇaṃ… kāyasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
kāyasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
manaṃ… dhamme… manoviññāṇaṃ… manosamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati… vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā
uppajjati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, jānato evaṃ passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā
uppajjatÄ«ā€ti.

—
ā€œBhikkhu, when one knows and sees the eye as impermanent, ignorance is
abandoned and true knowledge arises. When one knows and sees forms as
impermanent … When one knows and sees eye-consciousness…
eye-contact… whatever feeling arises with eye-contact as
condition—whether pleasant or painful or neither-painful-norpleasant…
the ear… sounds… ear-consciousness… ear-contact… whatever
feeling arises with ear-contact…
the nose… smells… nose-consciousness… nose-contact… whatever
feeling arises with nose-contact…
the tongue… tastes… tongue-consciousness… tongue-contact…
whatever feeling arises with tongue-contact… the body… touches…
body-consciousness… body-contact… whatever feeling arises with
body-contact…
the mind… mental objects… mind-consciousness… mind-contact… When
one knows and sees as impermanent whatever feeling arises with
mind-contact as condition—whether pleasant or painful or
neither-painful-norpleasant—ignorance is abandoned and true knowledge
arises. When one knows and sees thus, bhikkhu, ignorance is abandoned
and true knowledge arises.ā€




SN 35.80


ā€œkathaṃ pana, bhante, jānato, kathaṃ passato avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti?

ā€œBut, venerable sir, how should one know, how should one
see, for ignorance to be abandoned by him and true knowledge to
arise?ā€

ā€œidha, bhikkhu, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti: ā€˜sabbe dhammā nālaṃ
abhinivesāyā’ti. evaƱcetaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti: ā€˜sabbe dhammā
nālaṃ abhinivesāyā’ti, so sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhijānāti, sabbaṃ dhammaṃ
abhiññāya sabbaṃ dhammaṃ parijānāti, sabbaṃ dhammaṃ pariññāya
sabbanimittāni aƱƱato passati, cakkhuṃ aƱƱato passati, rÅ«pe…
cakkhuviññāṇaṃ… cakkhusamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi aññato
passati…
sotaṃ… sadde… sotaviññāṇaṃ… sotasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
ghānaṃ… gandhe… ghānaviññāṇaṃ… ghānasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
jivhaṃ… rase… jivhaviññāṇaṃ… jivhasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
jivhasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
kāyaṃ… phoį¹­į¹­habbe… kāyaviññāṇaṃ… kāyasamphassaṃ… yampidaṃ
kāyasamphassapaccayā uppajjati…
manaṃ aƱƱato passati, dhamme… manoviññāṇaṃ… manosamphassaṃ…
yampidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi aññato passati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, jānato evaṃ
passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahÄ«yati, vijjā uppajjatÄ«ā€ti.

ā€œHere, bhikkhu, a bhikkhu has heard, ā€˜Nothing is worth adhering
to.’ When a bhikkhu has heard, ā€˜Nothing is worth adhering to,’ he
directly knows everything. Having directly known everything, he
fully understands everything. Having fully understood everything, he
sees all signs differently. He sees the eye differently, he sees forms
differently… eye-consciousness… eye-contact… whatever feeling
arises with eye-contact…
the nose… smells… nose-consciousness… nose-contact… whatever
feeling arises with nose-contact…
the tongue… tastes… tongue-consciousness… tongue-contact…
whatever feeling arises with tongue-contact… the body… touches…
body-consciousness… body-contact… whatever feeling arises with
body-contact…
the mind… mental objects… mind-consciousness… mind-contact…
whatever feeling arises with mind-contact as condition
… that too he sees differently. When one knows and sees thus, bhikkhu,
ignorance is abandoned and true knowledge arises.ā€



Samādhi:


AN 6.24


ā€œchahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu himavantaṃ pabbatarājaṃ
padāleyya, ko pana vādo chavāya avijjāya! katamehi chahi?

ā€œBhikkhus, possessing six qualities, a bhikkhu could break the
Himalayas, the king of mountains, how much more then [that] low
ignorance! What six?

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samādhissa samāpattikusalo hoti,

Here, a bhikkhu is skilled in attaining of concentration;

samādhissa ṭhitikusalo hoti,

skilled in maintaining
concentration;

samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti,

skilled in emerging from concentration;

samādhissa kallitakusalo hoti,

skilled in fitness for concentration;

samādhissa gocarakusalo hoti,

skilled in the area of
concentration;

samādhissa abhinīhārakusalo hoti.

skilled in resolution regarding
concentration.



PaƱƱā:


AN 2.32


vipassanā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā kamatthamanubhoti? paƱƱā bhāvīyati. paƱƱā bhāvitā kamatthamanubhoti? yā avijjā sā pahīyati.

When insight is developed, what purpose does it serve? Discernment is
developed. And when discernment is developed, what purpose does it
serve? Ignorance is abandoned.



AbhiƱƱā:


SN 45.159


katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca

What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming.



Cultivating appamāda and being ātāpī:


MN 4


ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, rattiyā paį¹­hame yāme paį¹­hamā vijjā adhigatā,
avijjā vihatā vijjā uppannā, tamo vihato āloko uppanno, yathā taṃ
appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato.

This was the first knowledge I attained in the first watch of the night.
Ignorance was destroyed; knowledge arose; darkness was destroyed; light
arose — as happens in one who is heedful, ardent, & resolute.





Bodhi leaf


āvuso: friend - usually in conversation between
bhikkhus, a form of polite address ‘friend, brother Sir’, although quite
informal since it is used by the disciple as well as the master in
return.



Bodhi leaf


āyasmā: venerable - lit: old. Used as a respectful appellation of a bhikkhu of some standing.



Bodhi leaf


āyatana: sphere, stretch, extent, reach, sphere of perception. The word appears mainly in two contexts:

1) as refering both to the six physical sense organs, i.e. cakkhu, sota, ghāna, jivhā, kāya, mana, as well as to their respective objects, i.e. rūpa visible objects, sadda sounds, gandha smells, rasa tastes, phoṭṭhabba tangible bodily phenomena, dhamma mental phenomena.

2) to designate each of the four formless jhānas.



Bodhi leaf


ayoniso manasikāra:

inappropiate attention, unwise reflection.

The most substantial characterization of ayoniso manasikāra is provided in the Sabbāsavā Sutta:


MN 2


ā€œso evaṃ ayoniso manasi karoti: ā€˜ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atÄ«tamaddhānaṃ? na
nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kathaṃ
nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ hutvā kiṃ ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ
atītamaddhānaṃ? bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhānaṃ? na nu kho
bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ?
kathaṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ? kiṃ hutvā kiṃ bhavissāmi nu
kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhānan’ti? etarahi vā paccuppannamaddhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ
kathaṃkathÄ« hoti: ā€˜ahaṃ nu khosmi? no nu khosmi? kiṃ nu khosmi? kathaṃ
nu khosmi? ayaṃ nu kho satto kuto āgato? so kuhiṃ gāmÄ« bhavissatī’ti?

This is how he attends inappropriately: ‘Was I in the past? Was I not in
the past? What was I in the past? How was I in the past? Having been
what, what was I in the past? Shall I be in the future? Shall I not be
in the future? What shall I be in the future? How shall I be in the
future? Having been what, what shall I be in the future?’ Or else he is
inwardly perplexed about the immediate present: ‘Am I? Am I not? What am
I? How am I? Where has this being come from? Where is it bound?’

ā€œtassa evaṃ ayoniso manasikaroto channaṃ diį¹­į¹­hÄ«naṃ aƱƱatarā diį¹­į¹­hi
uppajjati. ā€˜atthi me attā’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati;
ā€˜natthi me attā’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati; ā€˜attanāva
attānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati; ā€˜attanāva
anattānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati;
ā€˜anattanāva attānaṃ saƱjānāmī’ti vā assa saccato thetato diį¹­į¹­hi
uppajjati; atha vā panassa evaṃ diį¹­į¹­hi hoti: ā€˜yo me ayaṃ attā vado
vedeyyo tatra tatra kalyāṇapāpakānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ paį¹­isaṃvedeti so
kho pana me ayaṃ attā nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ
tatheva į¹­hassatī’ti. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diį¹­į¹­higataṃ diį¹­į¹­higahanaṃ
diṭṭhikantāraṃ diṭṭhivisūkaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ.
diṭṭhisaṃyojanasaṃyutto, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano na parimuccati
jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi;
ā€˜na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi.

As he attends inappropriately in this way, one of six kinds of view
arises in him: The view I have a self arises in him as true &
established, or the view I have no self… or the view It is precisely
by means of self that I perceive self… or the view It is precisely by
means of self that I perceive not-self… or the view It is precisely by
means of not-self that I perceive self arises in him as true &
established, or else he has a view like this: This very self of mine —
the knower that is sensitive here & there to the ripening of good
& bad actions — is the self of mine that is constant, everlasting,
eternal, not subject to change, and will stay just as it is for
eternity. This is called a thicket of views, a wilderness of views, a
contortion of views, a writhing of views, a fetter of views. Bound by a
fetter of views, the uninstructed run-of-the-mill person is not freed
from birth, aging, & death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain,
distress, & despair. He is not freed, I tell you, from suffering
& stress.



According to the commentary, ayoniso manasikāra
is attention or reflection that constitutes the wrong means or the
wrong track (uppatha), that is contrary to the truth, as for example the
vipallāsas:
attention to the impermanent as permanent, the unpleasant as pleasant,
what is not self as self, and what is foul as beautiful.

The Akusalavitakka Sutta also provides a connection with the wrong type of vitakkas:


SN 9.11


ekaṃ samayaṃ aƱƱataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aƱƱatarasmiṃ vanasaį¹‡įøe.
tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu divāvihāragato pāpake akusale vitakke
vitakketi, seyyathidaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ, byāpādavitakkaṃ, vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ.
atha kho yā tasmiṃ vanasaį¹‡įøe adhivatthā devatā tassa bhikkhuno
anukampikā atthakāmā taṃ bhikkhuṃ saṃvejetukāmā yena so bhikkhu
tenupasaį¹…kami; upasaį¹…kamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:

On one occasion a certain monk was dwelling among the Kosalans in a
forest thicket. Now at that time, he spent the day’s abiding thinking
evil, unskillful thoughts: i.e., thoughts of sensuality, thoughts of ill
will, thoughts of doing harm. Then the devata inhabiting the forest
thicket, feeling sympathy for the monk, desiring his benefit, desiring
to bring him to his senses, approached him and addressed him with this
verse:

ā€œayoniso manasikārā, so vitakkehi khajjasi.

From inappropriate attention, you’re being chewed by your thoughts.



At AN 5.151, ayoniso manasikāra is juxtaposed with an·ekagga·citta (see ekagga·tā for an antonym) in one single item as an attitude preventing one who listens to the Dhamma from realizing it.

Ayoniso manasikāra prevents wholesome states from arising:

The seven bojjhaį¹…gas:


AN 1.74


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
bojjhaį¹…gā nuppajjanti uppannā vā bojjhaį¹…gā na bhāvanāpāripÅ«riṃ gacchanti
yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen factors
of awakening do not arise and arisen factors of enlightenment do not go
to their completion through development so much as inappropriate
attention.



Sati·sampajañña:


AN 10.61


asatāsampajaññampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko cāhāro
asatāsampajaƱƱassa? ā€˜ayonisomanasikāro’’tissa vacanÄ«yaṃ.

Lack of mindfulness and clear comprehension, too, I say, has a
nutriment; it is not without nutriment. And what is the nutriment for
lack of mindfulness and clear comprehension? It should be said: careless
attention.



Ayoniso manasikāra also gives rise to other akusala dhammas:


AN 1.66


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti
yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen
unwholesome states arise and arisen wholesome states decline, so much as
inappropriate attention.



In particular, in conjunction with other phenomena, it gives rise to the five nÄ«varaṇas:


SN 46.51


ko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya,
uppannassa vā kāmacchandassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi, bhikkhave,
subhanimittaṃ. tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro: ayamāhāro
anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā kāmacchandassa
bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

And what is the food for the arising of unarisen sensual desire, or for
the growth & increase of sensual desire once it has arisen? There is
the theme of beauty. To foster inappropriate attention to it: This is
the food for the arising of unarisen sensual desire, or for the growth
& increase of sensual desire once it has arisen.

ā€œko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā byāpādassa uppādāya, uppannassa
vā byāpādassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi, bhikkhave,
paṭighanimittaṃ. tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro: ayamāhāro
anuppannassa vā byāpādassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā byāpādassa
bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

And what is the food for the arising of unarisen ill will, or for the
growth & increase of ill will once it has arisen? There is the theme
of resistance. To foster inappropriate attention to it: This is the
food for the arising of unarisen ill will, or for the growth &
increase of ill will once it has arisen.

ā€œko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā thinamiddhassa uppādāya,
uppannassa vā thinamiddhassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi, bhikkhave,
arati tandi vijambhitā bhattasammado cetaso ca līnattaṃ. tattha
ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro: ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā thinamiddhassa
uppādāya, uppannassa vā thinamiddhassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

And what is the food for the arising of unarisen sloth & drowsiness,
or for the growth & increase of sloth & drowsiness once it has
arisen? There are boredom, weariness, yawning, drowsiness after a meal,
& sluggishness of awareness. To foster inappropriate attention to
them: This is the food for the arising of unarisen sloth &
drowsiness, or for the growth & increase of sloth & drowsiness
once it has arisen.

ā€œko ca, bhikkhave, āhāro anuppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādāya,
uppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya? atthi,
bhikkhave, cetaso avūpasamo. tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro:
ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā
uddhaccakukkuccassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya.

And what is the food for the arising of unarisen restlessness &
anxiety, or for the growth & increase of restlessness & anxiety
once it has arisen? There is non-stillness of awareness. To foster
inappropriate attention to that: This is the food for the arising of
unarisen restlessness & anxiety, or for the growth & increase of
restlessness & anxiety once it has arisen.



When it comes to vicikicchā, ayoniso manasikāra is the cause per se:


AN 1.15


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
vicikicchā uppajjati uppannā vā vicikicchā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya
saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen doubt
arises and arisen doubt increases and multiplies, so much as
inappropriate attention.



Ayoniso manasikāra is also the direct cause for the arising of micchā·diṭṭhi:


AN 1.310


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
micchādiį¹­į¹­hi uppajjati uppannā vā micchādiį¹­į¹­hi pavaįøįøhati yathayidaṃ,
bhikkhave, ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing because of which unarisen wrong
view arises and arisen wrong view increases and multiplies, so much as
inappropriate attention.



It generally leads to ‘great harm’ (mahato anatthāya):


AN 1.90


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato
anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ayoniso manasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing that leads to such great harm as inappropriate attention.



It leads particularly to the disappearance of the Dhamma (saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya):


AN 1.122


ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa
sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave,
ayonisomanasikāro.

Bhikkhus, I do not see any other thing that leads to the decline and
disappearance of the good Dhamma, so much as inappropriate attention.

According to AN 10.76, ayoniso manasikāra rests particularly on three phenomena: forgetfulness (muṭṭhasacca), lack of sampajañña, and mental unrest (cetaso vikkhepa).



Bodhi leaf


——————oooOooo——————


Katamo ca, bhikkhave, ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo? Seyyathidaṃ sammādiį¹­į¹­hi,
sammāsaį¹…kappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammā-ājÄ«vo, sammāvāyāmo,
sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.

Now what, monks, is the Noble Eightfold Path? Right view, right resolve,
right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right
mindfulness, right concentration.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi? Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe ñāṇaṃ,
dukkha-samudaye ñāṇaṃ , dukkha-nirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkha-nirodha-gāminiyā
paį¹­ipadāya ñāṇaṃ ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi.

And what, monks, is right view? Knowledge with regard to stress,
knowledge with regard to the origination of stress, knowledge with
regard to the stopping of stress, knowledge with regard to the way of
practice leading to the stopping of stress: This, monks, is called right
view.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo? Yo kho, bhikkhave,
nekkhamma-saį¹…kappo , abyāpāda-saį¹…kappo, avihiṃsā-saį¹…kappo ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo.

And what is right resolve? Being resolved on renunciation, on freedom
from ill will, on harmlessness: This is called right resolve.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāvācā? Yā kho, bhikkhave, musāvādā veramaṇī,
pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī, samphappalāpā
veramaṇī ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvācā.

And what is right speech? Abstaining from lying, abstaining from
divisive speech, abstaining from abusive speech, abstaining from idle
chatter: This, monks, is called right speech.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-kammanto? Yā kho, bhikkhave, pāṇātipātā
veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, abrahmacariyā veramaṇī ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammā-kammanto.

And what, monks, is right action? Abstaining from taking life,
abstaining from stealing, abstaining from unchastity: This, monks, is
called right action.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo? Idha, bhikkhave, ariya-sāvako
micchā-ājīvaṃ pahāya sammā-ājīvena jīvitaṃ kappeti ayaṃ vuccati,
bhikkhave, sammā-ājīvo.

And what, monks, is right livelihood? There is the case where a disciple
of the noble ones, having abandoned dishonest livelihood, keeps his
life going with right livelihood: This, monks, is called right
livelihood.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ
pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati
vÄ«riyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ
akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati
cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya
chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vÄ«riyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati;
uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya
vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati
cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo.

And what, monks, is right effort? (i) There is the case where a monk
generates desire, endeavors, activates persistence, upholds & exerts
his intent for the sake of the non-arising of evil, unskillful
qualities that have not yet arisen. (ii) He generates desire, endeavors,
activates persistence, upholds & exerts his intent for the sake of
the abandonment of evil, unskillful qualities that have arisen. (iii) He
generates desire, endeavors, activates persistence, upholds &
exerts his intent for the sake of the arising of skillful qualities that
have not yet arisen. (iv) He generates desire, endeavors, activates
persistence, upholds & exerts his intent for the maintenance,
non-confusion, increase, plenitude, development, & culmination of
skillful qualities that have arisen: This, monks, is called right
effort.

Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāsati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno
satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; citte cittānupassī viharati
ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhā-domanassaṃ; dhammesu
dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke
abhijjhā-domanassaṃ.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsati.

And what, monks, is right mindfulness? (i) There is the case where a
monk remains focused on the body in & of itself — ardent, aware,
& mindful — putting away greed & distress with reference to the
world. (ii) He remains focused on feelings in & of themselves —
ardent, aware, & mindful — putting away greed & distress with
reference to the world. (iii) He remains focused on the mind in & of
itself — ardent, aware, & mindful — putting away greed &
distress with reference to the world. (iv) He remains focused on mental
qualities in & of themselves — ardent, aware, & mindful —
putting away greed & distress with reference to the world. This,
monks, is called right mindfulness.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ
vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ
avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati;
pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhaƱca kāyena
paį¹­isaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti: ā€˜upekkhako satimā
sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ
atthaį¹…gamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ
upasampajja viharati.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi ti.

And what, monks, is right concentration? (i) There is the case where a
monk — quite withdrawn from sensuality, withdrawn from unskillful
(mental) qualities — enters & remains in the first jhana: rapture
& pleasure born from withdrawal, accompanied by directed thought
& evaluation. (ii) With the stilling of directed thoughts &
evaluations, he enters & remains in the second jhana: rapture &
pleasure born of concentration, unification of awareness free from
directed thought & evaluation — internal assurance. (iii) With the
fading of rapture, he remains equanimous, mindful, & alert, and
senses pleasure with the body. He enters & remains in the third
jhana, of which the Noble Ones declare, ‘Equanimous & mindful, he
has a pleasant abiding.’ (iv) With the abandoning of pleasure & pain
— as with the earlier disappearance of elation & distress — he
enters & remains in the fourth jhana: purity of equanimity &
mindfulness, neither pleasure nor pain. This, monks, is called right
concentration.



♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is most famously introduced at SN 56.11 as the Middle Way (majjhimā paį¹­ipadā), i.e. the path avoiding both hedonism and self-mortification:

SN 56.11



Dve·me, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. Katame dve? Yo c·āyaṃ
kāmesu kāma·sukh·allik·ānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko an·ariyo
an·attha·saṃhito, yo c·āyaṃ attakilamath·ānuyogo dukkho an·ariyo
an·attha·saṃhito. Ete kho, bhikkhave, ubho ante an·upagamma majjhimā
paį¹­ipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhuĀ·karaṇī ñāṇaĀ·karaṇī upasamāya
abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.

These two extremes, bhikkhus, should not be adopted by one who has gone
forth from the home life. Which two? On one hand, the devotion to
hedonism towards sensuality, which is inferior, vulgar, common, ignoble,
deprived of benefit, and on the other hand the devotion to
self-mortification, which is painful, ignoble, deprived of benefit.
Without going to these two extremes, bhikkhus, the Tathāgata has fully
awaken to the Middle Way, which produces vision, which produces
knowledge, and leads to appeasement, to direct knowledge, to awakening,
to Nibbāna.



♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also introduced later on in that same sutta as the fourth ariyaĀ·sacca:



Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkha·nirodha·gāminī paṭipadā ariya·saccaṃ:
ayamĀ·eva ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo, seyyathidaṃ: sammā·diį¹­į¹­hi
sammā·saį¹…kappo sammā·vācā sammā·kammanto sammā·ājÄ«vo sammā·vāyāmo
sammā·sati sammā·samādhi.

Furthermore, bhikkhus, this is the noble truth of path leading to the
cessation of suffering: just this noble eightfold path, that is to say:
right view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood,
right effort, right mindfulness and right concentration.



♦ As explained above at SN 56.11, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is what leads to nibbāna. At SN 45.62, the former leads towards the latter just as the river Ganges slants, slopes, and inclines towards the east (seyyathāpi gaį¹…gā nadÄ« pācÄ«naĀ·ninnā pācÄ«naĀ·poṇā pācÄ«naĀ·pabbhārā). At SN 45.86, the path is like a tree slanting, sloping and inclining towards the east (seyyathāpi rukkho pācÄ«naĀ·ninno pācÄ«naĀ·poṇo pācÄ«naĀ·pabbhāro) and that could only fall towards that direction if it were to be cut at the foot. It is also said to be the way leading to amata (amataĀ·gāmiĀ·maggo, SN 45.7), or to the unconditioned (aĀ·saį¹…khataĀ·gāmiĀ·maggo, SN 43.11).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga has its own entire saṃyutta (SN 45), that is rich in similes and explanations.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is given various designations. At MN 19, it is called ‘The peaceful and safe path to be followed with exaltation’ (khemo maggo sovatthiko pÄ«tiĀ·gamanÄ«yo). It is often identified with the brahmacariya (e.g. SN 45.6), or with asceticism (sāmaƱƱa) such as at SN 45.35, or brahminhood (brahmaƱƱa) such as at SN 45.36. At SN 12.65, it is the ancient path, the ancient road traveled by the sammā·Sambuddhā of the past. At SN 35.191, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is compared to a raft to cross over from identity to ‘the other shore’, which stands for nibbāna. At SN 45.4, after Ānanda sees a brahmin on a luxurious chariot and calls it a ‘brahmic vehicle’ (brahmaĀ·yāna), the Buddha says that is actually a designation for the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, along with the ‘Dhamma vehicle’ (dhammaĀ·yāna) and the ’supreme victory in battle’ (anuttara saį¹…gāmaĀ·vijaya). The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also called rightness (sammatta, SN 45.21), kusalā dhammā (SN 45.22), the right way (sammā·paį¹­ipada, SN 45.23) and right practice (sammā·paį¹­ipatti, SN 45.31).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is part of a set of 37 dhammas which are sometimes listed together (e.g. at AN 10.90, SN 22.81). They are sometimes called the bodhipakkhiyā dhammā, although this expression doesn’t have a strict definition in the suttas and is loosely used to describe other sets. The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is also said at SN 45.155 to develop those bodhiĀ·pakkhiyaĀ·dhammā.

♦ Each factor (aį¹…ga) of the path is said to lead to the next:


AN 10.103


ā€œsammattaṃ, bhikkhave, āgamma ārādhanā hoti, no virādhanā. kathaƱca,
bhikkhave, sammattaṃ āgamma ārādhanā hoti, no virādhanā?
sammādiį¹­į¹­hikassa, bhikkhave, sammāsaį¹…kappo pahoti, sammāsaį¹…kappassa
sammāvācā pahoti, sammāvācassa sammākammanto pahoti, sammākammantassa
sammāājīvo pahoti, sammāājīvassa sammāvāyāmo pahoti, sammāvāyāmassa
sammāsati pahoti, sammāsatissa sammāsamādhi pahoti.

Having come to rightness, bhikkhus, there is success, not failure. And
how, bhikkhus, is it that having come to rightness, there is success,
not failure? For one of right view, right thought arises. For one
of right thought, right speech arises. For one of right speech, right
action arises. For one of right action, right livelihood arises. For one
of right livelihood, right effort arises. For one of right effort,
right mindfulness arises. For one of right mindfulness, right
concentration arises.



A similar progression is also notably found at SN
45.1. AN 7.45 states that all the other seven factors of the path are
the ’supports’ (upanisa) and ‘accessories’ (parikkhāra) of sammā·samādhi. MN 117 further explains how the factors interact, according to the following pattern:

MN 117


ā€œtatra, bhikkhave, sammādiį¹­į¹­hi pubbaį¹…gamā hoti. kathaƱca, bhikkhave,
sammādiį¹­į¹­hi pubbaį¹…gamā hoti? micchāsaį¹…kappaṃ ā€˜micchāsaį¹…kappo’ti
pajānāti, sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ ā€˜sammāsaį¹…kappo’ti pajānāti, sāssa hoti
sammādiṭṭhi.

Therein, bhikkhus, right view is the forerunner. And how is right view
the forerunner? One understands wrong thought as wrong thought and right
thought as right thought: this is one’s right
view.

so micchāsaį¹…kappassa pahānāya vāyamati, sammāsaį¹…kappassa upasampadāya,
svāssa hoti sammāvāyāmo. so sato micchāsaį¹…kappaṃ pajahati, sato
sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ upasampajja viharati; sāssa hoti sammāsati. itiyime tayo
dhammā sammāsaį¹…kappaṃ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti, seyyathidaṃ
sammādiṭṭhi, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati.

One makes an effort to abandon wrong thought and to acquire right
thought: this is one’s right effort. One abandons wrong thought
mindfully, and acquires and remains in right thought mindfully: this is
one’s right mindfulness. Thus these three things rotate and circle
around right thought, that is, right view, right effort, and right
mindfulness.



♦ The enumeration of each path factor is sometimes
punctuated by four different formulas. The first one is found for
example at SN 45.2 and is in fact mainly used with the bojjhaį¹…gas, and occasionally with (spiritual) indriyas or balas: ‘based upon seclusion, dispassion, and cessation, maturing in release’ (vivekaĀ·nissita virāgaĀ·nissita nirodhaĀ·nissita vossaggaĀ·pariṇāmi).

The second formula can be found at SN 45.4 and says: ‘which
has the removal of avidity as its final goal, the removal of hatred as
its final goal, the removal of delusion as its final goal’ (rāgaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna dosaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna mohaĀ·vinayaĀ·pariyosāna)
.

The third one is found for example at SN 45.115 and says: ‘which has the Deathless as its ground, the Deathless as its destination, the Deathless as its final goal’ (amatĀ·ogadha amataĀ·parāyana amataĀ·pariyosāna).

The fourth is found for example at SN 45.91 and says: ‘which slants towards Nibbāna, slopes towards Nibbāna, inclines towards Nibbāna‘ (nibbānaĀ·ninna nibbānaĀ·poṇa nibbānaĀ·pabbhāra).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, if unarisen, does not arise apart from the appearance of a Buddha (n·āññatra tathāgatassa pātubhāvā arahato sammāsambuddhassa, SN 45.14) or the Discipline of a Sublime one (n·āññatra sugataĀ·vinaya, SN 45.15).

♦ At SN 55.5, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is what defines sotāpatti, since sota (the stream) is the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga itself, and a sotāpanna is one who possesses it:


SN 55.5


—
ā€œā€˜soto, soto’ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sotoā€ti?

—
It said: ‘The stream, the stream’, Sāriputta. What now, Sāriputta, is ‘the stream’?

—
ā€œayameva hi, bhante, ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo soto

—
Bhante, the stream is just this noble eightfold path

—
ā€œā€˜sotāpanno, sotāpanno’ti hidaṃ, sāriputta, vuccati. katamo nu kho, sāriputta, sotāpannoā€ti?

—
It said: ‘A stream-enterer, a stream-enterer’, Sāriputta. What now, Sāriputta, is ‘a stream-enterer’?

—
ā€œyo hi, bhante, iminā ariyena aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikena maggena samannāgato ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno

—
Bhante, whoever is possessed of this noble eightfold path is called a stream-enterer



♦ At MN 126, the 8 factors of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga are presented as a technology of the mind (’a proper method for procuring fruit’: yoni hesā phalassa adhigamāya)
whose results do not depend on making wishes, but instead rely solely
on the laws of nature, which is metaphorically illustrated by how one
gets sesame oil by using the right technique (pressing seeds sprinkled
with water), how one gets milk (by milking a recently calved cow),
butter (by churning curd), or fire (by rubbing a dry, sapless, piece of
wood with a proper fire-stick).

♦ At AN 4.237, the 8 factors of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga constitute ‘kamma that is neither dark nor bright with neither-dark-nor-bright result, that leads to the destruction of kamma(kammaṃ aĀ·kaṇhā·sukkaṃ aĀ·kaṇhā·sukkaĀ·vipākaṃ, kammaĀ·kkhayāya saṃvattati).

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is not seldom augmented to become a tenfold set, with the addition of sammā·ñāṇa and sammā·vimutti. SN 45.26 seems to indicate that these two factors are relevant only for the arahant, as they are what makes the difference between a sappurisa and someone who is better than a sappurisa (sappurisena sappurisataro).

♦ Ten phenomena are said to be the precursors for the arising of the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, the first seven according to the following simile:



sÅ«riyassa, bhikkhave, udayato etaṃ pubbaį¹…gamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimittaṃ,
yadidaṃ, aruṇuggaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ariyassa
aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikassa maggassa uppādāya etaṃ pubbaį¹…gamaṃ etaṃ pubbanimmittaṃ…

This, bhikkhus, is the forerunner and foretoken of the rising of the
sun, that is, the dawn. In the same way, bhikkhus, for a bhikkhu this is
the forerunner and foretoken of the arising of the noble eightfold
path…



In each case, it is said that when a bhikkhu satisfies the condition, ‘it
is expected that he will develop the noble eightfold path, that he will
cultivate the noble eightfold path (pāṭikaį¹…khaṃ ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ
maggaṃ bhāvessati, ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karissati)
.

1. Mentioned most often is kalyāṇaĀ·mittatā (with the above sunrise simile at SN 45.49). It is most famously said at SN 45.2 to be the entire brahmacariya (sakalamĀ·evĀ·idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ), since it can be expected from one who develops it that he will practice the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga, all the more that as we have seen earlier (e.g. at SN 45.6), brahmacariya is also defined as the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga itself. We find as well a formula reminiscent of the suttas found at the beginning of AN 1:


SN 45.77


nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yena anuppanno vā
ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo uppajjati, uppanno vā ariyo aį¹­į¹­haį¹…giko maggo
bhāvanāpāripÅ«riṃ gacchati, yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, kalyāṇamittatā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which the
unarisen noble eightfold path arises and the arisen noble eightfold path
goes to the plenitude of its development so much, bhikkhus, as because
of favorable friendship.



2. Sīla
is also mentioned a few times independently from the sunrise simile, in
the context of which it is introduced at SN 45.50 as accomplishment in
virtue (sīla·sampadā). Such examples include the following:


SN 45.149


seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye keci balakaraṇīyā kammantā karÄ«yanti, sabbe
te pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviyaṃ patiį¹­į¹­hāya evamete balakaraṇīyā kammantā
karīyanti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlaṃ nissāya sīle patiṭṭhāya
ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ
bahulīkaroti.

Just as, bhikkhus, whatever actions are to be performed with strength
are all performed on dependence on the earth, supported by the earth; in
the same way, bhikkhus, it is on dependence on virtue, supported by
virtue, that a bhikkhu develops the noble eightfold path, that he
cultivates the noble eightfold path.




SN 45.150


seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ye kecime bÄ«jagāmabhÅ«tagāmā vuįøįøhiṃ virūḷhiṃ
vepullaṃ āpajjanti, sabbe te pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya
evamete bÄ«jagāmabhÅ«tagāmā vuįøįøhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanti; evameva
kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sÄ«laṃ nissāya sÄ«le patiį¹­į¹­hāya ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ
maggaṃ bhāvento ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karonto vuįøįøhiṃ
virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇāti dhammesu.

Just as, bhikkhus, whatever kinds of seed and plant life come to
development, growth, and plenitude, all come to development, growth, and
plenitude on dependence on the earth, supported by the earth; in the
same way, bhikkhus, on dependence on virtue, supported by virtue, a
bhikkhu developing the noble eightfold path, cultivating the noble
eightfold path, comes to development, growth, and plenitude in
[wholesome] mental states.



3. Appamāda
is also mentioned a few times independently from the sunrise simile, in
the context of which it is introduced at SN 45.54 as accomplishment in
assiduity (appamāda·sampadā). Such examples are found at SN 45.139 and SN 45.140.

4. Sammā·diṭṭhi (AN 10.121) or accomplishment in view (diṭṭhi·sampadā, SN 45.53),
are mentioned with the sunrise simile as precursors of the path,
without surprise since as we have seen above, each path factor leads to
the next, and sammā·diṭṭhi stands first.

5. Accomplishment in desire (chanda·sampadā) is mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.51. The Commentary explains it as desire for kusalā dhammā. In a related meaning, the word chanda appears notably in the sammā·vāyāma formula.

6. Accomplishment in self (attaĀ·sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52. The commentary explains the expression as sampannaĀ·cittaĀ·tā (accomplishment in mind), which suggests the attainment of samādhi (see adhiĀ·cittaĀ·sikkhā). The expression ‘atta·ññū hoti’ (one who knows himself) may explain the term. At SN 7.68, it is explained as knowing oneself to have saddhā, sÄ«la, learning (suta), cāga, paƱƱā and understanding (paį¹­ibhāna).

7. Accomplishment in appropriate attention (yoniso·manasikāra-sampadā), mentioned with the sunrise simile at SN 45.52.

8, 9 & 10. Vijjā followed by hiri and ottappa (anvaĀ·dĀ·eva hirĀ·ottappa) is said to be the forerunner (pubbĀ·aį¹…gama) in the entry upon kusalā dhammā (kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpatti) at SN 45.1 and AN 10.105.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is said at AN 4.34 to be the highest (agga) of saį¹…khatā dhammā and to bring the highest vipākā.

♦ As we have seen above at SN 56.11, the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga produces ñāṇaĀ·dassana and leads to upasama, sambodhi and Nibbāna. Between SN 45.161 and SN 45.180, it is also said to lead to the direct knowledge (abhiƱƱā), full understanding (pariƱƱā), complete destruction (parikkhaya), and abandoning (pahāna) of various phenomena: the three discriminations (vidhā), i.e. ‘I am superior’ (ā€˜seyyoĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti), ‘I am equal’ (ā€˜sadisoĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti), ‘I am inferior’ (hÄ«noĀ·hamĀ·asmī’ti); the three searches (esanā), i.e. the search for sensuality (kāmĀ·esanā), the search for [a good] existence (bhavĀ·esanā), the search for the brahmic life (brahmacariyĀ·esanā); the three āsavā; the three bhavā; the three sufferings (dukkhatā), i.e. the suffering from pain (dukkhaĀ·dukkhatā), the suffering from Constructions (saį¹…khāraĀ·dukkhatā), the suffering from change (vipariṇāmaĀ·dukkhatā); the three akusalamulā; the three types of vedanā; kāma, diį¹­į¹­hi and avijjā; the four upādānā; abhijjhā, byāpāda, sÄ«laĀ·bbata parāmāsa and adherence to [the view] ‘This [alone] is the truth’ (idaṃ·sacc·ābhinivesa); the seven anusayā; the five kāmaĀ·guṇā; the five nÄ«varaṇā; the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas; the ten saṃyojanā.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga also leads to the cessation (nirodha) of phenomena: MN 9 lists all the twelve links of paį¹­iccaĀ·samuppāda, the four āhārā and the three āsavā; AN 6.63 additionally speaks of the cessation of kāma and kamma; SN 22.56 mentions the cessation of each of the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga is the tool to remove akusalā dhammā. In that respect, MN 3 directly mentions all the 16 upakkilesā (with dosa in place of byāpāda). A number of similes illustrating this point are given in the Magga Saṃyutta: at SN 45.153, akusalā dhammā
are given up by the mind like a pot turned upside down ‘gives up’ its
water; at SN 45.156, they are disintegrated like a cloud providing rain
disintegrates a dust storm; at SN 45.157, they are dispersed like a
strong wind disperses a great cloud giving rain; at SN 45.158, they are
like the ropes on a ship that rot under inclement weather.

♦ The ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga gives strength
to the mind, as explained in SN 45.27’s simile, where it is compared to
the stand of a pot that makes it difficult to get knocked over. At SN
45.160, people, powerful or not, wishing to convince a bhikkhu
cultivating the ariya aį¹­į¹­hĀ·aį¹…gĀ·ika magga to abandon monkhood by
offering him wealth will be no more successful than people wishing to
change the direction of the Ganges, because his mind is inclined to
seclusion.

SN 45.159


ā€œseyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āgantukāgāraṃ. tattha puratthimāyapi disāya
āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, pacchimāyapi disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti,
uttarāyapi disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, dakkhiṇāyapi disāya āgantvā
vāsaṃ kappenti, khattiyāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, brāhmaṇāpi āgantvā
vāsaṃ kappenti, vessāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti, suddāpi āgantvā vāsaṃ
kappenti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ
bhāvento ariyaṃ aį¹­į¹­haį¹…gikaṃ maggaṃ bahulÄ«karonto ye dhammā abhiƱƱā
pariƱƱeyyā, te dhamme abhiƱƱā parijānāti, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā pahātabbā,
te dhamme abhiƱƱā pajahati, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā sacchikātabbā, te dhamme
abhiƱƱā sacchikaroti, ye dhammā abhiƱƱā bhāvetabbā, te dhamme abhiƱƱā
bhāveti.

Suppose, monks, there is a guest-house. Travelers come from the east,
the west, the north, the south to lodge here: nobles and Brahmans,
merchants and serfs. In the same way, monks, a monk who cultivates the
Noble Eightfold Path, who assiduously practices the Noble Eightfold
Path, comprehends with higher knowledge those states that are to be so
comprehended, abandons with higher knowledge those states that are to be
so abandoned, comes to experience with higher knowledge those states
that are to be so experienced, and cultivates with higher knowledge
those states that are to be so cultivated.

ā€œkatame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā pariƱƱeyyā? paƱcupādānakkhandhātissa vacanÄ«yaṃ…

What, monks, are the states to be comprehended with higher knowledge? They are the five groups of clinging…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā pahātabbā? avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca…

What, monks, are the states to be abandoned with higher knowledge? They are ignorance and the desire for [further] becoming…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā sacchikātabbā? vijjā ca vimutti ca…

And what, monks, are the states to be experienced with higher knowledge? They are knowledge and liberation…

katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā abhiƱƱā bhāvetabbā? samatho ca vipassanā ca.

And what, monk, are the states to be cultivated with higher knowledge? They are calm and insight.





Bodhi leaf


ariyasacca: [ariya+sacca] noble truth. The four ariyaĀ·saccas are expounded by the Buddha in his very first discourse, the Dhamma-cakka’p'pavattana Sutta. It consists of:

1. dukkha-ariyaĀ·sacca
2. dukkhaĀ·samudaya-ariyaĀ·sacca

3. dukkhaĀ·nirodha-ariyaĀ·sacca
4. dukkha·nirodha·gāminī paṭipadā-ariya·sacca



Bodhi leaf


ariyasāvaka: [ariya+sāvaka] noble disciple.



Bodhi leaf


arūpabhava: [a+rūpa+bhava] existence/ becoming in the formless realm, which is taken as meaning those Brahmā-lokas which are accessible only to those who master at least the fifth jhāna. Arūpa-bhava is one of the three types of bhava.



Bodhi leaf


asantuṭṭhitā: [a+santuṭṭhitā]

discontent, dissatisfaction.

asantuį¹­į¹­ha:

discontent, dissatisfied

♦ Sometimes, the adjective aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­ha is used with a rather neutral connotation, as at SN 35.198, where a bhikkhu is simply not satisfied with the answers given to his question.

♦ Most of the time, the word and its lexical derivatives carry a negative (akusala) connotation:

AN 1.64



ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppannā vā
akusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannā vā kusalā dhammā parihāyanti
yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, because of which unarisen
unwholesome mental states come to arise, or arisen wholesome mental
states come to decline, so much, bhikkhus, as because of
dissatisfaction.



AN 1.88



ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuį¹­į¹­hitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to such great harm as discontent.



AN 1.120



ā€œnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aƱƱaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yo evaṃ saddhammassa
sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, asantuṭṭhitā.

I do not see even one other thing, bhikkhus, that leads to the decline
and confusion of the authentic Dhamma so much as discontent.



AN 10.82



ā€œso vatānanda, bhikkhu ā€˜asantuį¹­į¹­ho samāno imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissatī’ti netaṃ į¹­hānaṃ vijjati.

It is impossible, Ānanda, that a bhikkhu who is not content will find growth, progress, and completion in this Dhamma-Vinaya.



When the word carries such a connotation, being aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­ha is explained as follows:

AN 6.84



bhikkhu mahiccho hoti, vighātavā, asantuį¹­į¹­ho, itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena

a bhikkhu has great desires, is annoyed and is not content with whatever
kind of robes, almsfood, lodging, and medicines & provisions for
the sick [he gets]



As it is the case above, the word aĀ·santuį¹­į¹­hitā or its lexical derivatives are very often juxtaposed with mahicchatā, which can almost be considered a synonym. In the Vinaya, lay people who are offended by bhikkhus’ behavior often say:



mahicchā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā asantuį¹­į¹­hā.

These ascetics sons of the Sakyan are of great desires, not contented.



This happens typically when misbehaving bhikkhus put
unnecessary pressure on lay supporters, either by asking more than the
strict minimum they need, or by making burdensome requests without prior
invitation. Thus, in the origin story to NP 6, the bhikkhu doesn’t want
to wait until his supporter goes back home to send him some cloth and
demands instead one of the garments he is currently wearing. At NP 8,
the bhikkhu gives instructions for getting finer cloth to the weaver
appointed by his supporters to make his robe, which ends up costing
twice as much yarn as they originally planned. At NP 10, the bhikkhu
doesn’t want to wait till the next day, which ends up costing a fine to
his supporter. At Bhikkhunis’ NP 11, some bhikkhunis ask the king for a
woolen garment (which is considered luxurious).

AN 4.157 maps the concept with others: a·santuṭṭhitā leads to evil desire (pāpika iccha) for recognition (an·avañña) and lābha·sakkāra·siloka, then to wrong effort (vāyama) and finally deceiving families by pretending to be much worthier than one actually is:

AN 4.157



ā€œcattārome, bhikkhave, pabbajitassa rogā. katame cattāro? idha,
bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahiccho hoti vighātavā asantuṭṭho
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena.
so mahiccho samāno vighātavā asantuṭṭho
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena
pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahati anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya
lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya. so uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati
anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaį¹­ilābhāya. so saį¹…khāya
kulāni upasaį¹…kamati, saį¹…khāya nisÄ«dati, saį¹…khāya dhammaṃ bhāsati,
saį¹…khāya uccārapassāvaṃ sandhāreti. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro
pabbajitassa rogā.

Bhikkhus, there are these four sicknesses of one gone forth. What four?
Here, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu has great desires, is annoyed and is not
content with whatever kind of robes, almsfood, lodging, and medicines
& provisions for the sick [he gets]. Having great desires, being
annoyed and not content with whatever kind of robes, almsfood, lodging,
and medicines & provisions for the sick [he gets], he generates evil
desire for recognition and for honors, gain & fame. He rouses,
applies and exerts himself to obtain recognition and honors, gain &
fame. He craftily approaches families, craftily sits down, craftily
speaks about the Dhamma, and craftily holds in his excrement and urine.
These, bhikkhus, are four sicknesses of one gone forth.



The sutta then goes on to explain the cure, which
consists in forbearance with regards to the elements of nature, animals,
other people’s words and painful feelings:



ā€œtasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: ā€˜na mahicchā bhavissāma
vighātavanto asantuṭṭhā
itarÄ«tara-cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena,
na pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahissāma anavaƱƱa-ppaį¹­ilābhāya
lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya, na uṭṭhahissāma na ghaṭessāma na
vāyamissāma anavañña-ppaṭilābhāya lābha-sakkāra-siloka-ppaṭilābhāya,
khamā bhavissāma sÄ«tassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya
įøaṃsa-makasa-vātā-tapa-sarīṃsapa-samphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ
vacanapathānaṃ, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ
kharānaṃ kaį¹­ukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātikā
bhavissāmā’ti. evaƱhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbanā€ti.

Therefore, bhikkhus, you should train thus: ‘We won’t have great
desires, be annoyed and not content with whatever kind of robes,
almsfood, lodging, and medicines & provisions for the sick [we will
get]; we won’t generate evil desire for recognition and for honors, gain
& fame; we won’t rouse, apply and exert ourselves to obtain
recognition and honors, gain & fame; we will endure cold, heat,
hunger, thirst and the contact with flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun and
creeping animals, as well as ways of speech that are ill-spoken and
offensive; we will be patient with arisen bodily feelings that are
painful, acute, sharp, piercing, disagreeable, unpleasant and
threatening life.’ This, bhikkhus, is how you should train yourselves.



In this sense, at AN 6.114, asantuṭṭhitā is juxtaposed with mahicchatā and a·sampajañña (lack of thorough comprehension).

It serves as a criterion to know whether one can dwell on his own or should stay amid other monks:

AN 5.127



ā€œpaƱcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ saį¹…ghamhā
vapakāsituṃ . katamehi pañcahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asantuṭṭho hoti
itarÄ«tarena cÄ«varena, asantuį¹­į¹­ho hoti itarÄ«tarena piį¹‡įøapātena,
asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena
gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, kāmasaį¹…kappabahulo ca viharati.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ
saį¹…ghamhā vapakāsituṃ.

If he is endowed with five qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu is not fit to
live away from the Community. What five? He is not content with whatever
kind of robe [he gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of
almsfood [he gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of lodging [he
gets]; he is not content with whatever kind of medicines and provisions
for the sick [he gets]; and he dwells absorbed in thoughts of
sensuality. If he is endowed with these five qualities, bhikkhus, a
bhikkhu is not fit to live away from the Community.



Laypeople must also avoid this kind of asantuṭṭhitā:

Snp 1.6



ā€œsehi dārehi asantuį¹­į¹­ho, vesiyāsu padussati, dussati paradāresu, taṃ parābhavato mukhaį¹ƒā€.

Not satisfied with one’s own wives, he is seen among the whores and the wives of others — this is the cause of his downfall.



♦ Although the word is mostly used with this negative connotation, it is also occasionally used with a positive (kusala) connotation. At AN 7.56 the devas who are content with their Brahmā state and do not know a higher escape (nissaraṇa) do not understand what those who are not content with that state and do know something higher may understand:

AN 7.56



ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā
santuį¹­į¹­hā… te uttari nissaraṇaṃ yathābhÅ«taṃ nappajānanti, tesaṃ na
evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti… ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā
brahmena āyunā asantuį¹­į¹­hā… te ca uttari nissaraṇaṃ yathābhÅ«taṃ
pajānanti, tesaṃ evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti…

Sir Moggallāna, the devas of Brahmā’s retinue who are content with a
brahmā’s longevity… and who do not know, as it actually is, an escape
higher than this, do not have such a knowledge… But the devas of
Brahmā’s retinue who are not content with a brahmā’s longevity… and
who know, as it actually is, an escape higher than this, have such a
knowledge…



At AN 2.5, asantuṭṭhitā applied to wholesome states (kusalā dhammā) is presented as very important for developing further on the path:

AN 2.5



dvinnāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ upaññāsiṃ: yā ca asantuṭṭhitā kusalesu dhammesu, yā ca appaṭivānitā padhānasmiṃ.

Bhikkhus, I have come to know two qualities: non-contentment with wholesome states and tirelessness in exertion.



At SN 55.40, being satisfied with the four usual sot·āpattiyĀ·aį¹…gas leads to not making an effort (vāyama) in solitude (paviveka), and then to successively miss on pāmojja, pÄ«ti and passaddhi, and finally dwell in dukkha, which is considered living with pamāda, while not being satisfied with them prompts one to make the effort in solitude and experience successively pāmojja, pÄ«ti, passaddhi, sukha, samādhi, the fact that phenomena have become manifest, and finally living with appamāda.

At AN 6.80, the word is interestingly surrounded by related concepts:

AN 6.80



chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahantattaṃ
vepullattaṃ pāpuṇāti dhammesu. katamehi chahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
ālokabahulo ca hoti yogabahulo ca vedabahulo ca asantuṭṭhibahulo ca
anikkhittadhuro ca kusalesu dhammesu uttari ca patāreti.

If he is endowed with six qualities, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu attains in no
long time greatness and fullness in [wholesome] states. What six? Here,
bhikkhus, a bhikkhu is full of light, full of endeavor, full of
enthusiasm, full of dissatisfaction [with wholesome states already
attained], he doesn’t shirk his task in wholesome states, and he keeps
progressing further.





Bodhi leaf


asappurisa: [a+sappurisa]

bad person.

The word is always contrasted with sappurisa. Bāla is sometimes explicitly mentioned as a synonym:


MN 129


ā€˜bālo ayaṃ bhavaṃ asappuriso’’ti.

ā€˜This individual is a fool, a bad person’.



The term is defined multiple times. We find in the suttas three main ways to define it. According to the micchā·paṭipadā:

SN 45.26


katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco micchādiṭṭhiko
hoti, micchāsaį¹…kappo, micchāvāco, micchākammanto, micchāājÄ«vo,
micchāvāyāmo, micchāsati, micchāsamādhi. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisoā€.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone is of wrong
view, wrong aspiration, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood,
wrong effort, wrong mindfulness and wrong concentration. This, bhikkhus,
is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco micchādiį¹­į¹­hiko hoti, micchāsaį¹…kappo, micchāvāco, micchākammanto,
micchāājÄ«vo, micchāvāyāmo, micchāsati, micchāsamādhi, micchāñāṇī,
micchāvimutti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone is of wrong view, wrong aspiration, wrong speech,
wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong mindfulness, wrong
concentration, wrong knowledge and wrong liberation. This, bhikkhus, is
what is called one who is worse than a bad person.



According to various subsets of the ten akusalā kamma·pathā:

AN 4.204


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pāṇātipātÄ«
hoti, adinnādāyÄ« hoti, kāmesumicchācārÄ« hoti, musāvādÄ« hoti, pisuṇavāco
hoti, pharusavāco hoti, samphappalāpī hoti, abhijjhālu hoti,
byāpannacitto hoti, micchādiṭṭhiko hoti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappuriso.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone destroys
life, takes what is not given, engages in misconduct regarding
[pleasures of] sensuality, speaks falsehood, speaks maliciously, speaks
harshly, speaks frivolously, is covetous, has a malevolent mind, is of
wrong view. This, bhikkhus, is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco attanā ca pāṇātipātÄ« hoti, paraƱca pāṇātipāte samādapeti,
attanā ca adinnādāyī hoti, paraƱca adinnādāne samādapeti,
attanā ca kāmesumicchācārī hoti, paraƱca kāmesumicchācāre samādapeti,
attanā ca musāvādī hoti, paraƱca musāvāde samādapeti,
attanā ca pisuṇavāco hoti, paraƱca pisuṇavācāya samādapeti,
attanā ca pharusavāco hoti, paraƱca pharusavācāya samādapeti,
attanā ca samphappalāpī hoti, paraƱca samphappalāpe samādapeti, attanā
ca abhijjhālu hoti, paraƱca abhijjhāya samādapeti; attanā ca
byāpannacitto hoti, parañca byāpāde samādapeti, attanā ca micchādiṭṭhiko
hoti, parañca micchādiṭṭhiyā samādapeti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone destroys life himself and incites others to destroy
life, takes what is not given himself and incites others to take what is
not given, engages in misconduct regarding [pleasures of] sensuality
himself and incites others to engage in misconduct regarding [pleasures
of] sensuality, speaks falsehood himself and incites others to speak
falsehood, speaks maliciously himself and incites others to speak
maliciously, speaks harshly himself and incites others to, speaks
frivolously himself and incites others to, is covetous himself and
incites others to speak harshly, has a malevolent mind himself and
incites others to have a malevolent mind, is of wrong view himself and
incites others to have wrong view. This, bhikkhus, is what is called one
who is worse than a bad person.



According to a particular set of bad qualities:

AN 4.202


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappuriso? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assaddho
hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti,
muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, asappuriso.

And what, bhikkhus, is a bad person? Here, bhikkhus, someone doesn’t
have conviction, doesn’t have conscientiousness, doesn’t have scruple,
doesn’t acquire learning, is lazy, is of forgetful mindfulness, is of
deficient discernment. This, bhikkhus, is what is called a bad person.

ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisena asappurisataro? idha, bhikkhave,
ekacco attanā ca assaddho hoti, paraƱca assaddhiye samādapeti; attanā ca
ahiriko hoti, paraƱca ahirikatāya samādapeti; attanā ca anottappī hoti,
paraƱca anottappe samādapeti; attanā ca appassuto hoti, paraƱca
appassute samādapeti; attanā ca kusīto hoti, paraƱca kosajje samādapeti;
attanā ca muṭṭhassati hoti, parañca muṭṭhassacce samādapeti; attanā ca
duppañño hoti, parañca duppaññatāya samādapeti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,
asappurisena asappurisataro.

And what, bhikkhus, is one who is worse than a bad person? Here,
bhikkhus, someone doesn’t have conviction himself and incites others to
be without conviction, doesn’t have conscientiousness himself and
incites others to be without conscientiousness, doesn’t have scruple
himself and incites others to be without scruple, doesn’t acquire
learning himself and incites others to not acquire learning, is lazy
himself and incites others to be lazy, is of forgetful mindfulness
himself and incites others to be of forgetful mindfulness, is of
deficient discernment himself and incites others to be of deficient
discernment. This, bhikkhus, is what is called one who is worse than a
bad person.



The term is also defined or explained at great length in two suttas of the Majjhima Nikāya:

MN 110


asappuriso, bhikkhave, assaddhammasamannāgato hoti, asappurisabhatti
hoti, asappurisacintī hoti, asappurisamantī hoti, asappurisavāco hoti,
asappurisakammanto hoti, asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti; asappurisadānaṃ detiā€.

“A person of no integrity is endowed with qualities of no integrity; he
is a person of no integrity in his friendship, in the way he wills, the
way he gives advice, the way he speaks, the way he acts, the views he
holds, & the way he gives a gift.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddhammasamannāgato hoti? idha,
bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti,
appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti. evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, asappuriso assaddhammasamannāgato hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity endowed with qualities of no
integrity? There is the case where a person of no integrity is lacking
in conviction, lacking in conscience, lacking in concern [for the
results of unskillful actions]; he is unlearned, lazy, of muddled
mindfulness, & poor discernment. This is how a person of no
integrity is endowed with qualities of no integrity.”

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisabhatti hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappurisassa ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā assaddhā ahirikā anottappino
appassutā kusītā muṭṭhassatino duppaññā tyāssa mittā honti te sahāyā.
evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisabhatti hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in his
friendship? There is the case where a person of no integrity has, as his
friends & companions, those brahmans & contemplatives who are
lacking in conviction, lacking in conscience, lacking in concern,
unlearned, lazy, of muddled mindfulness, & poor discernment. This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in his
friendship.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisacintÄ« hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso attabyābādhāyapi ceteti, parabyābādhāyapi ceteti,
ubhayabyābādhāyapi ceteti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso
asappurisacintī hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he wills? There is the case where a person of no integrity wills for
his own affliction, or for the affliction of others, or for the
affliction of both. This is how a person of no integrity is a person of
no integrity in the way he wills.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisamantÄ« hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso attabyābādhāyapi manteti, parabyābādhāyapi manteti,
ubhayabyābādhāyapi manteti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso
asappurisamantī hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he gives advice? There is the case where a person of no integrity gives
advice for his own affliction, or for the affliction of others, or for
the affliction of both. This is how a person of no integrity is a person
of no integrity in the way he gives advice.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisavāco hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso musāvādÄ« hoti, pisuṇavāco hoti, pharusavāco hoti,
samphappalāpī hoti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisavāco hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he speaks? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one who
tells lies, engages in divisive tale-bearing, engages in harsh speech,
engages in idle chatter. This is how a person of no integrity is a
person of no integrity in the way he speaks.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisakammanto hoti? idha,
bhikkhave, asappuriso pāṇātipātÄ« hoti, adinnādāyÄ« hoti, kāmesumicchācārÄ«
hoti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisakammanto hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he acts? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one who
takes life, steals, engages in illicit sex. This is how a person of no
integrity is a person of no integrity in the way he acts.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso evaṃdiį¹­į¹­hi hoti: ā€˜natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiį¹­į¹­haṃ, natthi
hutaṃ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, natthi ayaṃ loko,
natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā,
natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaį¹­ipannā, ye imaƱca lokaṃ
paraƱca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiƱƱā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. evaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadiį¹­į¹­hi hoti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the
views he holds? There is the case where a person of no integrity is one
who holds a view like this: ‘There is nothing given, nothing offered,
nothing sacrificed. There is no fruit or result of good or bad actions.
There is no this world, no next world, no mother, no father, no
spontaneously reborn beings; no brahmans or contemplatives who, faring
rightly & practicing rightly, proclaim this world & the next
after having directly known & realized it for themselves.’ This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in the views he
holds.

ā€œkathaƱca, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadānaṃ deti? idha, bhikkhave,
asappuriso asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ deti, asahatthā dānaṃ deti, acittīkatvā
dānaṃ deti, apaviṭṭhaṃ dānaṃ deti anāgamanadiṭṭhiko dānaṃ deti. evaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, asappuriso asappurisadānaṃ deti.

“And how is a person of no integrity a person of no integrity in the way
he gives a gift? There is the case where a person of no integrity gives
a gift inattentively, not with his own hand, disrespectfully, as if
throwing it away, with the view that nothing will come of it. This is
how a person of no integrity is a person of no integrity in the way he
gives a gift.

ā€œso, bhikkhave, asappuriso evaṃ assaddhammasamannāgato, evaṃ
asappurisabhatti, evaṃ asappurisacintī, evaṃ asappurisamantī, evaṃ
asappurisavāco, evaṃ asappurisakammanto, evaṃ asappurisadiṭṭhi; evaṃ
asappurisadānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā yā asappurisānaṃ gati
tattha upapajjati. kā ca, bhikkhave, asappurisānaṃ gati? nirayo vā
tiracchānayoni vā.

“This person of no integrity, thus endowed with qualities of no
integrity; a person of no integrity in his friendship, in the way he
wills, the way he gives advice, the way he speaks, the way he acts, the
views he holds, & the way he gives a gift, on the break-up of the
body, after death, reappears in the destination of people of no
integrity. And what is the destination of people of no integrity? Hell
or the animal womb.



MN 113


ā€œkatamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo? idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso
uccākulā pabbajito hoti. so iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi uccākulā
pabbajito, ime panaƱƱe bhikkhÅ« na uccākulā pabbajitā’ti. so tāya
uccākulīnatāya attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
asappurisadhammo …

“And which is the quality of a person of no integrity? “There is the
case where a person of no integrity goes forth from a high-ranking
family. He notices, ‘I have gone forth from a high-ranking family, but
these other monks have not gone forth from a high-ranking family.’ He
exalts himself for having a high-ranking family and disparages others.
This is the quality of a person of no integrity …

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso mahākulā pabbajito hoti …
mahābhogakulā pabbajito hoti … uḷārabhogakulā pabbajito hoti. so iti
paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi uḷārabhogakulā pabbajito, ime panaƱƱe
bhikkhÅ« na uḷārabhogakulā pabbajitā’ti. so tāya uḷārabhogatāya
attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti. ayampi, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo …

“Furthermore, a person of no integrity goes forth from a great family…
a family of great wealth… a family of extensive wealth. He notices,
‘I have gone forth from a family of extensive wealth, but these other
monks have not gone forth from a family of extensive wealth.’ He exalts
himself for having a family of extensive wealth and disparages others.
This is the quality of a person of no integrity …

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso Ʊāto hoti yasassÄ«… lābhÄ« hoti
cÄ«vara-piį¹‡įøapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānaṃ…
bahussuto hoti… vinayadharo hoti… dhammakathiko hoti… āraƱƱiko
hoti… paṃsukÅ«liko hoti… piį¹‡įøapātiko hoti… rukkhamÅ«liko hoti…
sosāniko hoti… abbhokāsiko hoti… nesajjiko hoti… yathāsanthatiko
hoti… ekāsaniko hoti… paį¹­hamaṃ jhānaṃ… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ
jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati… ākāsānaƱcāyatanaṃ…
viññāṇaƱcāyatanaṃ… ākiƱcaƱƱāyatanaṃ… nevasaƱƱānāsaƱƱāyatanaṃ
upasampajja viharati. so iti paį¹­isaƱcikkhati: ā€˜ahaṃ khomhi
neva-saññā-nāsaññ-āyatana-samāpattiyā lābhī, ime panaññe bhikkhū
neva-saƱƱā-nāsaƱƱ-āyatana-samāpattiyā na lābhino’ti. so tāya
neva-saññā-nāsaññ-āyatana-samāpattiyā attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti.
ayampi, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo.

“Furthermore, a person of no integrity is well-known & highly
regarded … is one who gains robe-cloth, alms-food, lodgings, &
medicinal requisites for the sick … is learned … is a master of the
Vinaya … is a Dhamma-speaker … is a wilderness dweller … is one
who wears robes of thrown-away rags… an alms-goer… one who dwells at
the root of a tree… a cemetery dweller… one who lives in the open
air… one who doesn’t lie down… one who is content with whatever
dwelling is assigned to him… one who eats only one meal a day …
enters & remains in the first jhāna … in the second jhāna… the
third jhāna… the fourth jhāna… the dimension of the infinitude of
space… the dimension of the infinitude of consciousness… the
dimension of nothingness… the dimension of neither perception nor
non-perception. He notices, ‘I have gained the attainment of the
dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, but these other
monks have not gained the attainment of the dimension of neither
perception nor non-perception.’ He exalts himself for the attainment of
the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception and disparages
others. This is the quality of a person of no integrity.



The sutta doesn’t mention the behavior of an asappurisa who would attain saññā·vedayitaĀ·nirodha, while it mentions that of a sappurisa who would, which suggests that a person who reaches such a state can no longer be an asappurisa.

♦ An asappurisa can be recognized by the way he relates to his own and his fellows’ faults and virtues:

AN 4.73


ā€œcatÅ«hi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo. katamehi
catÅ«hi? idha, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa avaṇṇo taṃ apuį¹­į¹­hopi
pātu karoti, ko pana vādo puṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
ahāpetvā alambitvā paripÅ«raṃ vitthārena parassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Monks, a person endowed with these four qualities can be known as ‘a
person of no integrity.’ Which four? There is the case where a person of
no integrity, when unasked, reveals another person’s bad points, to say
nothing of when asked. Furthermore, when asked, when pressed with
questions, he is one who speaks of another person’s bad points in full
& in detail, without omission, without holding back. Of this person
you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti parassa vaṇṇo taṃ puį¹­į¹­hopi
na pātu karoti, ko pana vādo apuṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
hāpetvā lambitvā aparipÅ«raṃ avitthārena parassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal
another person’s good points, to say nothing of when unasked.
Furthermore, when asked, when pressed with questions, he is one who
speaks of another person’s good points not in full, not in detail, with
omissions, holding back. Of this person you may know, ‘This venerable
one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano avaṇṇo taṃ puį¹­į¹­hopi
na pātu karoti, ko pana vādo apuṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
hāpetvā lambitvā aparipÅ«raṃ avitthārena attano avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when asked, does not reveal his
own bad points, to say nothing of when unasked. Furthermore, when asked,
when pressed with questions, he is one who speaks of his own bad points
not in full, not in detail, with omissions, holding back. Of this
person you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’

ā€œpuna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso yo hoti attano vaṇṇo taṃ apuį¹­į¹­hopi
pātu karoti, ko pana vādo puṭṭhassa! puṭṭho kho pana pañhābhinīto
ahāpetvā alambitvā paripÅ«raṃ vitthārena attano vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
veditabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, asappuriso ayaṃ bhavanti. imehi kho,
bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato asappuriso veditabbo.

“Then again, a person of no integrity, when unasked, reveals his own
good points, to say nothing of when asked. Furthermore, when asked, when
pressed with questions, he is one who speaks of his own good points in
full & in detail, without omissions, without holding back. Of this
person you may know, ‘This venerable one is a person of no integrity.’



♦ According to AN 2.33, an asappurisa is ungrateful (aĀ·katĀ·aññū - ‘one who doesn’t know what has been done’) and unthankful (aĀ·kataĀ·vedÄ« - ‘one who doesn’t feel what has been done’).

♦ At AN 2.135, someone who, without knowing well nor investigating (anĀ·anuvicca aĀ·pariyĀ·ogāhetvā), speaks in praise of someone who deserves critic (aĀ·vaṇṇ·ārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), or criticizes someone who deserves praise (vaṇṇ·ārahassa aĀ·vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati), is an asappurisa. In the immediately following sutta, the same holds for believing a matter that merits suspiscion (appasādanÄ«ye į¹­hāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti) or being suspicious about a matter that merits belief (pasādanÄ«ye į¹­hāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti).

♦ At AN 2.137, one who misbehaves (micchā·paį¹­ipajjati) towards his mother or father is an asappurisa, and in the immediately following sutta, the same holds for the Tathāgata or one of his disciples (tathāgataĀ·sāvaka).

♦ At AN 10.61, listening to a teaching that contradicts the saddhamma is caused by association with asappurisā.



Bodhi leaf


āsava: that which flows (out or on to) outflow and influx.

1) spirit, the intoxicating extract or secretion of a tree or flower.

2) discharge from a sore (AN 3.25).

3) that which intoxicates the mind (bemuddles it,
befoozles it, so that it cannot rise to higher things). Impurities/
pollutions/ fermentations/ corruptions of the mind.

The Buddha often refers to arahatta as the total destruction of āsavas (āsavakkhaya). Sāriputta lists āsavas as threefold at MN 9:

1. kām-āsava

2. bhav-āsava

3. avijj-āsava

The Sabbāsava Sutta explains in detail how the different types of āsavas are to be eradicated.



Bodhi leaf


āsavānaṃ khayañāṇa: [āsava khaya+ñāṇa] knowledge of the ending of āsavas, which arises with arahatta. It is one of the three vijjās. The formula defining it is analyzed there.



Bodhi leaf


asmimāna: [asmi+māna]

the conceit ‘I am’.

The term asmi·māna can be considered as a variant form of māna, which constitutes one of the five saṃyojanas that disappear only with arahatta, and one of the seven anusayas. Thus, it is essentially something to get rid of.

♦ In this connection, aniccaĀ·saƱƱā applied to the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas is often presented as the way to remove asmiĀ·māna, e.g.:


SN 22.102


ā€œkathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, aniccasaƱƱā kathaṃ bahulÄ«katā… sabbaṃ
asmimānaṃ samÅ«hanati? ā€˜iti rÅ«paṃ, iti rÅ«passa samudayo, iti rÅ«passa
atthaį¹…gamo; iti vedanā… iti saƱƱā… iti saį¹…khārā… iti viññāṇaṃ, iti
viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaį¹…gamo’ti. evaṃ bhāvitā kho,
bhikkhave, aniccasaƱƱā evaṃ bahulÄ«katā… sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ
samÅ«hanatÄ«ā€ti.

And how, bhikkhus, is the perception of impermanence developed and
practiced often so that it eradicates… all conceit ‘I am’? ‘Such is
Form, such its apparition, such its extinction; such is Feeling… such
is Perception… such are Fabrications… such is Consciousness, such
its apparition, such its extinction’: this is how the perception of
impermanence is developed and practiced often so that it eradicates…
all conceit ‘I am’.



In an equivalent statement, the term asmiĀ·māna is mentioned as applying to the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas, and the term aniccaĀ·saƱƱā is replaced by ‘udayabbay·ānupassÄ«’ (observing apparition and extinction).


MN 122


paƱca kho ime, ānanda, upādānakkhandhā yattha bhikkhunā
udayabbayānupassinā vihātabbaṃ. ā€˜iti rÅ«paṃ iti rÅ«passa samudayo iti
rÅ«passa atthaį¹…gamo, iti vedanā… iti saƱƱā… iti saį¹…khārā… iti
viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthaį¹…gamo’ti. tassa
imesu paƱcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato yo paƱcasu
upādānakkhandhesu asmimāno so pahīyati.

There are these five clinging-aggregates where a monk should stay,
keeping track of arising & passing away (thus): ‘Such is form, such
its origination, such its disappearance. Such is feeling… Such is
perception… Such are fabrications… Such is consciousness, such its
origination, such its disappearance.’ As he stays keeping track of
arising & passing away with regard to these five
clinging-aggregates, he abandons any conceit that ‘I am’ with regard to
these five clinging-aggregates.



As a matter of fact, it is revealed at AN 9.1 that aniccaĀ·saƱƱā does not lead directly to asmiĀ·mānaĀ·samugghāta (eradication of the conceit ‘I am’). Rather, aniccaĀ·saƱƱā leads first to anattaĀ·saƱƱā, which is the actual proximate cause for that eradication to take place:


AN 9.1


AniccasaƱƱā bhāvetabbā asmimānasamugghātāya. AniccasaƱƱino, bhikkhave,
anattasaƱƱā saṇṭhāti. anattasaƱƱī asmimānasamugghātaṃ pāpuṇāti diį¹­į¹­heva
dhamme nibbānanā€ti

The perception of inconstancy should be developed, for the eradication
of the conceit ‘I am’. In one who perceives inconstancy, bhikkhus, the
perception of non-self takes a stand. One who perceives non-self reaches
the eradication of the conceit ‘I am’, Nibbāna in this visible world.



♦ An alternative tool for abandoning asmiĀ·māna is kāyagatāsati:


AN 1.588


ekadhamme, bhikkhave, bhāvite bahulīkate asmimāno pahīyati. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? kāyagatāya satiyā.

When, bhikkhus, one thing is developed and practiced often, the conceit
‘I am’ is abandoned. Which one thing? Mindfulness directed to the body.



AN 6.29, which features a unique list of anussatis, provides a more specific information: it is the nine sivathika contemplations that help eradicating asmi·māna:


AN 6.29


so imameva kāyaṃ evaṃ upasaṃharati: ā€˜ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo
evaṃbhāvÄ« evaṃanatÄ«to’ti. idaṃ, bhante, anussatiį¹­į¹­hānaṃ evaṃ bhāvitaṃ
evaṃ bahulīkataṃ asmimānasamugghātāya saṃvattati.

He compares this very body with it [the corpse]: ‘This body is also of
such a nature, it will become like this, it is not exempt from that.’
This subject of recollection, when developed and practiced often in this
way, leads to the eradication of the conceit ‘I am.’



♦ We find in the suttas a few illustrative evocations of asmiĀ·māna
or its eradication. At SN 35.214, the practitioner is compared to a log
drifting on a river that will go all the way to the ocean (which stands
for nibbāna), provided it doesn’t get stopped on the way. One of the possible obstacles is asmiĀ·māna, which is compared to ‘being cast up on high ground’ (thale ussādo).

At AN 4.38, through eradication of asmiĀ·māna, a bhikkhu is called ‘patilÄ«na’,
which may mean ‘reserved’, ‘quiet’, ‘unostentatious’, ‘unpretentious’,
and which the commentary explains as ‘hidden’ or ‘gone into solitude’.

At AN 5.71, one who has abandoned asmiĀ·māna is said to be an ariya ‘with banner lowered’ (pannaĀ·ddhajo), ‘with burden dropped’ (pannaĀ·bhāra) and ‘detached’ or ‘unfettered’ (visaṃyutta).



Bodhi leaf


assāda: (apparent/sensory) satisfaction, enjoyment, gratification, sweetness, allure, happiness. Often cited together with ādÄ«nava and nissaraṇa as characteristics to be understood regarding various dhammas: the five upādānaĀ·kkhandhas, kāma, certain diį¹­į¹­his etc. The assāda of a particular dhamma is generally described as the sukha and somanassa which arise on account of it. The assāda of kāma, rÅ«pa and vedanā are explained in detail at MN 13.



Bodhi leaf


assutavā: [a+suta+vā] uninstructed/ ignorant person - lit: ‘one who has not heard/learnt’.



Bodhi leaf


asubha: [a+subha]

1) (n:) non-beauty, foulness, loathsomeness, digust, ugliness.

2) (adj:) foul, loathsome, disgusting, ugly, impure, unpleasant.

Almost synonymous with paṭikūla. The contemplation of an asubha·nimitta is the way to develop asubha·saññā.

♦ The contemplation of an asubha object is exclusively aimed at removing rāga (e.g. MN 62, AN 6.107) or at removing kāmaĀ·cchanda, which is one of the five nÄ«varaṇas (with the help of an asubhaĀ·nimitta, at SN 46.51 and AN 1.16).

♦ In the Aį¹…guttara Nikāya, the expression ‘bhikkhu asubhānupassÄ« kāye viharati’ (a bhikkhu dwells contemplating asubha in the body) appears as a synonym for the practice of asubhaĀ·saƱƱā (at AN 10.60), often applied specifically to kāya, and generally in conjunction with āhāre paį¹­ikÅ«laĀ·saƱƱī, sabbaĀ·loke anĀ·abhirataĀ·saƱƱī, sabbaĀ·saį¹…khāresu anicc·ānupassÄ«, and maraṇaĀ·saƱƱ[Ä«]. This set of five factors is said in various synonym ways to lead to nibbāna (e.g. AN 5.69). They can also lead a sick bhikkhu to arahatta (AN 5.121). Alternatively, in some cases they lead only to anāgāmita (AN 5.122).

♦ The expression ‘asubhānupassÄ« kāye viharati’ is also described at AN 4.163 as participating of a painful mode of practice (dukkhā paį¹­ipadā).

♦ Seeing as subha something which is actually asubha constitutes one of four saññā·vipallāsa (distortions of perception), cittaĀ·vipallāsa (perversions of the mind), diį¹­į¹­hiĀ·vipallāsa (inversions of views), the other three being the corresponding misunderstanding of aniccā, dukkha and anatta (AN 4.49).

♦ At SN 54.9,
the danger in this practice is made evident, as it leads many bhikkhus
to commit suicide. It can be inferred that they did not apply yoniso manasi·kāra correctly and thus multiplied their aversion instead of removing
rāga or kāma·cchanda. After the incident, the Buddha recommands ānāpānassati·samādhi as a way to gain calm, pleasantness, and allay akusala dhammas.

♦ For further information about asubha practices, see asubhaĀ·nimitta and asubhaĀ·saƱƱā below.



Bodhi leaf


asubhanimitta: [asubha+nimitta]

sign of the unattractive, characteristic of foulness. The practice is to apply the mind to something repulsive, either per se
(corpses at various stages of putrefaction for example), or to the
repulsive aspects of something usually perceived otherwise, such as the
body (of which 31 parts are identified, see here) or food. It is worthwhile to note that this practice can be dangerous, as if the mind is not properly endowed with yoniso manasi·kāra, one may instead multiply aversion as it happens at SN 54.9, where many bhikkhus commit suicide. Generally speaking, an asubha·nimitta can also be defined as an object that allows for the practice of asubha·saññā.

♦ At SN 46.51 and AN 1.16, an asubhaĀ·nimitta is said to remove kāmaĀ·cchanda, which is one of the five nÄ«varaṇas. At AN 3.69, it is also said to remove rāga.

♦ One practice involving asubhaĀ·nimittas is described in most detail in the section on charnel grounds (sivathika) of the